Dlscrib Com PDF Lippincott Biochemistry DL PDF

Facul
Faculty
ty of Medicine, Cairo
Cairo Univ
ni versi ty Annexes
Annexes of an
annual
nual faculty report 2004/2005
1
Cairo Universit
niversityy
Facullty of Me
Facu Medici
dicine
ne
Department ofo f Anatomy
Course
Course specifications
st
Course title: 1 year Anatomy
2004-2005
Allocated marks: 250 m ark
arks
s
Course du durat
ration
ion:: one academic year
Total
To tal te
teaching
aching ho
hours:
urs: 226 hrs. Lectures:100 hrs, practical small groups: 126 hrs.
Course director: Prof. Dr. Nabila Adieb
Head of Anatomy Department
Teaching staff: 32 professors, 5 assistant professors, 8 lecturers and
assistant lecturers
l ecturers / Dem
Demo onstrator
nstrators
s
I. AIM OF THE COURSE:
o
To provide a core body of scientific knowledge concerning the normal structure of the human body
at the level of organ and organ system with the study of the normal growth and development relevant to
anatomica
anatomicall t op
opics.
ics.
o To p rovide ap
ap p ropriate
rop riate ethica
ethicall and professiona
p rofessionall educat
educat ion necessary
necessary for dealing
dealing with cadavers.
cadavers.
o To correlate
correlate anat
anat omical
omical facts
fa cts with their clinical
clinical app lic
lications.
ations.
II. INTENDED LEARNING OUTCOMES:

II-A: KNOWLEDGE and UNDERSTANDING:
By the end of the course, students should be able to:
1. Describe the basic
basic p rinciples
rinciples of structure
st ructure of t he different
different tissues, organs
organs and sy st
stem
emss of the human
human
body.
2. Describe t he surface
surf ace landmarks
landmarks of t he underlying
underly ing bones, muscles and t endons, and int
internal
ernal st ructures
ruct ures
(main nerves, vessels and viscera).
3. Explain the different stages of human development, evolution and growth.
4. Outline major clinical applications of anatomical facts.
II-B: SKILLS:
5- Ap p ly t he anatomical
anatomical facts while
w hile ex
examini
amining
ng t he living
living subject in order to reach a p rop er diagnosis.
diagnosis.
6. Identify the different surfac
s urfacee marking
markingss and determine the position
p osition or course of internal
structures.
7. Identify the different internal structures
struct ures in cadave
cadavers
rs and preserve
p reserved
d sp ecime
ecimens.
ns.
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Univ
ni versi ty Annexes
Annexes of an
annual
2
8. Int erpret the normal
normal anatomic
anatomical
al structures
st ructures on radiog
radiographs
raphs and ultrasonog
ultrasonography
raphy , C.T. scan
scan and nuclea
nuclearr
magnetic resonance images.
9. Interpret some clinical findings in relation to developmental basis.
II-C: Attitudes:
10. M aint
aint ain
ain honesty and integrity
integrity in all
all interac
interactions
tions with
w ith t eache
eachers,
rs, colleag
colleagues,
ues, patients
p atients
and others with whom physicians must interact in their professional lives.
11. Value the ethics and respect to all individuals inside and outside the dissecting room
and pay a good
good deal
deal of respec
resp ectt to t he cadave
cadavers.
rs.
12. Recog
Recognize
nize the
t he scope and limits
limits of thei
t heirr role as students
st udents as wel
w elll as the
t he nece
necessit
ssityy to
seek and apply collaboration with other workers.
13. Be responsible towards work.
14. M aintain a profess

p rofessional
ional imag
imagee concerning eech.
concerning behaviour, dress and sp eech
III. COURSE CONTENTS:

III-A: TOPICS:
Topic total No of hrs
hours % Total Lectures Pr
Practical
actical small group
groupss
1 Biol
iology
ogy 7% 14
2 Upper limb 34% 28 42
3 Lower limb 29% 24 36
4 Thorax 22% 18 27
5 General Embryology 8% 16
IV. TEACHING & LEARNING METHODS:

IV-A:
IV-A: Teaching
Teach ing methods:
1. Lectures for acquisition of knowledge: Two large groups, 5 times/week.
2. Practica
Pract icall class
classes:
es: including p ractical dissection,
dissect ion, demonstration
demonst ration in t he dissecting
dissect ing room, museum
ja
jars
rs and radiolog
radiologica
icall films.
films.
3. T ut
utorial
orial class
classes:
es: t wo hours/week
hours /week before dissecting
dissect ing a major region
region and a brief discussion
discuss ion by t he end
of each practical session.
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Univ
ni versi ty Annexes
Annexes of an
annual
3
IV-B: Teaching
Teaching plan:
- Lectures:
- Practical:
IV-C:
IV-C: METHODS FOR DISA
DISABLED
BLED STUDENTS:
STUDENTS:
Not pres ent
V- Teaching and learning

learning facilities:
facilities:
1- Disse
Dissecting
cting room in
inccluding cadav
cadavers
ers , bo
bones,
nes, plastic m odel
odels
s and plas
plasti
tinated
nated speci
specim
m en
ens
s.
2- Mus eum s peci

pecim
m ens a
and
nd x
x-ray
-ray and CT scans.
3- Vis ual aids.
VI- STUDENT
VI- S TUDENT ASSESS
ASS ESSMENT
MENT
A - ATTENDANCE CRITERIA:
The minima
minimall accep
accep table attendanc
at tendancee is 75% ; students who fail to attend
at tend that
t hat p ercentag
ercentagee of activities
activities will not
be allowed to sit for final written examination.
B- ASSESSMENT TOOLS:
TOOL PURPOSE
Written examination (3 hour
hours)
s) Ass
ssess
essment
ment of knowledge and
understanding
Oral exam
examiinat
natiion (l0-15 minute) Ass
ssess
essment
understanding.
Practical examinations (contain two Assessment of identification.
minutes
minutes for ea eacc h stati
station)
on)
Practi
Prac ticc al book Ass
ssess
essment
ment of prac
racti
ticc al activi
activities,
ties,
MCQ questions and drawings.
VI. C: ASSESSMENT SCHEDULE:
 MIDYEAR EXAMINAT ION: Held usually at January , students should submit

their practical books to sit for the examination.
 FINAL EXAMINATION: at the end of the academic year for all students.
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Univ
ni versi ty Annexes
Annexes of an
annual
4
VI-D: GRADING SYSTEM:
Exam inat
Exami natiion Marks all
alloc
ocated
ated
Mid Year Examination 50
written and practical
Final examination
-Written 125
-Oral 30
-Practical 45
Total 250
 The minimum passing score is 150 marks (60%).

 Passing grades are: Excellent 85%-100% or more, VERY GOOD 75%-84%
GOOD 65%-74% and FAIR 60%-64%.
VI-E:
VI-E: PRACTICAL
PRACTICAL B
BOO
OOK:
K:
Practical book: must be completed during the practical classes of academic year.
VII- Examination descriptions

Mid year exam: A 2-hours written ex
exam
am and a practical ex
exam
am .
Examination De
Description
scription Marks
Marks
Written
Writt en 6 short essay
essay & question 30 marks
M id y ea
earr each 5 marks (5x6=30)
Practical 10 stati
stations
ons (one mark each)
each) 10 marks
(50 marks)
Practical book 10 marks
Final exam:
A) Writ
Written
ten 3-hours ex
exam
am
B) Prac
Practic
tical
al ex
exam
am (60 mi
mins.
ns. Duration) ffresh
resh s pecimens , bones and X
X-ray
-ray and CT scans
C) Or
Oral
al ex
exam
am 10 -15 mins
 2 comm ittees
ittees each 15 marks
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Univ
ni versi ty Annexes
Annexes of an
annual
5
2- Examination:
Final exam Written

Writt en 9 essay
essay question including
(200 marks) UL, LL, thorax, embryology Total 125 marks
MCQ = 30 marks
Problem solving &applied
anatomy 5 marks
Practical
Practical examination
examination Including:
Including: 45 marks
-bones
-soft tissues
-imaging anatomy
Oral 2 committ
commi tteeeess int
interna
ernall and 2x15 = 30 mar
marks
ks
external examiners
T OT AL 250 marks
VII- List of references:
1- Course
Co urse note
notes
s : Book autho
authorriz
ized
ed b
byy dep
departm
artme
ent.
2- Ess ential Books: a) Cunningham ’s anatomy
b) Gray’s
Gray’s anatom y.
c) National
National books
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Univ
ni versi ty Annexes
Annexes of an
annual
6
Cairo Universit
niversityy
Facullty of Me
Facu Medici
dicine
ne
Medical Physiology Department
Course
Course title: Medical Physiology
st
1 ye ar of M .B.& B.Ch.
B.Ch. program
Allocated marks: 250 marks .
Course dudurat
ration
ion:: 26 w
week
eeks
s of teaching with a midyear a
and
nd a final end of year exa
exam.
m.
Total
To tal teac
teachin
hing
g hours: 208 hrs .
Course director: Prof. Dr. M
Moh
ohame
ameddH
Hass
assan
an Aly : H
Head
ead of the departm
department
ent .
Teaching staff: 23 Professors, 8 Ass.Prof. , 8 lecturers, 10 Ass.

Ass. Le
Lecture
cturers
rs & demons
demonstr
trators
ators..
I. AIM OF THE COURSE :

The aims of t his cou
The course
rse are to enabl
enable
e students tto
o:
1. acquire an apapprop
propriate
riate fu
functional
nctional b
back
ackgrou
ground
nd of cells, t issues, organs & systems .
2. i ntegrate phphysiolo
ysiologica
gicall data & mechani
mechanisms
sms with the on ongo
going
ing basic sciences :
anatomy , histology & bioch
b iochemistr
emistry y and clinical applica
application
tionss.
3. follow th
the
e rapid
rapidly
ly chchan
anging
ging and ininff lating details about molmolecular
ecular biology & g
genetics
enetics .
4. explore in d detail
etail t he fun
functi
ction
ons
s of the aut auton
onomic
omic , the neuromuscular , the res respiratory
piratory
and the car
cardiov
diovasc
ascular
ular sy system
stems s as wewell ll as their integ
integration
ration to achieve home
homeostasis
ostasis .
5. dev
develop
elop t he basic scientifi
scientificc research skills as we well
ll as effectiv
effective
e communication and
team work attitudes.

II-1: KNOWLEDGE and UNDERSTANDING:
By the end of t he course, studen
studentsts sho
should
uld be able to:
1. descr
describe
ibe the cellu
cellular
lar fun
functions
ctions at the organelle and momolecular
lecular lev
level
el .
2. descr
describe
ibe & explain the fu functions
nctions of the nnerve
erve cell the nerve
nerve an
andd muscle fiber ggrossl
rosslyy
and at the molecular le vel
vel..
3. descr
describe
ibe & explain the fu functions
nctions of the autono
autonomic
mic nervous sysystem
stem , different
components of blood
blood,, the respiratory and cardiovascular systems both grossly and at the
molecular level.
4. descr
describe
ibe some bio
biophysical
physical llaw
aws s and their relation to physio
physiolog
logyy.
II-2: PRACTICAL SKILLS:

studentsts sho
should
uld be able to:
1. perform hematological tests : estimation of blood Hb, bleeding & clotting times ,
determinatio
determ ination
n of the hematocrite valu
valuee , the bl
bleedi
eeding
ng & clo
clotti
tting
ng t imes and blood grou
groups
ps
.
2. perform the most iimportant
mportant res
respiratory
piratory function tests .
3. perform the mea
measurement
surement of the arterial b bloo
lood
d pressure
press ure .
4. manipu
manipulate
late a stethoscop
stethoscope e for hhear
earing
ing hhear
eartt and res
respi
pirat
ratory
ory sounds .
5. rec
record
ord and rea
read
d an electr
electrocardiog
ocardiogramram .
6. prese
present
nt phy
physiologica
siologicall scientific d
data
ata iin
na g graph
raphical
ical fo
form
rm .
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Univ
ni versi ty Annexes
Annexes of an
annual
7
II-3: INTELLECTUAL SKILLS:

students
ts sho
should
uld be able to:
1. interpret the most important physiological laboratory results (blood, respiratory,

neuromuscular)
neuromuscul ar) , to distingu
distinguish
ish a physiological from a pathologica
pathologicall con
condition
dition .
2.comme
2.comment,
pulmon
pu lmonarynt,fun
ary onction
some
functi ons clinica
clinical
s for a nol rmal
normp
para
aramete
al meters
rs s
such
uch as : ABP , ECG , nerve conduction velocity &
individual.
3.integrate
3.integrate ph
physiology
ysiology with other basic and clinical sciences .
II-4 : Ge
Ge neral SKILLS
SKILLS and attitudes :
By the end of t he course, students should be able tto:
o:
1. work separately o orr in a team to rese

research
arch and prepare a sc scientifi
ientific
c topi
topic.
c.
2. present clearly
clear ly and effectively a scientifi
scientific
c ttop
opic
ic in a ttutorial,
utorial, a staff m
meeting
eeting o
orr the year
earll y
scientific day.
3. pres
present
ent p
phy
hysi
siol
ological
ogical d data
ata iin
n a graphical fo
form
rm .

III-1:
III-1: TOPICS:
TOPICS:
Method used Topic Time
allocated
Theoretical I - Introduction to human
huma n p physiology
hysiology . 3hrs *
 Body com partments & body fluids fluid s & homeosta
homeostas s is .
 The cell mem
membrane
brane : ffunctio
unctions
ns and tran
trans
s port .
 Intercell
Intercelluular communication & control s ys tems tems .
Theoretical II – Autonomic nervous system . 10hrs *
 Functional organization of autono
autonom m ic outflow .
Demonstration
 Chemical transmission . 3hrs
Theoretical III–Membrane
Excitable ttissues
issues . . 16+14hrs*
potentials
Demonstration

Nerve action potential . 3hrs
 Skele
Skeletal
tal m us cle concontracti
traction
on & and iitts p
propertie
ropertiess.
 Neuromuscular transmission .
Demonstration  Plai
Plainn m usc
uscles
les , ele
electrica
ctricall & m
mecechanical
hanical p prrope
operti
rties
es . 3hrs
Theoretical IV – Blood . 25hrs *
 Comp
Compo osition and function .
 Plasma proteins .
Practical
 Red b blood
lood ce
cells
lls and anemia . 3hrs
 White blo
blood
od cells and iimm mmunity
unity .
Practical  Bloo
Blood dp platelets
latelets , hemos
hemosta tasis,
sis, abn
abnormalities
ormalities a and
nd 3hrs
anticlotting mechanisms
Practical
 Blood group
groups s. 3hrs
Theoretical V – Cardiovascular system . 55hrs *
 Card
Cardiac
iac mu
mus s cle propertie
properties s.
 Electrica
Electricall propertie
properties so
off c. m us cle: s inu
inus
s rh
rhyythm ,
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Univ
ni versi ty Annexes
Annexes of an
annual
8
action potential .
Theoretical  ECG : methods of recording ,nor ,normal
mal record and 3hrs
&practical
common abnormalities .
Theoretical  Mecha
echanica
nicall propertie
propertiessooff c. m us cle .
&practical  Cardiac cycle .(heart sounds) 3hrs
 Card
Cardiac
iac output , and factors affecting .
 Work of hea
heart rt , m echa
echannical eeffici
fficiency
ency , cardiac
reserve & metabolism

Hemodynamics . of c. muscle.
Theoretical
&practical  Arterial blood pressure , factors controlling it and its 6hrs
regulation .
Practical  Capillary & lymphatic circulation 3hrs
 Speci
Specia al circulation : coronary , pulm onary and
cerebral .
 He
Hem m orrh
orrhage
age shock and m mu us cle ex
exerci
ercis
se .
Theoretical VI – Respiratory
Respiratory system . 40hrs *
 Functional anaanatotom my .
 Pulmo
Pulmon nary v ventil
entilation
ation , co
com
m pliance , work of
breathing
brea thing and V V/P
/P ratio .
Theoretical  Pulmo
Pulmon nary function tes ts . 3hrs
&practical  Ex
Exchan
changege o off ga
gas
s es through the pul pulm
m onary
membrane and gas transport .
 Regulation of respiration .
 Hy
Hypoxia
poxia , c yano
anos s is , and dy
dys s pnea .
 Effect of hhyyperb
perbariaricc oxy
oxygen & de deep
ep s ea di
divving .
Theoretical VII – Biophysis. Selected topics related r elated to the 3hrs *
excitable
exc itable tissues , C CVS
VS and respiratory
r espiratory stem .
• Total of lectures & tutorial theoretical hours for each system .
IV.. TEA
IV T EACH
CHIING METHODS:
MET HODS:
IV-1:
IV-1: METHODS US
U SED:
1. Lectures : th the
e students are divdivided
ided in
into
to two gro
groups
ups (abo
(about
ut 700 sstud
tudents
ents eac
eachh ).
2. Tu
Tutorial
torial classes : two grou
groups ps (abo
(aboutut 60 stud
students
ents each ) .
3. Prac
Practical
tical trainin
trainingg : sma
small
ll g
groups
roups traini
training
ng ( abou
aboutt 25 s
studen
tudents
ts ea
each
ch ) .
4. A y yea
early
rly scie
scientific
ntific day for students , in the form of small g group
roup pres
presentat
entation
ions
s . The
titles of the subjects
subjects are determ
determined
ined dduring
uring severa
severall meetings with staff .
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Univ
ni versi ty Annexes
Annexes of an
annual
9
IV-2:
IV-2: METHODS FOR DISABLED
DISABLED STUDENTS:
TUDENTS:
No special arrangements are available .
IV-3:
IV-3: TEACHING PLAN:
PLAN:
Lectur
Lec tures
es :
In two big lecture halls (700 students each), a 1hr lecture daily ( 5days/week ) is scheduled &
integrated with the
the departm
departments
ents of anatom
anatomyy , histology & biochem
biochemis
is try .
Tutorials
uto rials :
In two sm all lecture hall
halls
s ( 60 s tudents e each
ach ) a 3hr / 2 w
weeks
eeks ( during 3 m onth each terterm)
m) . The
tutorial
tutorial cla
class s is s cheduled and previousl
previously y announ
announced
ced (2 weeks before) . T The
he s ubjects , whic
whichh are
convers
conv ersationall
ationallyy directed are lagg
lagging
ing by ffew
ew weeks to tthehe related bran
branches
ches and s ys tems givgiven
en at
that tim
tim e in the lectures . Special topics from the curriculum – of sp special
ecial in
interest
terest – are exc
exclus
lus ively
ively
discuss
dis cuss ed in tthe
he tut
tutorial
orial class es .
Practical training :
In two big labs
lab s a 3hr / 2 we
weeks
eks (alternating wi
with
th the tut
tutorial
orial cla
class s es
es)) s
smm all g
groups
roups ( 25 stu
students)
is s cheduled & the planned pracpractic
tical
al tests are announced ttwo wo weeks beforbefore.e.
Time plan:
Item Time schedul
sche dule
e Teac hing Total
hours hours
Lectures Da
Dail
il y ( for 5 days
da ys/w
/week
eek ) 1 hr 130 hrs
Tutorials Every two weeks 3 hrs
hr s 36 hrs
Practical Every two weeks 3 hrs
hr s 36 hrs
Scientific On
Once
ce / year in fe
feb
b / ma
march
rch p
prep
rep ared fo
forr 6-8weeks by 6 hrs 6 hrs
day stud ents an
andd by su
super
pervvised by staff mem
memberbers
s
TOTAL
TOTAL 208 hrs
V. STUDENT ASSESSMENT:
V-1: ATTENDANCE CRITERIA:
The minim
min im al acceptable attendance in the practical & tutorial
tutorial is 70% . St
Students
udents who fail to att
attend
end
this percentage ( ini n each half of the y
year
ear ) will not be allowed to take the mid
midy
year and end of tthe
he
year final theoretical ex
exam
am and the e end
nd of the year practical ex
exam
am ..
V-2: ASSESSMENT TOOLS:
TOOL PURPOSE
Written exam Assessment of knowledge & understanding
Practical exam As s essment of s omomee practica
practicall and intellectual s kills
il ls
Oral exam Assessment of knowledge & understanding, intellectual
and genera
generall s kills.
Sharing in scientific day Recorded in log book /mandatory once for the first 2 years
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Univ
ni versi ty Annexes
Annexes of an
annual
10
V-3: TIME SCHEDULE:

Midyear
Midyear e xam : in January for all s tudent
exam tudents
s.
Midterm e
Midterm xam : inMarch for all students .
exam
Final
Final exam : in June ( at the end of the academ
academic
ic y
year
ear ) for all s tudent
tudents
s.
V-4: GRADING SYSTEM:

Examination: Marks
allocated
Midyear 40
Midterm 10
Final
Final exa
examm : written 125
Oral 30
Practical 40
Attendence 5
TOTAL 250
o The m inimal pas

pass
s ing s core is 150 marks , provided at
a t lea
leas
s t 30 mark
mar ks are obtained in the final
written exam
exam .
o Passin
Passingg grade
grades
s ar
are:
e: EXCELLENT >85%, VERY GOOD 75- <85%, GOOD 65- <75% and FAIR
60- <65%.
V-5: EXAMINATION DESCRIPTION:
Exam
xaminatio
ination:
n: Description
Description Mark
Markss allo
allocate
catedd
Midyear MCQ (sing
(s ingle
le be
bes
st 40
opinion) + true & false &
graph commenting
Midterm 10 MCQ 10
Final exam : written : - short essay Short essay questions In 50
all systems taught All
questions
answered are to be.
- MCQ 50 MCQ(single best 75
opinion) + true & false &
commenting on a graph .
In front
front of two separate
sep arate 30
examiners (an internal
- Oral & an ex
external
ternal )
In the lab , at multip
mu ltiple
le 45
phases through the
- Practical practical course
TOTAL 250
VI. LEARNING AND REFERENCE MATERIALS:

Facul
Faculty
Cairo Univ
ni versi ty Annexes
Annexes of an
annual
11
VI-1 : Basic Materials : Department

Department bo
book
ok : written b
byy staff mem
members
bers ( 5 volumes )
is available fo
forr purchase
p urchase by students fro
fromm bookshops
bookshops instinstalled
alled in the facu
faculty
lty .
Some
Som e ad
additional
ditional lectu
lecturre not
no tes .
VI-2 : Suggested materials :
 Guyton : Textbook of Medical Physiology .
 Ganong
Ganon g : Review of Medical Physiology .
 Illustrated medical physiology .
__________
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Univ
ni versi ty Annexes
Annexes of an
annual
12
Cairo University
Faculty of Medicine
Department of Medical Biochemistry
Courss e Spe
Cour Spe cif
cifications
ications
Course title: Medical Biochemistry and Molecular Biology -I
First academic year of M.B.& B.Ch. program
Allocated marks: 150 marks
Course duration: 24 weeks of teaching with a final end of year
examination
Total teaching hours: 168 hrs.
Course director: Prof. Dr. Emad Zaki Abbas
Head of Medical Biochemistry Department
Teaching staff: 32 professors, 11 assistant professors, 8 lecturers
and 12 assistant lecturers and/demonstrators.
I- Aim of the Course:
• To enable students to understand the essential topics of biochemistry including
micro- and macromolecules of carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, nucleotides and
nucleic acids.
• To enable the student to describe the biological membrane, the role of free
nucleotides in signal transduction control, and macromolecules involved in
transmission of information from gene expression to the formation of
functi
func tioni
oning
ng protei
pr oteins.
ns.
• To familiarize the students with basic principles of Molecular biology and
protein synthesis.
• To enable the student to be familiar with biotechnology methods and their
clinical implications.
• To make the student oriented with the physico-chemical basis of the biological
systems; and the related clinical problems.
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Univ
ni versi ty Annexes
Annexes of an
annual
13

OUTCOM ES:
II- A) KNOWLEDGE AND UNDERSTANDING:
By the end of tthe
he course, students should be able to:
1. Describe the structure and properties of caribodydrates, lipids and proteins of

biological importance.
2. Describe the structure of cell membrane and point out its importance.
3. Describe the structure of heme and proteins of the extra-cellular matrix.
4. Demonstrate the structure and importance of immunoglobulins.
5. Describe the chemistry of nucleotides and nucleic acids.
6. Point out the processes of replication, transcription and translation.
7. Desc
Describe
ribe recombi
rec ombinant
nant DNA bi
biotechniques.
otechniques.
8. Point out the significance of human genome project and the principles of gene
therapy.
II- B. PROFESSIONAL SKILLS:
II- B1) Practical skills:
By the end of tthe
he course, students should be able to:
1. Perform some basic chemical tests to identify different sugars and proteins.
2. Use the electrophoresis technique to separate plasma proteins.
3. Recognize how DNA is extracted and be aware of further techniques using the
extracted DNA
DNA..
4. Apply thin layer chromatography (TLC) technique in separating a mixture of proteins
and/or lipids.
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Univ
ni versi ty Annexes
Annexes of an
annual
14
II- B2) Intellectua

Intellectuall sk ills:
1. Interpret the observations of chemical tests to identify unknown sugar or protein
solutions.
2. Identify electrophoresis bands and comment on them.

3. Interpret the separation foci of TLC.
4. Interpret the photographs of electrophoresis runs of Polymerase chain reaction (PCR)
products.
II- C) GENERAL SKILLS:

By the end of th
thee course
course,, students should be abl
ablee to:
1-Work effectively in a group in lab or during preparation of
seminars.
2- Respects the role of staff and co-staff members regardless of
degree or occupation.

Subject Lectures Practical/small Total % tot
total
al
hrs groups hrs hrs
Introduction to 8 1.5 9.5 6
Medical
Biochemistry
Carbohydrate 12 9 21 17
Chemistry
Li
Lip
p id Chemistry 12 3 15 13
Protein Chemi
Chemistr
stryy 12 9 21 17
Connective Tissue 4 0 4 3
Proteins
Ha emoprotei
emoproteins
ns 4 1.5 5.5 4
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Univ
ni versi ty Annexes
Annexes of an
annual
15
Immunochemistry
Immunochemistry 3 1.5 4.5 3
Biological 3 0 3 3
Membranes
Nucleotides and 6 3 9 8
Nucleic acids
Nucleic
Chemistry
DNA Replication and 6 1.5 7.5 6
Repair
Gene Expression and 6 1.5 7.5 6
Transcription
Protein Synthesis and 4 1.5 5.5 4
Modifications
Cell cycle; 4 1.5 5.5 4
Regulatory factors,
Apoptosis, Oncogens
and Carcinogenesis
Recombinant DNA 6 1.5 7.5 6
Technology,
Principals Gene
Therapy and Human
Genome projec
projec t
Total 90 36 126 100
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Univ
ni versi ty Annexes
Annexes of an
annual
16
III-A) TOPICS:
1. Physical chemistry: water, acids and bases, buffers, acid-base balance disturbance and
solutions (types and properties).
2. Carbohydrates: classification (monosaccharides-disaccharides and polysaccharides),
Properties and biological importance.
3. Lipids: Fatty acids, eicosanoids, simple lipids, conjugated lipids (including
phospholipids and cerebrosides) and derived lipids (including steroids); their properties
and biological importance.
4. Proteins: classification and properties of amino acids. The protein conformation,
properties of proteins, isolation and purefication, classification into simple and
conjugated proteins.
5. Protein of the extracellular matrix: Sturcture and functions of collagen, elastin,
fibronectin,
fibronectin, bone and c arti
artillage proteins.
6. Hemoproteins: Chemistry of heme, myoglobin and hemoglobin, organization of the
globin gene families, abnormal hemoglobin (hemoglobinopathies); and other
hemoproteins.
7. Immunoglobulins: Immune systems, primary and secondary immune response, structure

and types of immunoglobulins.
8. Cell membrane: membrane structure, asymmetry (mosaic structure), fluidity and
erythrocyte membrane. Diseases due to mutations affecting gene encoding membrane
proteins.
9. Chemistry of nucleotides: Structure of nitrogenous bases, nucleosides and nucleotides,
free nucleotides of biological importance.
10. Chemistry of nucleic acids: structure of DNA, chromatin and chromosomes.
Mitochondrial DNA, and types of RNA.
11. DNA replication and repair.
12. Transcription (RNA synthesis), processing of RNA, regulation of gene expression.
13. Protein synthesis (translation): synthesis of polypeptide chain, post-translation
processing.
14. Gene mutation: causes, types and effects.
15. Cell cycle and its regulation.
16. Apoptosis: definition, causes and mechanism.
17. Carcinogenesis: Protoonecogens, oncogenes and tumor suppressor genes.
18. Recombinant DNA technology: Restriction enzymes, cloning, PCR, hybridization,
DNA sequencing, gene therapy, human genome project.
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Univ
ni versi ty Annexes
Annexes of an
annual
17
III-
II I-B)
B) PR
PRACT
ACTICAL
ICAL CLASSE
CLASSES:
S:
i) Id
I dentification of:
1- Carbohydrates:
a. Mo
Monosacc
nosacchari
harides:
des: gl
glucos
ucose,
e, fructose.
fruc tose.
b. Disaccharides: sucrose, maltose.

c . Polysaccharides: starch, dextrin.
2- Protein: Peptone, gelatin, caseinogen, egg white (albumin and globulins)
3- Uric acid and urea.
ii) Electrop
lectrophores
horesis:
is: of plasma proteins, lipoproteins and/or hemoglobin.
iii) Thin layer chromatography (TLC): of phospholipids, amino
acids,
acids, sugars and/o
and/orr protei
proteins.
ns.
iv) DNA extraction.
IV. TEACHING AND LEARNING METHODS:

IV-A) METHODS USED:
1. Lectures
2. Practical classes (small group teaching, practice of laboratory skills, AV aids):
2.1 Chemi
Chemicc al tests
tests..
2.2 Electrophoresis.
2.3 Chromatography.
2.4 DNA extraction.
IV-B) METHODS FOR DISABLED STUDENTS:
No special arrangements are available.
IV-C) TEACHING PLAN:

Lectures::
Lectures
4 lectures per week; one hour each between 11.00 a.m and 2.00 p.m according to the current
time table in general lecture halls.

Facul
Faculty
Cairo Univ
ni versi ty Annexes
Annexes of an
annual
18
Practical classes
classes and tu
tutorials:
torials:
The students are divided into 6 groups. Each group has three hours-practical class
once per week. Students of each group are divided into 2 subgroups. Both subgroups will
rotate between tutorial classes (the related subjects of the theoretical lectures with AV aids)
and practical class.
Time plan:
Item Time sch
schedule
edule Teaching hours Total hours
Lecc tures
Le 4 times/w
times/week;
eek; one 4x24 w ks 96
hour each between
11.00 a.m and 2.00
p.m
Practi
Prac ticc al 3 hours every othe
otherr 3x12 36
week
Tutorial
Tut orial 3 hour
hourss every other 3x12 36
week
Total 168
V- TEACHING AND LEARNING FACILITIES:

Facilities used for teaching this course include:
- Lecture halls: provided by the faculty.
- Small group classes: in the department.
- Information technology / AV aids: available in computer- assisted classes in the
department.
- Laboratory: laboratory facilities to perform the required experiments are
available in the department.
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Univ
ni versi ty Annexes
Annexes of an
annual
19
VI- STUDENT ASSESSMENT:

VI-A) ATTENDANCE CRITERIA:
The minimum acceptable practical (and tutorial) attendance is 75%; students who fail
to attend that percentage of activities will loose 5 marks out of the practical marks. Students
need to attend at least 60% in order to attend for the final practical examination.
VI-B) Assessm
Asse ssment
ent TOOL
OOLS:
S:
Tool Purpose
Written examination Ass
ssess
essment
ment of knowledge and under
understan
standing
ding
Oral exam
examiinat
natiion Ass
ssess
essment
ment of knowledge and under
understan
standing
ding
Prac
Pr actical
tical examination Ass
ssess
essment
ment of prac
ractical
tical , intellectua l and general
skills. (check list)
VI-C) TIME SCHEDULE:

• Formative examinations: one in January for all students and the other in April. The
students w ho don't attend the exami
examinati
nation(s
on(s)) for acc
acceptabl
eptablee reason; thei
theirr ma
marks
rks wil
willl
be raised as a proportion from the final written examination score.
• Final examination: at the end of the academic year, in May, for all st
students.
udents. T
The
he exam
will be re-held in September for those who fail to pass the final exam or postpone it
VI-D) GRADING SYSTEM:
Examination
xamin
Formative ation
examinations: Marks
ark s allocated
January 20
April 10
Final examination
Written 75
Oral 20
Practical 25
Total 150
• The mini
minimum
mum pas
passing
sing sc
score
ore is 90 marks provide
provided
d at least 30 marks are obtai
obtained
ned in
in the
final written examination.
• Passing grades are: EXCELLENT > 85%, VERY GOOD 75-<85%, GOOD 65-<75%
and FAIR 60-<65%.
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Univ
ni versi ty Annexes
Annexes of an
annual
20
FORMATIVE ONLY ASSESSMENT:

Student knows his marks after the Formative exams.
VI-E) Examination description:

Examination
xamin ation Des
Descrip
cription
tion Marks
ark s
Formative
Exam:
January one--hour written paper 20

composed of short essay type
April questions. 10
30-min MCQ exam.
Final A 3-hour written paper 75
composed of short essay type
questions (45 marks) and MCQ
(30 marks)
Practical Identification of provided 25
solutions and giving report on
provided material either
electrophoresis film, TLC plate,
chromatography paper and/or
electrophoresis photograph of
PCR run
Oral One oral examinati
examination
on st
station
ation 20
Total 150 mar
mark
ks
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Univ
ni versi ty Annexes
Annexes of an
annual
21
VII. LEARNING AND REFERENCE MATERIALS:

VII-A) Basic materials:
• Department book: available for students to purchase from different bookshops at the
faculty.
• Overhead projections and computer presentations used during teaching in tutorial
classes.
• Notes on the laboratory practical work.
VII-B) Suggested materials:

* Harper's Biochemistry.
* Lippincott's Illustrated Biochemistry.
* The Department's web site. http://www.medbio.eg.net
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Univ
ni versi ty Annexes
Annexes of an
annual
22
Cairo University
Faculty of M e dici
Faculty dicine
ne
Departm
Depar tmee nt Histology
Course
Course title
title :
HISTOLOGY First ye ar of M .B.& B.C
B.Ch.
h. program
Allo
llocate
cateddmmark
arks:
s: 150 marks
Cours
Co ursee duration: 30 weeks
Total teaching
tea ching ho
hours:
urs: 120 hours (48 hours theoret
theoretical
ical + 72 hours pract
practical)
ical)
Course director: Prof. Dr Nadia Mos
ostafa
tafa
Head of Histology Department
Teaching staff: 23 professors,

professors , 11 assistant professors, 18
lecturers , 5 as s istant
is tant lectur
lecture
ers& 4 tutors

• To inform students about the dif differ
ferent
ent histological tools
tools & tec
techniques
hniques
•To teach tthe
he s tudents the ba
bass ic his tological s truct
tructures
ures of different c
cells
ells and tis s ues of huma
mann bo
bod
dy,
preparing them for studying
studying organs and s ystemstems s in the second term & second y year
ear
•Making correlation between function and structure of various tiss ues and their clinical s igni ignifica
fican
nce

II-1:: KNOWLEDGE
II-1 KNOWLEDGE and
an d UNDERSTA
UNDERSTANDING:
1. Define and describe the his
histological
tological charac
character
teris
istic
tics
s of normal cells
2. Differentiate between norm
normal
al and abnorm al karykaryoty
otyping
ping
3. Describe and compare between diff different
erent blood cells
4. Define and dis cus
cuss
s tthe
he bas ic his tological tiss ues of the body (General his tol
tolo
ogy) and so
some
me
systems in the second tterm
erm (V(Vascular
ascular , Ly
Lympha
mphatic
tics
s , & skin)
II-2
II -2:: PRACTICAL SKILLS:
5. Know various types
types of stains & m icrot
icrotechniques
echniques
6. Know diff
different
erent cell organelles in project
projector
or s lides
7. Know diff
different
erent blood cells in blood films seen in project
projector
or slides
sl ides
8. Know different types
types of epitheli
epithelium
um,, connectiv
connective e tiss ue cells , connectiv
connectivee tiss ue proper &
bone cells.
9. Diff
Different
erentiate
iate between diff
different
erent tiss ues and organs in his histological
tological slide
sl ide seen under the
microscope.
10. Know how to m ake a tot total
al red & white count us using
ing the hem ocy
ocytometer
tometer
11. Know how to m ake a differential leucocy
leucocytic
tic count us
using
ing the blood ffilm
ilm
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Univ
ni versi ty Annexes
Annexes of an
annual
23

12. Answer
ns wer MCQ ques tions on various partparts
s of the curriculum
13. Correlate between his tological s truct
tructure
ure & funct
function
ion of any cell or tiss ue
14. Diagnos
Diagnose e sl
slides
ides diff
different
erent fr
from
om those seen during his course but of the sa same
me organs or
tissues
tiss ues prev
previousl
iously
y studied
15. Dis
Distinguish
tinguish between normal and abnormal kary karyoty
otyping
ping
16. Int
Interpret
erpret a com
complete
plete blood picture report
II-4 Life long le

learning
arning :
By the end of the course students should be able to:
17. Appreciat
ppreciate
e the im portanc
portance e of life long llearning
earning and s how a strong comm itment to it
18. Use tthe
he sou
sources
rces of biom
biomedical
edical information to remain curcurrent
rent with adv
advances
ances in knowledge
and practice
19. Frame a ques tion, search and literature, collect, analyz
analyze,
e, critically apprais e and utiliz
utilize
e the
obtained inform
information
ation to s olv
olve
e a particular cli
clinical
nical problem according to the prin
principles
ciples of e
ev
videnced
based m edici
edicine
ne
II -5 Ethical behavior
20. Ex
Expres
pres s thems elvelves
es freely and adequately by im prov
proving
ing their des criptiv
criptive
e capabil
capabilities
ities and
enhancing their
their c
com
ommuni
municat
cation
ion skills
21. Maintain profess ional image in m anner, dresdress
s s peech and interpers
interpersonal
onal relations hips that
is consis tent with tthe
he m edical professi
profession's
on's accept
accepted
ed contemporary standards in the comm unity

III-1 TOPICS 1: TI
Topic Lectur es Pr actical
1- Introductio
Introduction n , Microtech
icrotechniq
niqu
ues & Cy
Cytolog
tologyy 6 9
2- Cytogenetics 4 6
3- Blood 6 9
4- Epithelium
Epithelium 3 6
5- Connect
C onnectiv
ive
e Tissue 3 6
6- Cartilage 1 3
7- Bone 3 6
8- Mus
Muscle
cle 3 3
9- Nervous tissue 4 6
10- Vascular 2 3
11- Skin 2 3
12- Receptor
Receptors s 2 3
13- Ly
Lymm phat
phatic
ic System 3 6
14- Reticuloendothelial system 1
Total
Total (112 hours ) 43 69
S:
I ) Course Contents
1-Introduction , microtechnique & cytology
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Univ
ni versi ty Annexes
Annexes of an
annual
24
• Histology is the science dealing with the study of the normal microscopical structure of tissues. It
helps the student to correlate between the structure & function of tissues and organs. It also, prepares the
student to study histopathology.
• General structure of the cell
• Cytoplasmic contents (organelles & inclusion)
• Classification of organelles into membranous & non- membranous organelles
• LM, EM , molecular biology & functions of cell membrane Cell coat & its functions
• Mitochondria
• Golgi complex
• Endoplasmic reticulum
• Lysosomes
• Peroxisomes
• All of t he above membranous
membranous org o rganell
anelles
es are described as regarding
regarding t heir EM&LM
EM &LM pictures
p ictures,,
molecular biology and function
• Non - membranous org o rganell
anelles:
es:
• Ribosomes, Centrioles
Cent rioles , Cilia, Flagella
Flagella,, M icrotubules
icrotubu les & microfilame
microfilament
nts.
s.
• Regarding
Reg arding t heir LM,
LM , EM,
EM , molecular
molecular biology
biology & function
• Cell inclusions
• Structure of the nucleus (LM& ~M) & its functions
• M olecul
olecular
ar biolog
biologyy of DNA
DN A
• Types of RNA & protein synthesis
2- Cytogenetics
• Cell division ( mitosis & meiosis)
• Cell cycle & interphase
• Chromosomal number & sex s ex chromosomes
• Karyoty
Kary oty p ing & classifica
classificatt ion of chromosomes
chromosomes
• Structure of chromosomes
chromosomes
• Sex chromatin
• Abnormalities of cell division
• Causes of chromosomal aberrations
• Aberrations
Aberrat ions in chromosomal number, e.g. e.g. M ongolism
ongolism
•
Aberrations in chromosomal
chromosomal st ructure
• Aberrations of sex chromosomes e.g. Turner & Kleinfelter syndromes
• Blood group
groupss
3- Blood
• What are the blood elements?
• Normal structure, size & number of erythrocytes
• Abnormalities
Abnormal ities in st ructure, size & number of RBCs
• Polycythaemia & anaemia ad their causes
• How the RBCs are adapted to perform their function
• Differences between RBCs & WBCs
• Ty p es of WBCs & normal % of each each
•
•
Tot al leucoc
leucocy
Differen
Differentt ia y t icocyt
count
count
iall leucocyt
leuc c&ount
its cli
ic count clinic
&nical
itsalimportanc
imp
imp ortance
import ancee
• Detailed structure & function of neutrophils
• Detailed
Detaile d structure
st ructure & function of eosinophils
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Univ
ni versi ty Annexes
Annexes of an
annual
25
• Detailed structure & function of basophils

• Structure & function of lymphocytes
• Structure & function of monocytes
• Structure & function of platelets
• Types & structure of bone marrow
• Erythropoiesis
• Granulopoiesis
• Developme
Deve lopmentnt of lympocytes
lymp ocytes
• Development of monocytes
• Development of platelets
4- Epithelium
• General characteristics of epithelium & its types
• Types of simple epithelium (structure & sites)
• Transitiona
Transit ionall ep ithelium
ithelium
• Structure & sites
sit es of st
s t ratified squamous
squamous & strat s tratifie
ified
d columnar
columnar epithel
epit helium
ium
• Glandular
Glandul ar epithel
epit helium
ium with referenc
referencee to
t o sites
sit es
• Neuro- and myo-epithelium
myo-ep ithelium with reference
reference to sites
sit es
• Generall functions of ep ithelium
Genera ithelium
•
Modifications of epithelial cells surfaces: Apical basal & lateral modifications
5- Connective tissue (C.T.)

• General characteristics & Types of C.T.Cells of C.T. proper (LM, EM & function)
• Cells of C.T. proper (continuation)
• Fibers of C.T.
• Ground substance
• Ty p es of C.T. proper
p roper with referen
reference
ce to sites
sit es
• General functions of C.T. proper
6- Cartilage
• Types of cartilage
• Histology
Histolog y of each
each ty p e
• Sites of each type
• Generall functions
Genera
7- Bone
• Types of bone with reference to sites
• Methods of preparation of bone sections
• Histology of compact bone
• Bone cells & their functions
• Histology of spongy bone
• Differences between
bet ween cartilage
cartilage & bone
• Ossification (intramembranous & intracartilagenous)
8- Mu
M us cular
cular tiss
tissuue
• General histological structure of muscle cells (fibers)
• Types & action of muscles
• Skeletal muscle
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Univ
ni versi ty Annexes
Annexes of an
annual
26
• Skeletal muscle fibers (LM & EM)

• Types of skeletal muscle fibers
• EM picture of myofibrils
• Mechanism of muscle contraction
• Smooth
Sm ooth muscle fibers
fibers (LM & EM)
EM )
• Cardiac muscle fibers (LM & EM)
• Conducting system of heart
• Purkinje muscle fibers
9- Ner
Ne rvous
vous tis
tis s ue
• Definition of the
t he neuron
• Ty p es (classifica
(classification)
tion) of neurons & exam
examp
p lesEM
lesEM )
• Dendrites & axons
• Types of nerve fibers with examples
• Histolog
Hist ology
y of peripheral
p eripheral nerve
nerve fibers
fibers
• Structure of nerve trunk
• Spinal & autonomic ganglia
• Synapse
• Causes of degeneration
•
Retr ograde
Retrog rade degeneration
degeneration
• Wallarian degeneration
• Traumatic & transneural degeneration
• Stains used for detection of degeneration
• Regeneration
• Definition of neuroglia
• Classifica
Classification
tion & sites
sit es
• Detailed
Detaile d st ructure of p roper
rop er neuroglia
neuroglia cel
cells
ls
• General functions of neuroglia
• Endings in muscular tissue
• Pacinia
Paciniann corpuscle
corp uscle with reference
reference tto
o sit
sites
es & function
• histology
histolog y of the
t he nerve cel
celll (LM &
• M uscle
uscle spindle (LM & EM EM )
• Motor end plate (LM & EM)
10- Skin Integument

• Definition
• Ty p es & sites of skin
• Histology of thick non-hairy skin
• Histology of thin hairy skin
• Hair, hair follicles & nails
• Color of skin & melanin
• Skin glands
glands (sweat
(s weat & sebaceous glands)
glands)
11- Blood vascular system

•
•
General
Large,
Larg structure
e, medium sizof
edblood
sized vessels
& small & its significance
arteries
art eries
• Small, medium sized & large veins
• Structure of special blood vessels e.g. basilar, coronary, umbilical & penile arteries
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Univ
ni versi ty Annexes
Annexes of an
annual
27
• Types, sites & structure of capillaries

• Blood sinusoids with reference
reference to t heir
heir sites
sit es
• AV shunt
12- Lym
Lymp
phatic s yste
ys tem
m
• Lymph vessels & distribution of Iymphoid tissue
• Lymph node & its immunological function
• Spleen
Spleen & its
it s function
funct ion
• Difference
Differencess between
bet ween lymph
lymp h node & sp leen
leen
• Blood supply of spleen & theories of circulation
• Tonsils
• Structure & functions of thymus
• Thy mic barrier
barrier
13- Immune system & RES

• Cells involved in the immune
Cells immune syst
sy stem
em & their functions
• Antigen presenting cells
• Cells of RES & method of their demonstration
III) Course Objectives

Unit 1: MICROSCOPY & MICROTECHNIQUE
Unit 2: CYTOLOGY AND CYTOGENETICS
Unit
ni t 3: BLOO
BLOO D
Unitt 4: GENERAL
Uni GENERAL HISTO
HIS TOLLO GY
Unit 5: S PECIA
PECIAL
L HIS
HIS TOL
TO LO GY
Uni t 1: MICROSCOPY & MICROTECHNIQUE

Unit MICROTECHNIQUE::
• Ty p es of microsco
microscop
p es:
• Light
Lig ht microscope
microscope (LM)&
(LM )& its
it s magnific
magnification
ation p owers
•
Electron
Electron microscop
microscop e (EM)
(EM )
• Methods of preparation of microscopical sections:
• Steps of preparation & aim of each step
• Advantages & disadvantages of each method
• Principles of staining with Haematoxylin & Eosin
• Ty pes of stains
stains
Objectives:
By the end of this unit, the student should be able to:
1. use the light microscope
2. differentiate
differentiate between
bet ween basophilic & acidop
acidophili
hilicc st ructures.
Unit 2: CYTOLOGY AND CYTOGENETICS

• EM p icture & molecular biology
biology of cell organell
organelles
es
•
Cell inclusions
inclusions (LM & EM)
EM )
• Nucleu
Nucl euss (LM & EM
EM ), DNA and typ
ty p es of RNA
• Cell division & cell cycle
• Abnormalities of cell division
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Univ
ni versi ty Annexes
Annexes of an
annual
28
• Structure of chromosomes
chromosomes
• Chromosomal abnormalities (in structure & number)
• Sex chromosome abnormalities
• Blood group
groupss
Objectives:
By the end of this unit, he should know:
1. How to correlate the predominance of a cell organelle & the function of the cell
2. To understand the bases of cytogenetics , so he can understand genetic diseases studied in
pediatrics.
Uni t 3: BLOOD
Unit BLOOD
• Structure & functions of RBCs, WBCs & platelets.
• Structure & types of bone marrow
• Haemopoiesis
Objectives:
By the end of this unit he should be able to:
1. Read
Read a blood report
2. Do a blood film & stain it with Leishman stain
3. Do a differential leucocytic count
4. Know the relation between leucocyt
leucocyt es & diseases.
diseases.
5. Unit 4: GENERAL HISTOLOGY

A. EPITHELIAL TISSUE
B. CONNECTIVE TISSUE
C. MUSCULAR TISSUE
D. NERVOUS TISSUE
___________________
A. EPITHELIAL TISSUE:
• General characteristics & function
• Ty pes & sites
sites
• Structure of each type
• Epithelial polarity & modifications of cell surfaces
Objectives:
By the end of this unit the student should be able to:
1.
2. Correlate
Correlate between
Correlate the surface
between the site
sit e andmodification
structure
struct ure of each
eachthe
and ty pfunction
e and theoffunction of the
the organ t he organ.
organ.
3. Differentiate between the different types to help him to identify the given organ.
B. CONNECTIVE
CONNECTIVE TISSUE:
TISS UE:
1) Connective tissue proper:
• General characteristics
• Structure (LM & EM) & functions of cells
• Structure & ty p es of fibers
fibers
• Structure of ground substance
subs tance
• Ty p es of CT prop er & sites of eac
each
h
• General functions of CT proper
2) Cartilage:
• Ty p es, structure,
structure, sites & functions
functions
3) Bone:
• Ty p es, structure,
structure, sites & functions
functions
• Structure & functions of bone cells
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Univ
ni versi ty Annexes
Annexes of an
annual
29
• Ossification
Objectives:
By the end of this unit the student should be able to:
1. differentiate
differentiate microscopical
microscopically
ly between the different
different ty p es of CT p roper,
rop er, ca
cartilag
rtilagee & bone.
bone.
2. correlate between structure, site & function of each type.
C. MUSCULAR TISSUE
•
General histologica
General histologicall structure
st ructure & ty p es
• Skele
Skeletal
tal muscle (LM & EM) EM )
• Smooth muscle (LM & EM)
• Cardiac muscle & conducting system of heart
Objectives::
Objectives
1. Differentiate microscopically between the different muscles (LS & TS).
2. Correlate between structure & the mode of action of each.
D. NERVOUS
NERVOUS TISS
TISSUE:
UE:
• Types of neurons
• Histology of the neuron (LM & EM)
• Types & structure of nerve fibres
• Structure of ganglia
• Structure & types of synapse
• Degeneration & regeneration of neurons
• Stainss used to
Stain t o detect degene
degeneration
ration in nervous t issue
• Neuroglia & their functions
• Types & structure of nerve endings (receptors & effectors)
Objectives::
Objectives
1. Correlate between the structure of neurons & ganglia.
2. Know when neurons could regenerate
3. Know the importance of neuroglia
4. know the different receptors & effectors and their functions
Unit5: SPECIAL HISTOLOGY

A. INTEGUMENT
B. BLOOD VASCULAR SYSTEM
C. LYMPHATIC SYSTEM
D. IMMUNE SYSTEM AND RETICULO-ENDOTHELIAL SYSTEM (RES)
__________________________________
A. INTEGUMENT:
Types, sites & structure of skin Hair, hair follicles & nails Color of skin Skin glands (sweat & sebaceous
glands)
Objectives:
By the end of this unit, the student should know:
1. How t o differentiate
differentiate microscop
microscopica
ically
lly bet
between
ween hairy
hairy and non-hairy
non-hairy skin.
2. To correlate between the structure & the functions of skin.
B. BLOOD VASCULAR SYSTEM:

•
Generall st
Genera
Arteries ructure
(large, medium-sized & small)
•
• Veins (large, medium-sized & small)

• Structure of special arteries & veins
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Univ
ni versi ty Annexes
Annexes of an
annual
30
• Blood capillaries, sinusoids & A-V anastomosis

Objectives:
1. Differentiate microscopically between different arteries & different veins.
2. Correlate
Correlate between the st ructure of blood vessels
vessels and thei
t heirr function
3. Correlate
Correlate betwee
betw een n the
t he presenc
p resencee of blood sinusoids & AV shunt in an organ
organ and its function
f unction
C. LYMPHATIC SYSTEM:
• Lymph vessels
• Distribution of lymphoi
lymp hoidd t issue
• Lymph node
• Spleen & its microcirculation
• Tonsils
• Thymus & thymic barrier
Objectives:
1. Differentiate
Differentiate microscopical
microscopicallyly between organs
organs containing lymp hoid tissue
t issue
2. Correlate
Correlate between the st ructure of these
t hese organs
organs & their functions
3. Know t he imp
imp ortance of these organs
organs in the immune
immune function
function of t he body
D. IMMUNE SYSTEM AND RETICULO-ENDOTHELIAL SYSTEM (RES):

• Cells involved in the immune system
• Antigen-presenting cells
• Cellss of RES & the
Cell t he method
method of thei
t heirr demonstration
demonstrat ion
Objectives:
By the end of this unit, the student should know:
1. How does the immun
immunee system
sy stem start to work.
w ork.
2. Immunological function of lymphocytes & macrophages
3. Sites of presence of phagocytic cells and antigen-presenting cells
IV. TEAC
TEACHING
HING METHODS:
METHODS:
IV-1: METHODS USED:

1- Lectures
Lectur es ( 60 hou
hours
rs = 2 lectures / week
week for 30 weeks)
2- Practical sections (90 hours
hour s = 3 hours / week
week for 30 weeks)
weeks)
IV-2:
DISABLED STUDENTS:
STUDE NTS:
No special
s pecial arrangements are av
available
ailable
IV-3:
PLAN:
Lectures:
The students are divided into two groups in two large lecture halls in the Medical Education Center
building for two lectures weekly. The first lecture is on Sunday from 1 pm – 2 pm. & the second
one is on Wednesday
Wednes day frfrom
om 11 am – 12 am.
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Univ
ni versi ty Annexes
Annexes of an
annual
31
Practical classes:
Students are divided into five (5) big groups on 5 days of the week (Saturday – Wednesday). Each
big group is s ubdivided iinto
nto four (4) s m aller groups dis tributed on the 4 availa
available
ble labs. (Each sma
smalll
group is about 80 – 95 studen
students ts)) ??? . Each
Each 3 students share on one
e microscope.
m icroscope.
Time plan:
Item Time schedule Teac hing hours To tal hours
Lectures Sunday 1 – 2 pm 2 hours weekly for 24 w eeks 48 hours
Wednesday
Wed nesday 11 – 12 am
Practical Daily on 5 days w eek ly from
from Saturday – 3 hours weekly for 24 w eeks 72 hours
classes Wednesday) from
8 am – 11 am
TO TAL 120
12 0 hours

The m inim um accept acceptable
able att
attendance
endance iis
s 75 %. S
Student
tudents
s need to att
attend
end at least 60 % in order to
s et ffor
or the ffinal
inal examin
examination
ation
V-2: ASSESSMENT TOOLS
TOOL PURPOSE
Written examination Ass ess ment of knowledge and understanding
Oral Examination Ass ess ment of knowledge and unders understanding
tanding & atattit
titude
ude
Practical examination As s ess
es s m ent of practical skil
skills
ls in di
diagnos
agnos is of differen
differentt tissu
issue
es
under the
the mi
microscope
croscope and project
projector or slides
Practical
Prac tical noteboo
notebook
k As s ess
es s m ent of attendance anand d evaluation
evaluation of und
underserstatan
nding &
drawing skills of histological sections
V-3: TIM E SCHEDULE:

SCHEDULE:
• MID-YEA
MID-YEAR
R EXAMINATIO
EXAMINATIONN : Writ
Written
ten ex
exam
am ination held twice a year in January and
•
March for
FINAL all s
students
tudents : A
EXAMINATION Att tthe
he end of the academ
academic
ic y
year
ear for all s tudents

Exam
xaminatio
ination:
n: Mark
Markss allo
allocate
catedd
Mid-year examinations 30
Final Written 60
examination Oral 30
Practical 30
TOTAL 150
o The minim um pass ing s score

core is 90 m arks prov
provided
ided at leas
leastt 18 marks are obtained in the
final written examination
o
Pas
Pass
IRs 60-
FAIR
FA ing grade
grades
<65%..s are
<65% are:: E
EX
XCELLENT >85%, VERY GO
GOOD
OD 75- <
<85%,
85%, GO
GOOD
OD 65- <75% and
V-5: EXAMINATION DESCRIPTION

Facul
Faculty
Cairo Univ
ni versi ty Annexes
Annexes of an
annual
32
Exam ina
Exam inati
tion
on Descri
Description
ption Marks
Mid-year Written The student
student is allow
allow ed 1 hours to answer
answer sho
s hort
rt 30 marks
marks
questions
Written he student is allow
allow ed 3 hours to answer
answ er long and 60
m short assay
as say type questions
questions in additio
addition
n to draw ing
a
x questions
e
l
a
in
Oral
Practical One oral examinati
Projectorex amination
s lide on s tation
examination
examination 30
10
F
Spotting
Spott ing s lide
lides
s 20
Total 150
VI-1 BASIC MATER
MATERIA
IALS
LS :
• Department books available for students to purchase from different bookshops at the
faculty
• His tology for undergradu
undergraduateate m
medical
edical s tudents: MM.. A
Abdel
bdel - Hafez & N. MMos
ostafa
tafa
• Atlas of his tology for undergradu
undergraduate
ate m
medical
edical s tudents: M M.. A
Abdel
bdel - Hafez & N. M
Mos
ostaf
tafa
a
• Histology
His tology for medical students: Zak
Zakaria
aria A
Abdel
bdel - Ham
Hamid id
• Overhead
Ov erhead project
projections
ions , slides and computer presentations us ed during teaching
VI-2 Suggested
Sugges ted Materials
Materials :
• CD-Rom containing topics in the curriculum provided with photomicrographs of these
topics
• Basic
Bas ic his tology Junqueira
Junqueira,, L.
L.C.
C.
• Atlas of his tology
tology:: Di Fiore
• Functional His tology ((Wheater’s)
Wheater’s) Tex
Textt & A
Atlas
tlas of His tology
• Gartner & Hiatt
Hia tt A
Atlas
tlas of His tology
• Corm ack concise Tex Textbook
tbook of His
Histology
tology
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Univ
ni versi ty Annexes
Annexes of an
annual
33
Cairo Univ
Univee rsity
Facullty of Me
Facu Medici
dicine
ne
Department ofo f Anatomy
Course
nd
Course title: 2 year Anatomy
2004-2005
arks
s
Course du durat
ration
ion:: one academic year
Total
To tal te
teaching
aching ho
hours:
urs: 226 hrs. Lectures:100 hrs, practical small groups: 126 hrs.
Course director: Prof. Dr. Nabila Adieb
Head of Anatomy Department
Teaching staff: 32 professors, 5 assistant professors, 8 lecturers and
assistant lecturers
l ecturers / dem
demonons
s trator
trators
s
o To provide a core body of scientific knowledge concerning the normal structure of the human body
at t he level
level of organ
organ and organ
organ syst
sy stem
em with the
t he study of the
t he normal
normal growt
growthh and development
development relevant
relevant
to ana
anatt omica
omicall top ics.
o To p rovide ap
ap p ropriate
rop riate ethica
ethicall and professiona
p rofessionall educat
educat ion necessary
necessary for dealing
dealing with cadavers.
cadavers.
o To enable
enable students to correlate
correlate anatomical
anatomical facts
fact s with
wit h their clinical
clinical app lic
lications.
ations.

students
ts sho
should
uld be able to:
5. Describe the basic
basic p rinciples
rinciples of structure
st ructure of t he different
different tissues,
tissues, organs
organs and sy stems of t he human
human
body.
6. Describe the surface landmarks of the underly
underly ing bones, muscles and tendons, and internal st
structures
ructures
(main nerves, vessels and viscera).
7. Exp
Exp la
lain
in the
t he different stag
st ages
es of human deve
d evelopment,
lopment, evolution and growth.
rowt h.
8. Out line t he major
major clinical app lications
lications of anatomical
anatomical facts.
II-B: SKILLS:
5. Apply the anatomical facts while examining the living subject in order to reach a proper diagnosis.
6. Identify the different surfac
s urfacee marking
markingss and determine the position
p osition or course of internal
structures.
7. Identify the different internal structures
struct ures in cadave
cadavers
rs and preserve
p reserved
d sp ecime
ecimens.
ns.
8. Interpret
Int erpret t he normal
normal anatomic
anatomical
al structures on radiog
radiographs,
raphs , ultrasound, C.T.
C.T . scans and
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Univ
ni versi ty Annexes
Annexes of an
annual
34
nuclear magnetic resonance images.
9. Intepre
Int eprett some clinical
clinical finding
findin gs in relation
rel ation to
t o develop
developme
mental
ntal basis.
II-C: Attitudes:
10. M aint
aint ain
ain honesty and integrity
integrity in all
all interac
interactions
tions with teachers,
teachers, colleagues,
colleagues, p atients
and others with

w ith whom
w hom p hy sicians
sicians must interact
interact in their p rofessional
rofessional lives.
lives.
11. Value
Value the ethics and resp
resp ect
ect t o all
all individuals
individuals inside and
and outside
outs ide the dissect
dissect ing room and pay a
good deal of resp ect
ect to t he cadave
cadavers.
rs.
12. Reco
Reco gnize the scope
scop e and
and limits
limits of his role as
as a student
st udent as well as
as the
t he nece
necessit
ssityy t o seek and
and app ly
collaboration with other workers.
13. To afford the responsibility towards work.
14. M aint
aint ain
ain a p rofessional
rofessional image
image concerning behavior, dress and sp
s p eech.
eech.

III-A: TOPICS:
Topic total No of hrs
hours % Total Lectures Practical
ractical small group
groupss
1-Head
1-Head & Neck 37.5% 34 51
2-Neuroanatomy 18% 16 24
3-Abdomen & Pelvi
Pelviss 37.
37.5%
5% 34 51
4-Spec
4-S peciial Embryology 7% 16
TOTA
TOT AL 100 126

IV-A
IV-A: Teaching methods:
1. Lectures
Lectures for ac
acquisition
quisition of knowledg
knowled ge: T wo large groups,
roup s, 5 times/week.
times/week.
2. Practical
Practical classes: includin
includin g p ractical
ractical dissection, demonstration
demonst ration in t he dissecting room, museum jars and
radiological films.
3. Tutorial
Tutor ial class
classes:
es: two
tw o hours/week before dissectin
dissect ing
g a major re gion and a brief discussion
dis cussion by t he end
end of each
each
p ractical
ractical session.
IV-B: Teaching
Teaching plan:
- Lectures:
- Practical:
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Univ
ni versi ty Annexes
Annexes of an
annual
35
IV-C:
IV-C: METHODS FOR DISA
DISABLED
BLED STUDENTS:
STUDENTS:
Not present
V- Teaching and learning

learning facilities:
facilities:
1- Disse
Dissectin
cting
g roo
room
m in
inccluding ca
cadavers
davers,, bone
bones
s , plas
plastic
tic m odels and pla
plas
s tinated
tinated
specimens.
2- Mus eum s peci
pecim
m ens, x
x-ray
-ray & CT s cans.
3- Vis ual aids.
VI- STUDEN
STUDE NT ASSESSME
ASSESS MENT
NT
VI-A- ATTENDANCE CRITERIA:

The minimal
minimal acceptable
accep table attenda
att endance
nce is
is 75% ; student
s tudentss who
w ho fail to attend that perc
p ercentag
entagee of activities
activities will
w ill not
be allowed
allowed to sit
s it for final written
writ ten examinat
examination.
ion.
VI-B-
VI-B- ASSESSMENT TOOLS:
TOOLS:
TOOL PURPOSE
Written examination (3 hour
hours)
s) Ass
ssess
essment
understanding
Oral exam
examiinat
natiion (l0-15 minute) Ass
ssess
essment
understanding
Prac tical examination Ass
ssess
essment
ment of identifi
dentificc ation
Practi
Prac ticc al book Ass
ssess
essment
ment of prac
racti
ticc al activi
activities,
ties,
MCQ questions and drawings.
VI-C-
VI-C- ASSESSMENT SCHEDULE:
SCHEDULE:
 MIDYEAR EXAMINAT ION: Held usually at January , students should submit

their practical books to sit for the examination.
 FINAL EXAMINATION: at the end of the academic year for all students.

VI-D- GRADING SYSTEM:
Exam inat
Exami natiion Marks all
alloc
ocated
ated
Mid Year Examination 50
written and practical
Final examination
-Written 125
-Oral 30
-Practical 45
Total 250
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Univ
ni versi ty Annexes
Annexes of an
annual
36
 The minimum passing score is 150 marks (60%).
 Passing grades are: Excellent 85%-100% or more, VERY GOOD 75%-84%

GOOD 65%-74% and FAIR 60%-64%.
E- PRACTICAL BOOK DESCRIPTION:

Practical book: must be completed during the practical classes of academic year.
VII- Examination descriptions

Mid year exam: A 2-hours written ex
exam
am and a practical ex
exam
am .
Examination De
Description
scription Marks
Marks
Written
Writt en 6 short essay
essay & question 30 marks
M id y ea
earr each 5 marks (5x6=30)
Practical 10 stati
stations
ons (one mark each)
each) 10 marks
(50 marks)
Practical book 10 marks
Final exam:
D) Writ
Written
ten 3-hour ex
exam
am
E) Prac
Practic
tical
al ex
exam:
am: 60 m ins
ins.. durat
duration
ion fresh s pecimens , bones and X
X-ray
-ray and CT scans
F) Or
Oral
al ex
exam
am 10 -15 mi
mins
ns
 2 comm itt
ittees
ees each 15 marks
Final exam Written

Writt en 9 essa
essayy questions including Total 125 marks
(200 marks) H & N, neuroanatomy,
abdomen, pelvis and
embryology
MCQ = 30 marks
Problem solving &applied
anatomy 5 marks
Practical
Practical examination
examination Including:
Including: 45 marks
-bones
-soft tissue
-imaging anatomy
Oral 2 commi
committees
ttees int
internal
ernal and 2*15 = 30 mar
marks
ks
external examiners
T OT AL 250 marks
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Univ
ni versi ty Annexes
Annexes of an
annual
37
VII- List of references:
1- Course
Co urse note
notes
s : Book autho
authorriz
ized
ed b
byy dep
departm
artme
ent.
2- Ess
Essent
ential
ial Bo
Book
oks
s: a) Cunn
Cun ningham’s anato
anatom
my
b) Gray’s
Gray’s ana
anato
tom
my
c) National books
books
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Univ
ni versi ty Annexes
Annexes of an
annual
38
Cairo Universit
niversityy
Facullty of Me
Facu Medici
dicine
ne
Medical Physiology Department
Course
Course title: Medical Physiology
2nd ye ar of M .B.& B.C
B.Ch.
h. p
program
rogram
Allocated marks: 250 marks.
Course dudurat
ration
ion:: 26 w
week
eeks
s of teaching with a midyear a
and
nd a final end of year exa
exam.
m.
Total
To tal teac
teachin
hing
g hours: 196 hrs.
Course di
direc
rector:
tor: Prof.Dr. Mohamed H
Hass
assan
an A
Aly
ly : H
Head
ead of t he d
departm
epartment
ent .
Teaching staff: 23 Pro

Profess
fesso
ors, 8 Ass.Pro
Ass.Prof.
f. , 8 le
le cturers
cturers , 10 Ass. Lecturers
Lecturers & dem
dem onstrators
onstrators .

The
The aims of this course a
are
re to enable students to :
6.
7. conti
continue
ex nuein
explore
plore upgradin
upgrading
details gthe
thefunctions
physiological basis
of the taken in h
endocrinal, his
is f irst
the y
year
ear..
reproductive the nervous, the
renal & the digestive systems as well as their integration to achieve homeostasis.
8. integ
integrat
rate
e phy
physiological
siological data & mechani
mechanismssms with the on ongoing
going basic sc sciences:
iences: anatomy ,
histology
histo logy & biochemistr
biochemistry y an
andd ttheir
heir clinical applica
application
tions
s.
9. foll
follow
ow the ra
rapid
pidly
ly changing anand d inflating details abou
aboutt molecular physiology & genetics
.
10. dev
develop
elop the basic skills an
andd ethi
ethical
cal behav
behavior
ior rrequi
equired
red for scscientific
ientific rrese
esearch,
arch, as w
well
ell as
effectiv
effec tive
e communi
communication
cation an
andd team w work
ork attitud
attitude
e.

students
ts sho
should
uld be able to:
5. descr
describe
ibe the functio
functions
ns of the nervou
nervous,
s, the endocrine, t he reproductive , t he renal
and the dig
digestive
estive s
syystem
stemss at the organ and at the m
molecul
olecular
ar levels.
6. descr
describe
ibe the metabol
metabolism
ism from ththe
e phy
physiology
siology poi
point
nt of vi
view
ew..
II-2: PRACTICAL SKILLS:

students
ts sho
should
uld be able to:
1. perform a systema
systematictic e
exam
xamin
ination
ation of th
the
e nervo
nervous
us system : t ypes of sensations , mot
motoror
system , tendons
tendons jerks and muscle ton tonee.
2. perform the most important visual tests
tests:: corneal , light & accommodation ref reflexes
lexes ,
visual
visual acuit
acuityy , colour vision and visual fiel
field
dddefec
efects
ts .
3. perform a prelimin
preliminary
ary examination of common endocr
endocrinal
inal conditions
conditions:: acr
acromegaly
omegaly ,
dwarfism
dwar fism and a thy
thyroid
roid disease (hy
(hypo
po or hyper).
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Univ
ni versi ty Annexes
Annexes of an
annual
39
4. integ
integrat
ratee ph
phy
ysiol
si ology
ogy with o
ott her basic an
and
d clinical sciences .

students
ts sho
should
uld be able to:
1. distin
distinguish
guish betw
between
een ph
physiolo
ysiologica
gicall and patho
pathological
logical perf
performance
ormance of d
differe
ifferent
nt bo
body
dy
systems.
2. sugg
suggest
est the basic p
physiological
hysiological meas
measurements
urements u
used
sed to test different body fu
functions.
nctions.
3. integ
integrat
rateep
phy
hysi
siol
ology
ogy with other sciences .
II-4: GENERAL SKILLS AND ATTITUDES

By the end of t he course, students should be able tto:
o:
1. identify
identify tthe
he esse
essential
ntial ethical issues invo
involved
lved in scientific rrese
esearch.
arch.
2. work separately o orr in grou
groups
ps to resea
researchrch and prepare a scientific top topic.
ic.
3. use avavailable
ailable presentation aids (e. (e.gg Ov
Overhea
erhead d Projectors or Data S Sho
how)
w) to present
prese nt
clearly
clear ly and effectiv
effectivel
elyy a scientific top
t opic
ic in a ttuto
utorial,
rial, a s
staff
taff me
meeting
eting or the year
yearly
ly scient
scientific
ific
day.

III-1:
III-1: TOPICS:
TOPICS:
Method Topic Allocated

used time
Theoretical I – The central nervous system & Special senses . 50hrs
 General functional organization
Theoretical  Receptors .
&practical 3hrs
 Som
Somati
aticc sensations .
Tutorial 3hrs
 Synapses of the CN CNS, & che
c hem
mical trans mitters .
 Organisation of the motor control : spinal , descending motor
sy
system
stem , cortical motor
motor areas .
Theoretical  Spin
Spinaa l cord ref
r efle
lexes
xes , str
stretch
etch reflex , upper
upper and low
low er motor
motor
&practical neurone lesions . 3hrs
3hrs
Clinical  Basal
Basal ganglia
ganglia & cerebellum
c erebellum : function
f unctionss and sysdrom
sy sdromes
es .
 Vestibu
Vestibularlar apparatus
apparatus & c ontrol of of posture .
 Hypothalamus & limbic system .
 RAS
RAS , consciou
consc iousness
sness and sleep
sleep .
 The neurophysiological basis of learning & memory .
 Function
Functiona a l structure
struc ture of the eye , la lachrym
chrymal
al apparatus and
protection of of the eye .
 Ref
Refractive
ractive powpow er of
of the eye , functio
func tions
ns of iri
iris
s , aqueous
aqueous humour
humour ,
and retina .
Theoretical  Visual acuity , colour and binocular vision .
& practical  Visual path
pathw w ay and role of co cortical
rtical areas in perception of vision
v ision . 3hrs
 Function
Functiona a l structure
struc ture of the external , middle
middle and internal ears .
MMechanism
echanism of sound transduction , auditory pathw pathw ay and auditory
auditory
perception .
Theoretical  Deafness and testing
testing for
f or deafness
deafness . 3hrs
&practical 3hrs
 Sme
Smellll & taste , receptors
r eceptors and pathw ay .
Tutorial
Theoretical II - Endocrine
ndo crine & Re productive s ys te
tem
m. 38hrs
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Univ
ni versi ty Annexes
Annexes of an
annual
40
 Introduction .
Tutorial  Horm
or mones : characters
c haracters & mechani
mechanis s m of action . 3hrs
Theoretical  Pituitary
Pituitary gland
gland : anterior & posterior and their syndrom
s yndromes
es . 3hrs
clinical &
 Thyroid glgla
a nd , syndromes
syndromes and function
f unction tests . 3hrs
tutorial
 Parathyroid gland , Vitamin D3 and calcitonin .
Tutorial  Calcium homeostasis and tetany . 3hrs
 Suprarenal cortex : glucocorticoids , mineralocorticoids and
adrenal androgens .
Tutorial  Suprarenal medulla . 3hrs
 Endocrine pancreas : insulin and glucagon pancreatic polypeptide
and somatostatin and diabetes mellitus.
Tutorial  Glucose homeostasis . 3hrs
 Male reproduction : functional structure , spermatogenesis , blood
testis barrier , male
male sex
s ex hormones
hormones control & actions .
 Fe ma le reproduction
reproduction : functional str
structure
ucture , female
female sex cyc
c ycle
les
s ,
ovulation , f e male sex hor mones control
contr ol & actions . 3hrs
Tutorial
 Phys
hysiology
iology of pregnancy
pregnancy and lactation
lactation . 3hrs
Tutorial
 Physiology of puberty .
Theoretical Renal physiology. 28hrs
 Function
unctiona a l structure of the kid kidney
ney .
 Glo
Glo merular
eru lar fil
f iltration
tration , tub
tub ul
ular
ar segme
s egments
nts f unctio
unction
n , renal hand
hand liling
ng of
diff erent plasma
plasma constitu
c onstituents
ents .
Practica
Practical
l&
tutorial  Renal Function tests . 3hrs
 Micturition .
Theoretical Gastrointestinal system . 10hrs
 Salivary secretion , mastication and deglutition .
 Gastr
Gastric
ic secreti
secr etion
on , gastric mucosal
mucosal barrier , motility
motility , gastric
evacuation and vomiting .
 Pa ncreatic secretion
sec retion and
and control of s ec
ecretion
retion .
 Hepatic secretion
s ecretion , gall
gall bladder
bladder , c ontrol of
of bl
bladder
adder evacuation ,
Tutorial jaundi
jaundice
ce . 3hrs
 Small & large intestine , digestive and absorptive functions .
 Gastrointestinal motility and GIT hor mones .
 Defecation .
Theoretical Metabolism & regulation of body temperature . 4hrs
 Energy balance and metabolic rate .
Practical  Control of f ood intak
intake
e , obesity
obesity estima
es timatt ion of body fat
f at . 3hrs
Practical  Body temperature , control of body temperature . 3hrs
 Exercise physiology .
IV.. TEA
IV T EACH
CHIING METHODS:
MET HODS:
IV-1:
IV-1: METHODS US
U SED:
5. Lectures : the stud
students
ents are divided to tw twoo groups .
6. Tu
Tutorial
torial class
classes
es : sma
small
ll grou
groupp teaching .
7. Prac
Practical
tical traini
training
ng : sma
small
ll group tra
training
ining .
8. Clinical
Clinical training : sma
small
ll group tra
train
inii ng .
9. Ayyear
early
ly scientific day f or stud
student
ent small grou
group
p prese
presentatio
ntations.
ns.
IV-2:
DISABLED STUDENTS:
TUDENTS:
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Univ
ni versi ty Annexes
Annexes of an
annual
41
No special arrangements are available .
IV-3:
PLAN:
Lectur
Lec tures
es :
In two big lecture hall
halls
s , a 1h
1hrr lectur
lecture
e da
daiily ( 5day
5days
s /week ) is s ch
cheduled
eduled and integr
integrated
ated with
wi th the
other department
d epartments
s (ana
(anato
tom
m y , his tology & bio
biochemis
chemistry
try ) .
Tutoriials :
Tutor
In two small
s mall lecture ha
halls
lls a 3hr / 2 w
week
eeks
s ( during 3 mont
month h each ter
term
m ) , a tutorial class is
s ch
cheduled
eduled and pr prev
eviously
iously ann
announ
ounc ced (2 week
weeks s before
before)) . T
The
he s ubject
ubjectss taught and conver
convers s ationally
directed are lagging by few weeks to the related branches and systems given at that time in the
lectures.. So
lectures Somm e topi
topic
cs of s pecial interest are o
onnly ex
exclus
clus ively
ively dis cu
cuss
ssed
ed in the tutoria
tutoriall contex
context.
t.
Practic
Pract ical
al training :
In two big
bi g llabs
abs a 3hr / 2 weeks (al
(altern
ternating
ating with the tutorial class
classe
es ) small groups
groups (12-15 stud
student
ents
s)
is scheduled and the tests performed are announced two weeks before .
Clinicall traini
Clinica training
ng :
In two
two sm
small
all lecture h
halls
alls a 3hr ffor
or two week
weeks
s where stu student
dents
s get a chanc
chance e to see, interact and
perform prelimin
prelimi nary ex
exam
am ina
inatio
tion
n of s om e cl
clini
iniccal cases of patient
patients
s suffering
sufferi ng fro
from
meendocrinal
ndocrinal an
and
d
neurological conditions relevant to their course content.
Time plan:
Item Time sc
schedule
hedule Teaching
ea ching Total
hours hours
Lectures Dai ly ( for 5 da
days
ys/w
/week
eek ) 1 hr 130 hrs
Tutorials Every two weeks 3 hr s 33 hrs
Practical Every two weeks 3 hr s 21 hrs
Clinical For two
two weeks 3 hr s 6 hrs
Scientific day Once / year in feb / march prepared for 6-8weeks by students
and supervised by staff members
6 hrs 6 hrs
TOTAL
TOTAL 196 hrs
The minimal acceptable attendance in the practical & tutorial is 70% . Students who fail to
attend
attend this percentage ( in each half of tthe
he year
year ) will no
nott be allowed to take tthe
he m idy
idyear
ear and end
of the year
year final theoretical ex
exam
am and the end of the year practical exexam
am..
V-2: ASSESSMENT TOOLS:

Facul
Faculty
Cairo Univ
ni versi ty Annexes
Annexes of an
annual
42
TOOL PURPOSE
Written ex
exam
am As s essment of know
knowledg
ledge e & und
understa
erstanding
nding
Practical ex
exam
am As s essment of practica
practicall and intellectual s kill
kills
s
Oral ex
exam
am As s essment of know
knowledg
ledge e & und
understa
erstanding,
nding, intellectua
intellectuall
and gegeneral
neral s kills.
Sharin
Shari ng in s cientific day Recor
Record ded in log book /m/ma anda
ndatory
tory once for the firs
firstt 2
years
V-3: TIME SCHEDULE:

Midyear e
Midyear xam : in January for all s tudent
exam tudents
s.
al exam : in June ( at tthe
Final
Fin he end of the academic y
year
ear ) for all s
stud
tudent
ents
s.
Examination: Marks
allocated
Midyear 50
Final exam : wri
written
tten (short e
ess
ssay
ay + MCQ ) 75 + 75
Oral 30
Practical 20
250
TOTAL
o The m inimal pas
pass
s ing s core is 150 marks , provided at
a t lea
leas
s t 30 mark
mar ks are obta
o btained
ined in the
final written exam .
o Passin
Passing g grade
grades
s ar
are:
e: EXCELLENT >85%, VERY GOOD 75- <85%, GOOD 65- <75% and
FAIR 60- <65%.
V-5: EXAMINATION DESCRIPTION:
Exam
xaminatio
ination:
n: Description
Description Mark
Marks s
allocated
Midyear MCQ(s
CQ(sing ingle
le best opinion) true 50
& false
fals e & ggra
raph
ph comment
commenting ing
Final exam : written : - short essay Short essay ques tions
tions In al
alll 75
systems taught All questions
are to be answered
- M CQ MCQ(single best opinion) true
& false
fals e & com
comm m enting on a 75
graph
- Oral In front
front of two sep
separate
arate 30
ex
exam
aminer
iners
s (an iinter
nternal
nal & an
external )
- Practical In the lab by one ex examaminer
iner 20
TOTAL 250
VI. LEARNING AND REFERENCE MATERIALS:

Facul
Faculty
Cairo Univ
ni versi ty Annexes
Annexes of an
annual
43
VI-1 : Basic Materials : a department book ( 5 volumes ) is avavailable

ailable for purchas
purchase
e
by students
stude nts from bookshops
bookshops installe
insta lled
d in th
the
e fa
faculty
culty .
Some
Som e ad
additional
ditional lectu
lecturre not
no tes .
VI-2 : Suggested materials :
 Guyton : Textbook of M
Medical
edical Physiology
Physiology .

 IGanong
Gano ng : Review
llustrated medicalofphysiology
M
Medical
edical Physiology
P.hysiology .
*****
Cairo University
Faculty of Medicine
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Univ
ni versi ty Annexes
Annexes of an
annual
44
Department of Medical Biochemistry
Courss e Spe
Cour Spe cif
cifications
ications
Course ti
title:
tle: Medical Biochemistry and Clinical Chemistry-II
Sec
Se con
ondd ye
ye ar of M
M.B.&
.B.& B.Ch.
B.Ch. progr
program
am
Allocated
lloc ated mar
marks:
ks: 150 marks
Course dur
duration:
ation: 24 weeks of teachi
te aching'
ng' with a final end of year ex
examination
amination
Total teaching hours: 168 hrs.
Course dir
dire
e ctor: Prof. Dr. Emad
Emad Zaki Abbas
Abbas
Head of Medical Biochemis
Biochemistry
try Dep
Department
artment
Teaching staff: 32 professors, 11 assistant profess

pro fessors,
ors, 8 lectur
lecturers
ers
and 12 assistant lect
lecturer
urerss and demonstrators.
I- Aim of the Course:
• To enable the student to be oriented with
with the bi
biochem
ochemical
ical im
importance
portance of
macro- and micronutrients as well as the structure and functions of enzymes.
• To enable
e nable the student to ilillustrate
lustrate and/or describe
describe the metabolic pathw
pathways
ays of
macronutrients and
an d nucleotides.
nucleotides.
• To enable the students to point-out hereditary and acquired metabolic
metabolic
disturbances and their biochemical laboratory and clinical outcomes.
• To enable the student to point out the bioenergetics of the concerned
metabolic pathways under different physiological circumstances and their
integrator regulations with other working metabolic pathways.
• To enable the student to describe m
major
ajor body fl
fluids
uids c
com
ompositi
position
on and their
clinical impact.
• To enable the s
student
tudent to interpret medical
medical laboratory reports.
II- INTENDED LEARNING OUTCOMES:

Facul
Faculty
Cairo Univ
ni versi ty Annexes
Annexes of an
annual
45
II- A) KNOWLEDGE AND UNDERSTANDING:

1. Define the metabolic pathways
pathways of carbohydrates, lipids,
lipids, proteins, n
nucleotides
ucleotides
and their m
micro-molecules
icro-molecules and determine
determine the site of each.
e ach.
2. Illustrate the
th e steps
step s and regu
regulat
latory
ory mechanisms of these
these pa
patthw
hways.
ays.
3. Point out the related metabo
metabolic
lic disorder
disorderss and their clinical prints o
on
n bioche
biochemi
mical
cal
and molecular basis.
4. Describe micronutrients, their biochemical,
biochemical, clinical
clinical and labora
laborattory importance
and deficiency m
manifestatio
anifestations
ns of eac
each.
h.
5. Describe the
th e components
components of some body fluids; viz
viz.. blood
blood,, urine, mil
milk,
k, Sem
Semen,
en,
CSF and sweat.
sweat.
II- B) PROFESSIONAL SKILLS:

II- B1. Practical skil
ski lls:
By the end
end of the cours
course,
e, students should be able to:
5. Identify
dent ify the p
physical
hysical a
and
nd che
chemmical characters of normal urine under different
physiological conditions.
6. Perform chemical
chemical tests to detect abnormal constituents of ur
urin
ine.
e.
7. Estimate
Estimate ser
serum
um levels of glucose, total proteins, album
albumin,
in, cholesterol,
creatinine and uric acid b
byy colorimetric
colorimetric methods.
8. Assess glucose tolerance
tolerance by glucose toler
tolerance
ance test
te st..
II- B2. Inte

Inte ll
llectual
ectual skills:
By the end
end of the cours
course,
1. Interpret
nter pret sym
symptoms,
ptoms, signs and biochemical llabor
aborator
atory
y findings of som
some
e
metabolic disorders.
2. Interpret urine report
rep ort outcome.
3. Point out the clinical significance of determination of plasma levels of glucose,

total proteins, albumin, cholesterol, creatinine and uric acid and some
enzymes.
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Univ
ni versi ty Annexes
Annexes of an
annual
46
4. Diagnose the type of abnorm

abnor mality of pathological glucose
glucose tolerance curve.
5. Poi
Point-out
nt-out the etiology of metaboli
metabolic
c disturbance in a given case study report.
II- C) GENERAL SKILLS:
1- Th
T he stud
studeent is able
a ble to work
work e
effectively
ffectively in a group in lab
lab o
orr during
preparation of seminars.
2-The
2- The student resp
re spects
ects the role of staff and co-staff
co-staff members
regardless of degree or occupation.

Subjee ct
Subj Lectu
Lectures
res Pr
Practical/
actical/ Total % Total
small hrs
groups
Enzymes
Enzymes 7 2 9 5.5
Bioen
Bioenergeti
ergeticc s, TCA c yc le 5 1 6 4.5
Carbohydrate Meta
Metaboli
bolism
sm 14 3 17 15
Li
Lip
p id Metab
Metabolism
olism 16 6 22 19
Insuli
Ins ulin,
n, Di
Diabetes
abetes Mell
Melliitus 4 1 5 5
General Protein
Pr otein Metabo
Metabolism
lism 5 2 7 6
Am ino acid Me
Metabo
taboli
lism
sm 10 6 16 11
Heme Metab
Metaboo lism 4 1 5 5
Purine & Pyrimidine 4 2 6 5
Metabolism
Metabo
Metaboli
licc Integrati
Integration
on 4 2 6 6
Large Intestine & 2 1 3 2
Detoxification
Vitam
Vitamiins 10 2 12 6
Min
Min erals 6 1 7 4
Body F luids 4 5 9 5
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Univ
ni versi ty Annexes
Annexes of an
annual
47
Cell Organell
Organel ls 1 1 2 1
Total 96 36 132 100
III-A) TOPICS:
19. Enzymes: definition, chemical nature, mechanism of action, factors affecting
the rate of enzyme action, enzyme activators and inhibitors, and enzyme
classification.
20. Bioenerg
Bioenergetics
etics and tricarboxylic
tricarboxylic acid cycle:
cycle: steps, regulation, and importance
importance..
21. Metabolism of carbohydrates: Dietary carbohydrates, digestion
digestion and absorption,
pathways of glucose oxidation, glycogen metabolism, gluconeogenesis, special
metabolism of fructose, galactose and aminosugars, pathological aspects of
carbohydrate metabolism and their clinical implications with special emphasis
on diabetes mellitus and biochemistry of insulin and other disorders of
carbohydrate metabolism and their clinical importance.
22. Metabolism of lipids: Dietary lipids, digestion and absorption, metabolism of
triacylglycerol, fatty acid metabolism, metabolism of: eicosanoids, conjugated
lipids, cholesterol, ketone bodies, classification and disorders of plasma
lipoproteins. Pathological aspects of lipid metabolism and their clinical
implications.
23. Metabolism of proteins: Dietary proteins, digestion and absorption, general
aspect of p
protein
rotein metabolism
etabo lism,, metabolism of ammonia,
ammonia, metab
etabolism
olism of individual
amino acids with related errors of metabolism, pathological aspects of protein
and amino acid metabolism and their clinical implications.
implications.
24. Metabolism
etab olism of Heme: Synthesis
Synthe sis of porphyrins
porp hyrins and heme, catabolism ,
hyperbilirubinemia
hyperbilirubinemia and
a nd porphyrias.
25. Metabolism of purines and pyrimidines: Digestion and absorption of nucleic
acids, biosynthesis and catabolism of purines and pyrimidines with the related
errors of metabolism (including gout), and synthetic base analogues and their
clinical use.
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Univ
ni versi ty Annexes
Annexes of an
annual
48
26. Metabolic integration: Metabolic changes, adaptation and regulation during

starve-feed cycle, aerobic and anaerobic exercises, pregnancy and lactation.
Special metabolism of ethyl alcohol and its pathological sequelae.
27. Biochemical changes in large intestine, and detoxification.
28. Vitam
Vitamins:
ins: Types,
Type s, structure,
structure , functions, deficiency manifestations
anifestat ions an
andd
recommende
recomm ended
d da
daily
ily allow
allowance.
ance.
29. Minerals: Maior elements (Ca-P-Mg-Na-K-Cl-S) and trace elements (Fe, Cu,
Zn, Mn, Co., Cr., I.)
30. Body fluids:
fluids: Blood, urine
urine,, milk, CSF, and sweat.
sweat.
31. Functions of the major intracellular organelles.
III-B) PRACTICAL CLASSES:

1. Urine report.
2. Colorimetric measur
easurement
ement of plasma glucose, total
tot al proteins,
pro teins, albu
albumi
min,
n,
cholesterol, creatinine
creatinine and
an d uric acid.
3. Variations
Variations in glucose tolerance curve unde
underr different clinic
clinical
al conditions.
4. Case report studies applying
applying the out-com
ou t-comes
es of previous parameters.
IV. TEACHING AND LERNING METHODS:

IV-A) METHODS USED:
3. Lectures
Lectur es (general and small
small group lectur
lectures).
es).
4. Practical classes (small
(small group teac
tea ching, practice of laboratory skills
skills,, AV aids)
4.1 Urine repo
report.
rt.
4.2 Colorimetric metho
ethods
ds in clinical ch
chemis
emistry.
try.
4.3 Biochemical
Biochemical labora
laboratory
tory report comm
comments.
ents.
IV-B) METHODS FOR DISABLED STUDENTS:

Facul
Faculty
Cairo Univ
ni versi ty Annexes
Annexes of an
annual
49
No special arra
a rrangements
ngements are available.
IV-C) TEACHING PLAN:

Lectures::
Lectures
4 lectures/w
lectur es/week;
eek; o
onne h
hour
our each betw
between
een 8 a
a.m.
.m. an
and
d 11 a.m. according to th
thee
current
curre nt time
time table
ta ble in general lecture halls.
Practical classes
classes and tu
tutorials:
torials:
The students are divided into 6 groups. Each group has a 3-hour practical class
once per week. Students of each group are divided into 2 subgroups. Both
subgroups rotate between tutorial class (the related subjects of the theoretical
lectures with AV aids) and practical class.
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Univ
ni versi ty Annexes
Annexes of an
annual
50
Time
Time plan:
Item: Time schedule Teaching hours To
Total
tal hours
Lectures 4 lectures
lectures/week;
/week; 4x24
4x24 week
weeks
s 96
one hour each
between 8,00 am
am
and 11 a.m
a.m
Practical 3 hou
hourrs ev
every
ery 3x12 36
other week
Tutorial 3 hou
hourrs ev
every
ery 3x12 36
other week
Total 168
V- TEACHING AND LEARNING FACILITIES:
Facilities used
Facilities us ed for teaching this course include:
- Lecture
Lecture halls: provided by the F aculty.
- Small group classes:
class es: in the D epartme
epartment.
nt.
- Inf
Information
ormation technology / AV aids:
aids: availa
available
ble in compute
c omputer-
r- assisted
assis ted
classes
class es in th
the
e Department.
- Lab
Laborator
oratoryy : laborator
laborator y facilities to perform the
t he requi
requirr ed
exp
exp eriments
eriments are
ar e available in the depa
d epartme
rtment.
nt.
VI. STUDENT ASSESSMENT:

VI-A. ATTENDANCE CRITERIA:
The minimum acceptable practical (and tutorial) attendance is 75%; students who
fail to attend that percentage of activities will lose 5 marks out of the practical
marks. Students need to attend at least 60% in order to attend for the final
practical examination.
examination.
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Univ
ni versi ty Annexes
Annexes of an
annual
51
VI-B) ASSESSMENT TOOLS:

Tool Purpose
Written
Writ ten examination As
Asses
sessm
sment
ent of knowledge
knowledge and und
understanding
erstanding
Orall examination
Ora Asses
As sessm
sment
ent of knowledge
knowledge and und
understanding
erstanding
Practical
Practi cal examination Asses
As sessm
smentent of pra pract
ctical
ical and intellect
intellectual
ual an
and
d
gene
genera
rall s
skills
kills (che
(check
ck list)
VI-C) TIME SCHEDULE:

• Formative examinations: one held in January and the other in April for all
For mative examinations:
students. Those who don'
don'tt attend the exam
examination(s)
ination(s) for acceptable reason(s);
their marks will be raised as a proportion from the final written examination
score.
• examination: at the end of the academic year (May ) for all s
Final examination: students.
tudents. The
exam is re-held in September for those who fail to pass the final exam or
postpone it
VI-D) GRADING SYSTEM:

Examination Mark
Mar ks allocated
Formativ
For mative
e examinations:
examinations:
January 20
April 10
Final ex
examination
amination
Written 75
Oral 20
Practical 25
Total 150
• The minim
inimum
um passing score is 90 m
marks
arks provided at least 36 m
marks
arks are
obtained in the final written examination.

• Passing grades
gra des a are:
re: EXCELLEN
EXCELLENT T > 85%, VERY
VERY GOOD 75-
75-<85%,
<85%, GOOD 65-
<75% and FAIR 60-<65%.
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Univ
ni versi ty Annexes
Annexes of an
annual
52
FORM ATIVE ONLY ASSESSM

SSESSMENTS
ENTS
Student know
knows
s his marks after the Formative
F ormative exam.
exam.
VI-E) EXAMINATION DESCRIPTION:
Exa
xamination
mination Descr
Description
iption Lark
Larkss
Formative Written
Exam:
Jan A one--hour written paper 20
composed of s hort essay type
type
questions.
April Thirty-m
Thirty-minu
inute
te MCQ 10
FinalL
Final L Written A 3-ho
3-hour
ur written
wri tten pap
paper
er co
composed
mposed 75 marks
marks
of short essay type questions (45
m ark
arks
s ) and M
MCQ
CQ (30 m ark
arks
s)
Practical Detection
Detectio n of abnor
abnorm
m al constituents 25 marks
marks
in the provided sample of urine.
Colori
Col orim
m etric measurement of tthe
he
previously studied parameters and
a comment on a given laboratory
biochemical report.
Oral One oral ex
examinati
amination
on s tat
tation
ion 20 mark
marks
s
Total
Total 150 marks
VII- LEARNING AND REFERENCE MATERIALS:

VII-A) BASIC MATERIALS:
• Departm
Depart ment Book: available
available for
for stud
students
ents to purchase fr
from
om differe
differennt books
bookshops
hops
at the faculty.
• Overhea
Overhe ad projections
projections an
and
d com
compute
puterr presentations used durin
duringg teaching in
tutoriall classes
tutoria classes..
• Notes on the laborato
laboratory
ry practical
practical work.
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Univ
ni versi ty Annexes
Annexes of an
annual
53
VII-B) SUGGESTED MATERIALS:

• Harper's
arpe r's Biochem
Biochemistry.
istry.
• Lippincott's
Lippincott' s Illustrated Biochemi
Biochemistry.
stry.
• The Department'
Department'ss web site. http:// www.biomed.eg.net
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Univ
ni versi ty Annexes
Annexes of an
annual
54
Cairo Universit
niversityy
Facullty of Me
Facu Medici
dicine
ne
Department of Histology
Histology
Course
Course title: HISTOLOGY
Sec
Se con
ondd ye ar of M .B.& B.C
B.Ch.
h. p
program
rogram
arks
s
Course du durat
ration
ion:: 30 weeks
Total
To tal te
teaching
aching ho
hours:
urs: 120 hours (48 hours theoretical + 72 hours practical)
Course director: Prof. Dr Nadia Mos
ostafa
tafa
Head of Histology Department
Teaching staff: 23 professors,

professors , 11 assistant professors, 18
lecturers , 5 assistant lecturers & 4 ttut
utor
ors
s

• To ena
enable
ble s tu
tuden
dentts to know the
theoretically
oretically and practically the norm al organ
organss of vario
arious
us body
systems
• To ena
enable
ble s tu
tuden
dentts to correlate between the histologi
histologiccal s tructure & functions of vario
arious
us
tissues
tissue s & organs
• To ena
enable
ble s tu
tuden
dentts to be fa
fam
m iliar with the vario
arious
us parts of the CNS regaregarrding level
levels
s of vario
arious
us
s ecti
ections
ons iin
n the br
brain
ain s ste
tem
m as well as d differe
ifferent
nt pathway
pathways s of both ascendi
ascendingng sensory tract
tractss and
descending motor tracts
rd
• To prep
prepare
are s tud
tudent
ents
s for s tudy
tudying
ing hihis
s topathology in 3 year

studentsts sho
shoulduld be able to:
17. Descri
Describ be normal histologi
histologiccal s tructure of vari
arious
ous s ys tems
tems prev
previous
iously
ly m entioned
(Respiratory , digestive , endocrine , urinary , male & female genital , eye & ear
18. Des cribe
cribe vvarious
arious llev
evels
els of s ectio
ection
ns in the s pinal cor
cordd & brain s tem
tem
19. Des cr
cribe
ibe vari
arious
ous pathwa
athwayys of as ce
cending
nding s ensory tracts
20. Des cr
cribe
ibe vari
arious
ous pathwa
athwayys of descend
descending ing pyramidal
pyramidal & extrapy
extrapyram
ram ida
idall tract
tracts
s
21. Descri
Describ be vario
arious
us ty
types
pes of lemn
lemnisciscii & m edial longitudinal bun
bundle
dle
22. Descri
Describ be both cerebru
cerebrum m & cerebellu
cerebellum m with it
its
s vario
ariouus connections
II-2:: PRA
II-2 PRAC
C TICAL
TIC AL SKILLS:
SKILLS :
students ts sho
should
uld be able to:
23. Know various types
types of spaci
spacial
al s tain
tains
s ffor
or variuos org
organ
anss
24. Know ultrastructure of differen
differentt cells s tud
tudied
ied in vario
arious
us organ
organs s
25. Differen
Differentiate
tiate between differen
differentt organ
organs s in hi
his
s tological slid
slidee s een under the m icroscope.
26. Know ho
how
w tto
o labe
labell dia
diagra
grams
ms of different lev
levels
els in the s pinal cor
cord
d & brain s tem
tem

Facul
Faculty
Cairo Univ
ni versi ty Annexes
Annexes of an
annual
55
27. Answer
ns wer MCQ ques tions on various part parts
s of the curriculum
28. Correlate between his tological s truct
tructure
ure & funct
function
ion of different organs of all s ys tems
29. Diagnos
Diagnose e sl
slides
ides dif
differ
ferent
ent fr
from
om tthose
hose seen during his cour course
se but of the sa same
me organs
previously studied
30. By the end of CNS studying the
the s
student
tudent should be able
a ble to identify
ide ntify the different lev
le v els of spinal cord &
brain stem, cerebellum & ce rebrum.
rebrum.
II-4 Life long le

learning
arning :
By the end of the course students should be able to:
15. Appreciat
ppreciatee the im port
portance
ance of life long learning and s how a strong comm itment to it
16. Use tthe
he sou
sources
rces of biom
biomedical
edical information to remain cur
current
rent with adv
advances
ances in knowledge
and practice
17. Frame a ques tion, search and literature, collect, analyz
analyze,
e, critically apprais e and utiliz
utilize
e the
obtained inform
information
ation to s olv
olve
e a particular cli
clinical
nical problem according to the prin
principles
ciples of e
ev
videnced
based m edici
edicine
ne
II -5 Ethical behavior
18. Ex
Expres
pres s thems elvelves
es freely and adequately by im prov
proving
criptive
e capabil
capabilities
ities and
enhancing their
their c
com
ommuni
municat
cation
ion skills
19. Maintain profess ional image in m anner, dresdress
s s peech and interpers
interpersonal
onal relations hips that
is consis tent with tthe
he m edical professi
profession's
on's accept
accepted
ed contemporary standards in the comm unity

II
III-1
I-1 TOPICS
T OPICS 1: T
OPICS:
Topic Lectur es Pr actical
1- Respiratory system 3 6
2- Diges
Di ges tive
tive tract 8 15
3- Digestiv
Diges tive
e glands 5 6
4- Endocrine
Endocrine glands 4 6
5- Urinary
Urin ary S
Syys tem 4 6
6- Male
Male ge
genital
nital Sy
Syss tem 4 6
7- Femal
Female e genital sy
system
stem 5 9
8- Eye 3 3
9- Ear 2 3
10- CNS 8 12
Total
Tot al ( 11
118)
8) 46 72
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Univ
ni versi ty Annexes
Annexes of an
annual
56
I) Course
Course Content
Contentss
3. RE
RES
S PIRATORY
PIRATORY S YSTEM
4. DIGE
DIGESS TI
TIVE
VE SYSTEM
S YSTEM
5. ENDO
ND O CRINE
CRINE S YSTE
YS TEM
M
6. DIF
DIFFUS
FUS E NEURO-
NEURO-E ENDO CRINE
CRINE S YSTEM
7. URINARY S YS TEM TEM
8. MALE GENITAL
GEN ITAL S YSTE
YS TEM
M
9. FEMALE G ENITAL
NIT AL S YSTE
YS TEM
M
10. EYE & EAR
11. CE
CENTRA
NTRAL L NERVOUS S YS TETEM
M
III)) Co
III Course
urse Objec
Objectiv
tives
es
1) RE
R ES PIRATORY
PIRATORY SYS TEM TEM
• Nasal cavity
cavity & olfactory
olfactory epithelium
epithelium
• Nasopharynx & larynx
• Trachea & resp
resp iratory ep ithelium
ithelium
• Lung & blood-air barrier
• Alveolar phagocytes
• Fetal
Fet al lung
Objectives::
Objectives
By the
t he end of this
t his unit. The st udent
udent should be able:
able:
3. to differe
differentiate
ntiate microscop
microscopic ically
ally between trac
t rachea
hea adult
adult & foetal lung
lun gs
4. to corre
correlate
late between the str
s tructure
ucture of these organs
organs and their functions
5. to know the functions of tthe he blood-air
blood-air barrier
barrier and
and the
t he alveolar phag
p hagocyt
ocyt es
2) DIGESTIVE S YSTEM
ORAL CAV
CA VITY
• Lip
• Tongue & tast e buds
• Palate and Pharynx
ALIMENTARY TRACT
• Oesophagus
• Stomach & gastro - oesphageal junction
• Small intestine
intest ine & py
p y loro-duodenal
loro-duodenal junction
junction
• Large intestine & appendix Anal canal
DIGESTIVE GLANDS
• Salivary glands
• Pancreas
• Liver & gall bladder
Objectives::
Objectives
By the
t he end of this
t his unit: T he student
student should be able:
able:
6. to differe
differentiate,
ntiate, microscop
microscop ically
ically between the different organs
organs of the di gestive sy st em
7. to corre
correlate
late between the hist ology
ology & ph
p hy siology
siology of these
t hese organs
organs
8. to know some important diseasesdiseases as peptic
pept ic & gastric
gastric ulce
ul cers.
rs. Pile
P iless & d iabetes
iabetes melli
me llitus
tus
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Univ
ni versi ty Annexes
Annexes of an
annual
57
3) ENDOCRI
ENDO CRINE NE SYSTEM
S YSTEM
• Distribution
Dist ribution of endocrine
endocrine glands
glands
• Pituitary gland
• Neurosecretory
Neurosec retory ce cells
lls of hypo
hyp othalamus
thalamus
• Suprarenal gland
• Parathyroid gland
• Pineall body
Pinea
Objectives::
Objectives
By the
t he end of this
t his unit, the st udent
able:
4. to know the microscopically picture of each gland
5. to corre
correlalatt e between the Histolog
H istology
y & Phy
Phy siology
siology of these
t hese gla
glands
nds
6. to know t he mecha mechanism
nism of hormona
hor monall control of each
each gland
gland and what is meant by the feed-
back mechanism
4) DI
D IFFUSE
FFUS E NEURO-
NEURO-E ENDO CRINE
CRINE SY S YS TEM
TEM
Generall characteristics of its
Genera it s cells
cells Distribut
D istributionion & function
Objectives::
Objectives
By the end of this unit, the student should know
3. the sites
s ites of its cells
cells in different organs
organs
4. the functions of t hese cel cells
ls & thei
t heirr role in the org
or gans where they are found
5) URINARY SYSTEM
• Kidney & blood supp ly of urineferous
urineferous tubule
t ubule
• Blood renal barrier
• Juxta-glomerular complex
• Ureter, Urina
U rinary
ry bladder
bladder & Urethra
Objectives::
Objectives
By the
t he end of this
able:
3. to diffe
differentiate
rentiate between the different organsorgans of the
t he urinary
urinary sy stem
4. to corre
correlalatt e between the histology
histology & Physiology
Physiology of the
t he kidney
kidney
5. to know some disea diseases
ses as renal failure, diabetes insipidus
insip idus and the relation between rena
renall
diseases
disea ses and hy hypp ert
ert ension & anemia.
anemia.
6) MALE GEN
GENis
Test ITAL SY
S YS TEM
TE Mbarrier
& blood-testis
blood-testis barrier
•
• Spermatogenesis & spermiogenesis

• Ultrastruc
Ultr astructure
ture of sperm
sp erm
• Vasa
Va sa effere
eff erentia.
ntia. Epididymis,
Ep ididymis, Vas Vas def erens
erens & sp ermatic
ermatic cord
• Seminal vesicles, prostate & penis
• Se
Semen
men & number
numb er of sp ermserms
Objectives::
Objectives
By the
t he end
end of t his unit: the
t he student
student should know:
5. microscop
mic roscopic ical
al differe
d ifferentiation
ntiation between
bet ween its organs
6. correlation
corre lation between its histology
histology & ph p hy siology
siology .
7. Hormonal control
control & factors
fact ors affecting sp ermatogenesis
ermatogenesis
8. Clinical
Clin ical terms as infertility
infertil ity , oligosp
oligosp ermia,
ermia, azos
azospp ermia,
ermia, senile
senile prost
p rostate
ate & pro
p rost
staatic
carcinoma
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Univ
ni versi ty Annexes
Annexes of an
annual
58
7) FEMALE
FEMALE GE G ENITAL
NIT AL S YSTEYS TEM M
• Ovary
• Fallop
Fallop ian tube
• Ut
Uterus
erus & menst
menstrual
rual cycy cle
• Placenta
• Vagina & mammary gland
Objectives::
Objectives
By the end of this unit: the student should know
3. histology
histolog y of its
it s different organs
organs
4. correla
correlatt ion bet
bet ween its histolog
hist ology
y & ph
p hy siology
siology
5. hormonall control of its
hormona it s organs
6. some ways of contraception
contraception as t he safe p eriod
eriod & the
t he action
action of contrac
cont racept
ept ive pills
8) EYE & EAR

Histolog
Hist ology
y of the
t he different
different components of thet he ey
ey e ball,
ball, eye lid and histolog
hist ology
y of the
t he ear.
ear.
Objectives::
Objectives
By the
t he end of this
t his unit. The st udent
able:
4. know the
t he cornea.
cornea. Retina eye lid, under
under the
t he microscope
5. to know the coccochle
hleaa & the organ to corti.
6. To know some terms as cataract & glaucoma
9) CE
C ENTRAL
NTRA L NERVOUS
NERVOUS S YS TEM
TEM
• Spinal cord
cord & trac
t ractolo
tolo gy
• M edulla
edulla oblongat
oblongat a
• Pons
• Mid-brain
• Cerebellum & cerebellar peduncles
• Cerebrum
• Pathwaay s, lemnisci
Pathw lemnisci & M LB
• Deep origin of cranial nerves
• Meninges
• Brain barriers
Objectives::
Objectives
By the
t he end of this
able:
4. to ide
identify
ntify t he different
different levels
levels of sp inal
inal cord & brain stem,
s tem, cereb
cereb el
ellum
lum & c erebrum.
erebrum.
5. To draw thet he detailed
detailed structure
st ructure of the ment
ment ioned
ioned levels
6. To correlate
correlate between histology
histology , Anatomy & p hy siology
siology of central nervous
nervous syst em.
em.
IV. TEACHING METHODS:

IV-1:
IV-1: METHODS USED:
3- Lectures
Lectur es ( 48 hour
hourss = 2 lectures / w
week
eek for 24 weeks)
4- Practical sections (72 hours = 3 hours / w week
eek for 24
24 w
weeks)
eeks)
IV-2:
DISABLED STUDENTS:
TUDENTS:
No special arrangements are available
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Univ
ni versi ty Annexes
Annexes of an
annual
59

IV-3: PLAN:
Lectures:
The students are divided into two groups in two large lecture halls in the Faculty buildings for two
lectures weekly
weekly.. T
The
he firs
firstt lecture is on Saturday from 8 – 9 am . & tthe
he s econd one is on Tues day from
9 am – 10 am .
Practical classes:
Students are divided into five (5) big groups on 5 days of the week (Saturday – Wednesday). Each
big group is s ubdiv
ubdivided
ided into four (4) sm aller groups di
distributed
stributed on tthe
he 4 av
available
ailable labs . (E
(Each
ach sm all
group is about 80 – 95 studen
studentsts)) ??? . Each
Each 3 students share one
one microscope.
m icroscope.
Time plan:
Item: Time schedule
schedule Teachin
Te aching
g hours
hours Total hours
hours
Lect
Le ctures
ures Satur
Satur day 8 – 9 am 2 hours weekly for 24 48 hours
Tuesday 9 – 10 am weeks
Practical classes Daily on 5 days weekly
week ly from
from 3 hours weekly for 72 72 hours
aturday – Wednesday) from weeks
11 am – 2 pm
TOTAL 120 hours
hou rs

The minimum acceptable attendance is 75 %. Students need to attend at least 60 % in order to set
for the final examination
V-2: ASSESSMENT TOOLS
TOOL PURPOSE
Written e xa
xam
m ination
ination Assessment of k nowledge and under nderss tanding
Oral Exam
Exam ination Assessment of k nowledge
nowledge and unders
nders tanding and at attitude
titude
Practical e xa
xam
m ination Assessment of practical skills in diagnosis
diagnosis of differ
differee nt organs
organs under
the microscope and labeling of drawings of CNS sections at various
levels
levels in th
the
e s pinal cord
cord & brain stem
stem
Practical noteboo
noteb ook
k Assessment of their attendance
attendance understanding an andd draw
rawing
ing skills
V-3: TIME SCHEDULE:
• MID-YEAR EX AMINATION : Writ

Written
ten examination hheld
eld twice
twice a y year
ear in for all s
stude
tudents
nts
• FINAL EXAMINATION : At the end of
o f the
the acad
academic
emic y
year
ear for all s tud
tudent
ents
s

Exam
xaminatio
ination:
n: ark
arkss allo
allocate
catedd
Mid-year examinations 30
Final examination Written 60
Oral 30
Practical 30
TOTAL 150
o The mini
minimm um pa
passi
ssinng s
sccore iis
s990
0 m ark
arks
spprrovided
ovided at least 18 m ark
arks
saarre obtained in tthe
he
final written exa
exam
m inat
ination
ion
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Univ
ni versi ty Annexes
Annexes of an
annual
60
o Passing grade
grades
s are: EX
EXCELL
CELLENT
ENT >85%
>85%,, VER Y GOOD 75- <85%
<85%,, GOOD 65- <75%
and FAIR 60- <65%.
V-5: EXAMINATION DESCRIPTION
Exam
Exam ina
inati
tion
on Descri
Description
ption Marks
Mid-year Written The s tud

tudent
ent is allowed 1 ½ hou
hourrs to answer short
questions 30 marks
marks
Written The s tudent is allowed 3 hou
hourrs to answer long and 60
m short assay type questions in addition to drawing
a
x questions
e
l
a Oral One oral examination
examination s tation 30
in ractical CNS labeling diagrams of vario ariou
us level
levels
s 10
F
Spotting s lide
lides
s 20
Total 150
VI-1 BASIC
BASIC MATERIA
MATER IALS
LS :
• Departm
Departmentent books avavailab
ailable le for s tudents to purchas e from different books hops at the faculty
• His tology for undergrad
undergraduateuate m edical s tudents: M. Abdel - Hafez & N. Mostafos tafa
a
• Atlas of his tology for undergraduate
undergrad uate m edical s tudents: M. Abdel - Hafez & N. Mostafa os tafa
• His tology for m edical s tudents: Zakaria Abdel - Ham id
• Overhea
Overhead d projection
projectionss , s lides and co com
m puter pre
pres
s entation
entations
s us ed durin
during
g teaching
VI-2
VI-2 Suggested
Su ggested Materials
Materials :
• CD-Rom contcontaining
aining topic
topics
s in the curr
curriculum
iculum prov
provided
ided with photomicrographs of these topic
topics
s
• Basi
Basicc his tology Junqueira, L.C.
• Atlas of his tology
tology:: Di Fiore
• Funct
Functional
ional His tology (Wheater’s) TexTextt & Atlas of His tology
• Gart
Gartner
ner & Hiatt Atlas of His tology
• Corm ack concis
concise e Tex
Textbook
tbook of His tology
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Univ
ni versi ty Annexes
Annexes of an
annual
61
Cairo University
Faculty of Medicine
MEDC
Course
Course title:
Computer
Alloca
cate
ted
dmmark s: no m arks; course
arks: course is man
manddatory
Cours
Coursee duration: 20 week
wee ks of teaching; with a final end of cour
cours
s e/y
e/year
ear
examination
Total tea
teaching
ching hou
hours
rs:: 12
1244 hrs (8 hours/student)
Practical /sm
Practical/ small
all group ses
sess
s ion
ions
s : 4 hrs Lectures: 4 hr
hrs
s
Course director: Dr. El-Sayed Abdallah
Course
Teaching staff: 1 Lecturer, 2 trainers
I. AIM - Objectives OF THE COURSE:
o To ins
instill
till an awareness of the various ty
types
pes of inf
information
ormation sources av
available.
ailable.
o Prov
Provide
ide a ttechnical
echnical int
introduct
roduction
ion for computer science and medical infor
information
mation s
science
cience
II-A:
II- A: KNOW
KNOWLEDG
LEDGEEaand
nd UNDE
UNDERSTANDING
RSTANDING::
1. Define each part of com
computer
puter hardware and its ffunction.
unction.
2. The basics of how computers operate, with an emphas is on knowledge of pract practical
ical issue
issuess
(storage devices, RAM, types of printers etc.)
3. Define tthe
he use of each of
office
fice program
4. Hav
Havee a basi
basicc understanding of various com puter applications in m edicine - ffor
or instruct
instruction,
ion,
information managing,
man aging, computer based medi
medical
cal record, etc
etc..
II-B: PRACTICAL SKILLS:

5. Tolera
Tolerate
te worki
working
ng in MS-WINDOW
S-WINDOWS S
6. Us e of WO
WORDPROCESSO
RDPROCESSOR R in normal camp
campus
us life.
II-D:
II- D: G
GENE
ENERAL
RAL S SKILLS
KILLS::
7. Be ffami
amiliar
liar wit
with
hccom
omputer
puter and it
its
s updates.
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Univ
ni versi ty Annexes
Annexes of an
annual
62
% No.. of hrs
No
TOPIC total TOT AL Lectures Practical/
hrs small groups
1 Genera
enerall Princip
Principles
les 50% 4 4 0
2 Word
Wor d process
processing
ing 50% 4 0 4
TOTAL 100 8 4 4
Introd
Int roduction
uction to comp
computers
uters
• Historical background:
The studen
s tudentt will learn
learn briefly t he historical
historical development
development of computers
comput ers and the evolution of digital
digital
world.
• Why should I bother learning?
learning?
• Whatt can
Wha can a computer
comp uter do?
o In general
A comput er is a machi
machine,
ne, which knows
knows nothing.
nothing. Yet
Yet it is extremly
extremly fast in calculations,
calculations, it
has an enormously
enormously strong
st rong and cap
cap acious
acious memory and it doesn’t get bored repea
rep eating
ting things.
things.
o For me:
 Student
• Textbooks in digital form
• Demonstrations: digit digit al videos, simu
s imulators
lators
• Internet search
search
 Physician
• Keeping records
• References
Refe rences on CD'sCD 's
• Continous medical education
 Researcher
• Searchin
Searching g the litera
lit erature
ture
• Statistica
Statist icall anal
analy
y sis
• Presentations
 Lecturer
• Presentations
• Keeping up to date
• Whatt are the various computer
Wha comput er components and acce accessories?
ssories?
o CPU, BIOS, RAM
o Inpu
Inp ut device
devices:
s: Key board, M ou ouse,
se, Pen, sca
s canner
nner etc…
o Outpu
Outp ut device
devices:
s: Printer,
Print er, Sound,
Sound, M onitor, Datasho
D atashow w etc…
et c…
o Storage dedvices: Hard disk, FloppyFlop py,, CD, Flash etc…
• Role of Software
o System
 Various operating systems
 What is the system responsibility
o Applications
 Word processing
 Database
 Statistics
 Presentations
 Interne
Int ernett and communi
communicat
cation
ion
 Other
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Univ
ni versi ty Annexes
Annexes of an
annual
63
• Protecting my computer from virus threats

o What is a virus anyway
o Why are there viruses
o How t o defend
defend myself
myself
o Keeping updated
Introduction to Word:
• Advantages of usin g comp
Advantages comp uters instead of typewriter
typewrit er
• Basic terminolo
terminolo gy
o Document, page, paragraph, line, SPACE
o Font
• Using the keyboard
key board
• Typing a document
• Editing and formatting a document
o Undo and redo
o Font si
size,
ze, type
typ e and color
color
o Emp
Em p hasizing p articular
articular words
w ords
o Alignment
o Copy, cut and p astast e
• Tables
• Simple drawings
• Inserting a picture
• Saving a document
o Computer Ass isted
is ted Ins
Instr
truct
uction
ion
IV. TEAC
TEACHING
HING & LEARN
LEARNING
ING METHODS:
IV-A: METHODS USED:

1. Lectures
2. Practical
Pra ctical a
and
nd small group sessions:
Practical training
3. Online material:
A hint for furt
further
her s elf-learnin
elf-learningg
IV- C: TEAC
IV-C: TEACHING
HING PLAN:
Lectures:
Clinical and small group sessions:

Com puter Labs at M
MEDC
EDC on Thursd
Thursday
ay from 9:00 am to 3:00 pm
Onlin
On lineem
mater
aterial;
ial;
Teaching at KasrAlainy eLearning Portal http://elearning.kasralainy.com
Time plan:
Item::
Item Time sc
schedule
hedule Teac
Teaching
hing hou
hours
rs Total
hours
Lectures
Lectu res Twice per year 2 Lectu
Lectures
res x 2 hrs 4 hrs
Practical cou
courses
rses On
Once
ce weekly each 2 2 SessionSessions s x 2 hr 4 hrs
hours
hours for 20 wee
weeks
ks
TOTAL
TOT AL 8 hrs
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Univ
ni versi ty Annexes
Annexes of an
annual
64
V. TEACHING AND LEARNING FACILITIES:
inclu de:
LECTURE HALLS:
PRACTICAL FACILITIES:
9. 1 Internet Lab at MEDC is availab
available.
le.
SKILLS LAB/ MODELS:

15 Com puter
•
puters
s
• High bandw
bandwidth
idth Internet 512 KB/Sec
• LA
LAN
N conn
connection
ection with MEDC
• 1 Projector
VI-A: ASSESSMENT TOOLS:

TOOL PURPOSE
Practical examination Ass ess ment of outc
outcomes
omes # 5,6

VI-A: BASIC MATERIALS:
o Computer
Computer presentations
pres entations used during teaching.
teac hing.
VI-B:
VI- B: SUGG
SUGGESTED
ESTED MATERIALS:
• KasrAlainy e-Learning website
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Univ
ni versi ty Annexes
Annexes of an
annual
65
Cai ro Univ
Cairo University
ersity
Faculty of Medici
Medicine
ne
Department of Psychological Medicine
Course Specifications
Course Titl
Title
e:
Psyc
Psyc hology an
a nd Be
B e ha vioral Scien
Sci ences
ces
nd
2 YYe
e ar of M
M.B.
.B. & B.Ch. Program 2005
200 5-20
-20006
Approved 2004-2005
Allocated marks: 50
Course Du
Durat
ratiion
on:: 1 ac
a cademic year (September-M
(September- May)
Total te aching hours: 30 hours

Lectures 22.5/Small
22.5/Small gro
groups
ups sessions 7.5 hours
Course Director: Professor Doct

Doctor
or Fat
Fatmma Moussa
Head of Dep
Department
artment of
o f Psychological
Psychological Medicine
Teaching Staff: 17 Professors

3 Assistant Professors
Aim of the Course:

1. To support acquisition of basic, knowledge of normal psychological & mental
functioning.
2. To study the psychological development life cycle from birth up to senility (its
biological basis & psychosocial aspects).
3. To provide students with
with an appropriate background
background of ethics needed througho
throughout
ut
their program
progra m & career.
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Univ
ni versi ty Annexes
Annexes of an
annual
66
nd
ILOs of Course Of Psychology & Behavioural Sciences 2 year
By the end of the course students should be able

a ble to:
I Knowle
Knowledge
dge understanding:
understanding:
1. Described the normal psychological & mental functions, their biolo biological
gical
representation & social contributions.
2. Explain
Explain the intercon
int erconnections
nections of mental functions
function s including intelligence, persona
personality
lity &
behavior.
3. Exlain
Exlain the hum
hu man life cycle from a psychological point of view.
view.
4. Describe causes, types, manifestatio
manifestation
n & management
5. Describe the principles of doctor patient relationship according to ethical & legal
principles of medical profession.
II. Practical skills:
1. Test simple
simple m
mental
ental function
functionss including
including intelligence.
2. Delineate normal from abnormal
abno rmal psychological functioning.
3. Comment on personality traits.
III. Gene
General
ral ski
skills
lls & at
attitu
titudes:
des:
1.Be able to behave appropriately with colleagues, workers & patients according to
ethical standards.
2. Have a critical attitude towards media & its handing of medical issues including
psychiatric problems, criminal responsibility and prevention.

3. Illustrate models
models of doctor patients relationship.
4. Understanding the goals of improving the style of life based on psychological
background.
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Univ
ni versi ty Annexes
Annexes of an
annual
67
1. Course Contents:
st
1 – Topics
T opics
No. of Hrs
% Total
Topic Practical/small
Hrs Tot
Total
al Lecture
Lectures
s
groups
1. Introductio
Introduction n & basi
basic c co
conns ideration
iderations
s 1 1 -
2. Psyc
Psychological
hological & m enta
entall funct
functions
ions 7.30 6 1.30
3. Intelli
Intelligence
gence & Per
Pers s onality 4 2.30 1.30
4. Life cy
cycle
cle 3.30 3.30 -
5. Medi
edical
cal Ps
Psyychol
cholo ogy 2 2 -
6. Social 2 2 -
7. Ethics 2 1 1
8. Doctor patient rel relation
ationship
ship 3 1.30 1.30
9. Stres
Stress s & its rel
relation
ations s to illin
illine
ess 2 1 1
10 Dy
Dynami
namic c Ps
Psyychology 2 1 1
11. Consciousness, biological
rhythms
rhy thms inclu
ncluding
ding sleep from a 1 1 -
ps ychobiological p per
erspective
spective
Total 30 hrs
hrs 22.30
hrs 7.30 hrs
hrs
Teaching and Training Methods:

Methods used:
5. Lectures.
6. Sm
Small
all group
grou p sessions.
Methods for disabled students:

Not available.
a vailable.
Teaching Plan:
1. Lectures:
nd
The lecture hall at the building of MEDC, 2 floor. Two groups of students
attend lectures either on Saturday or Tuesday
T uesday from 14.00pm – 15..00 pm.
2. Small ll group sessions:

After attending
att ending the lectures there
ther e wi
willll be small
small grou
groupp sessi
sessions
ons at the outpatie
outpatient
nt
clinic to apply what have been learned.
Time Plan:
Time
1. Le
Le ctures
One hour w
weekly
eekly for tw
two
o gr
groups
oups of students (Saturday & Tuesday)
Total 22.30 hrs.
3. Small group sessions
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Univ
ni versi ty Annexes
Annexes of an
annual
68
After endin
en dingg the
th e theoretical course
course ooff each term
term,, ea
each
ch group will be
subdivided into
into subg
sub groups
roup s to attend the psychiatric outpatient clinic to apply
app ly ttestin
esting
g
of mental functions
fu nctions,, de
deline
lineating
ating abnormal
bnor mal m
mental
ental functi
functions
ons a
annd de
demmonstrating
models of doctor patient relationship.
Totall 7.
Tota 7.30
30 hrs
h rs..
Teaching and Learning Facilities:

nd
Lecture Hall: all the
th e buildi
bu ilding
ng of MEDC
MEDC,, 2 floor.
Equipments to make the lect lecture
ure illust
illustrative
rative are use
u sed.
d.
Small group sessions: Each gr g roup of the main two is further subdividede into
three (6 sub
subgrou
groups
ps)) will
will attend
atten d out
ou tpatient & inp
inpatient
atient training every Thursday or
other days according to their schedu
schedulele..
Library: For the undergraduates.
Skill and Attitude Acquistion: concerning mental

mental ex
examination,
amination, general
ge neral and
focused.
STUDENT ASSESSMENT:
Attendance criteria: according to faculty regulations.
Assessment tools:
Tool Purpose
Written examination
examination Assessment
Assessment of know
knowledge
ledge and
understanding.
Log book Assessm
Assessment
ent of skills and attitudes
Asse ssm
ssmee nt schedule
schedule : final examination
examination at the end
en d of the academic year for all
students.
Gradiing syst
Grad syste
e m:
Examination Mar
Mark ks Alloc
llocated
ated
Final ex
examination
amination 40
Log book 10
Total 50
The minim
inimum
um passing scor
scoree is 30
30 m
marks
arks ou
outt of total 50.
Passing
Pass ing grade
radess are:
are :
Excelle
Excellen nt > 85%
85 %
Very good 75% - <85%
Good 65% - <75%
Fair 60% - <65%
Log book is mandatory to attend the final exam.
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Univ
ni versi ty Annexes
Annexes of an
annual
69
Examination description
1. 1. Log book: each student must spend 7.30 hrs to get trained in doing
simple mental examination (general and focused), delineate abnormal
mental functioning & demonstrating models of doctor-patient relationship.
Besides applying ethics in practice.
2. Final examination: 1 hour examination at the end of the academic year,
sho
sho rt aan
ns we
werr qu
q ue stion
stio ns.
Total marks: 50
LEARN
LEARNING
ING AND REFERENCE
REFERENCE MATE
M ATERIALS:
RIALS:
1. Bas ic materials:
Basic materials:
- Department notes by staff members available at the department.
- Over head projector slides.
- Computer presentations.
- Possible video tapes.
2. Sugges
Suggested
ted materials:
- Psychometry lab.
- Sleep lab.
- Case studies to demonstrate ethical and legal aspects of their future
medical profession.
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Univ
ni versi ty Annexes
Annexes of an
annual
70
Cairo Universit
niversityy
Faculty
Faculty of M e dici
dicine
ne
Departm
Depar tmee nt of M icrobiology & Im
Immunology
Course
Course title:
MICROBIOLOGY AND IMMUNOLOGY
Third year of M.B. & B.Ch. program
2004/2005
(approved Final draft)

Course duration : one a academic
cademic year
Total
To tal te
teaching
aching ho
hours:
urs: 100 hrs
Lectures: 54 hrs Practical/Sma
ractical/ Smallll group sessions:
ses sions: 46 hrs
Course director: Prof. Dr. Reda Michael
Head
Hea d of M
Microb
icrobiology
iology and Immunology Department
Teaching staff: 34 professors, 2 assistant professors, 5 lecturers and 14 Assistant
Assistan t lectur
lecturers
ers &
lab facilitators
• To educate students about the basic features of general bacteriology, virology and
mycology and to provide students with an understanding of the immune system, its
protective functions and its role in the patho-physiology of infectious and non-infectious
diseases
• To familiarize students with the common infections and diseases of medical importance,
their microbial causes, as well as laboratory diagnosis, treatment, prevention and control
of such diseases
• To enable the students to practice the principles of sterilization and infection control.

Byy the end of tthe
B he course,
course, students should be able
able to :
Kno
nowwle
leddge and Underst
nderstanding
anding Te aching Assessme
Assessmennt
Illustrate general
general bacteria
bact eriall morphology
morphology , p hy siology
siology and
1 1 1
genetics
Understand
Underst and the
t he host
host p arasite
arasite relat
relat ionship and microbia
microbiall
2 1,3,5 1,7,8
pathogenesis
Explain the physiology of the immune system, its
3 beneficial
bene ficial role, as well as its
it s detrime
det rimental
ntal role in 1,2,3 1,2,7,8
hypersensitivit
hyp ersensitivityy , autoimmuni
autoimmunity ty and transplant rejection
rejection
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Univ
ni versi ty Annexes
Annexes of an
annual
71
Describe the morpholog

morp hology y , culture, antigenic structure
struct ure
4 and virulen
virulen ce factors of microor
microor ganisms
anisms of medical 1,3,4 2,7,8
importance
Reco
Rec o gnize the
t he most importan
import antt infectious
infectious cli
clinical
nical
conditt ions and outline the diagnosis, treatment,
condi
5 1,2,3,4 2,8
p revention
revention and control of the most likely likely organi
organisms
sms
causing such diseases
Describe the most important methods of
6 2,3 4,7,8
decontamina
dec ontaminationtion and p rinciples
rinciples of infection control
7 Describe t he basics
basics of antimicrobial uses and resistance 1 1
Underst and the impact of molecul
Understand molecular
ar technology
technology in
8 3,4 1,2
microbiolo
microbiolo gy and immunology
immunology
Practical
Practical Sk ills Te aching Asse
Assessment
ssment
Identify medica
medically
lly important
imp ortant bacteria
bacteria based on
9 2 3
microscopic
mic roscopic ex
e xamination of stain
st ained
ed preparations
pr eparations
Perform a Gram stai st ain
n and a Zieh
Ziehl-Nee
l-Neelsen
lsen stain
st ain and
and
10 ide
identify
ntify , according
according to morphology
morphology and charac
charactt eristics, 2 4
stained preparations
Identify culture media
media andand biochemical tests
t ests commonl
commonly y
11 used for bacterial
bacterial identificat
identification
ion and dist
disting
inguu ish positive
p ositive 2 3
and negat
negat ive results
12 Perform hand wash and control of stea st eamm steril
st erilization
ization 2 4
Ge neral
ne ral Intellectual
In tellectual Skills Te aching Asse
Assessment
ssment
Interp re
rett results of microbiologi
microbiological,
cal, serolog
serolo gical and
13 3,4 4,6
molecular tests
Interpret microbiological, immunological and molecular
14 3,4 4,6
reports
Formulatt e a sys
Formula sy stematic app roach
roach for laboratory diag
diagnosis
of common
common infecinf ectious
tious clinical
clinical conditions and selec
sel ectt the
15 2,3,4 6,7
most appropriate and cost-effective
cost-effective ttool
ool leadi
leadin
n g to the
identification
identification of the causative
causative or ganism
ganism
Evaluate according to evidence the causal
Evaluate c ausal relationship of
16 6 2,7,8
microbes and diseases
Categorize a microorganism as a bacterium, virus or
17 5 9
fungus
fungus accordi
ac cordin
n g to standard
s tandard tax
t axonomy
onomy
18 Report and appraise a concise scientific activity according 5,6 9
to standard scientific
scientific thinking and
and integr
integr ity
Appreciate the danger of handling and use of infectious
19 age
agents
nts on communi
community ty and environm
environment
ent as a p art of t heir
heir 1,3,5,6 8,9
ethical heritage
III-A: TOPICS:
No. of hrs
TOPIC TOT AL Lectures Practi cal/
small
sm all group
groups s
1 Genera
Generall Bacteriolog
Ba cteriology
y 5 8
morphology and structure,
class if
ification
ication of bacteria,
bacterial phy
physiolog
siologyy and growth,
bacterial genet
genetics,
ics, g ene cloning
general metho ds forfor i dentificat
dentification
ion o f bacteria
2 Sterilization and Disinfection and Antisepsis 1 2
3 Ant
Antimi
imicrobi
crobial
al Chem
Ch emotherapy
otherapy 1
4 Immunology 15 10
Compon ent s of th e imm
immun
un e sy stem
stem,,
in nate i mmun ity,
complement,
acqui red i mmun ity (hum
(humoral
oral and ce
cell
ll mediat ed),
prot ect
ectiv
iv e i mmun ity,
tu mou r immunology,
hypersensitivity,
autoimmunity,
trans plan
plantation
tation imm
immuno log
logy,
y,
impo
impo rtant antigen-an
ntigen-antibody
tibody reactions,
reactions,
immunodeficiency
5 Syst ematic
ematic Bacteriology
Bacteriology 14 20
Staphylococci,
streptococci,
neisseriae,
Corynebacterium, Lis teria, actinomycetes,
Ba cillus, Clo stridium,
Myco bacterium,
enterobacteriaceae,
Vibrio, Pseudomonas Yersinia, Francisella, Pasteurella,
Hemophilus, Bord etella , Bru cella, Ba cteroides ,
Bru cella,
legionellae, mycoplasmas,
spirochaetes,
rickettsiae
rickettsiae and chlamyd
chlamyd iae
6 General and Systematic Mycology 2 2
7 Genera
Generall viro logy 1
8 Syst ematic
ematic virology
virology 10
Picornaviruses,
arthropod-borne and rodent-borne viruses, reoviruses,
rotaviruses,
orthomyxoviruses, paramyxoviruses,
Rubella virus, Rabies virus,
retroviruses, adenoviruses,
herpesviruses,
poxviruses, parvoviruses,
hepatitis viruses, tumour viruses,
slow viruses and prion diseases
9 Infection
Infection Cont rol & Nosocomial
Nosocomial Infections 2 2
10 App lied
lied M icrobiolog
icrobiologyy 2 2
11 Host - parasite relationship
relationship,, causal effect,
effect, 1
virulence
virulence fact
fact ors and p athogene
athogenesis
sis
TOTAL
TOTAL 54 46
Faculty
Facul ty of Medicine, Cairo
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
nual faculty report
2004/2005
73
III-B: PRACTICAL CLASSES / SMALL GROUP SESSIONS:

1. Staining by Gram stain an Ziehl-Neelsen stain
2. Sterilization: autoclave, hot air oven, bacteriological filters
3. Culture media: commonly used media such as nutrient agar, blood agar,
Macc Conkey’s medi
Ma medium,
um, Loffl
Loffler’s
er’s medi
medium
um , Lowenstein-Jensen medimedium,
um, anaerobi
anaerobicc
culture media, TCBS, triple sugar iron agar
4. Biochemical Reactions: sugar fermentation tests, indole test, MR test, VP test,
tests for enzyme production (catalase, coagulase, urease)
5. Serological Tests: slide agglutination, tube agglutination, single radial
immunodiffusion, double diffusion (Elek’s test), toxin-antitoxin neutralization
(ASOT)
6. Slides: Staphylococcus, Streptococci, peumococci in tissues , Neisser Neisseria,
ia, M.
tuberculosis, M. leprae, Bacillus anthracis, Clostridium tetani, C. diphtheriae,
diphtheroids, gram-negative bacilli, Klebsiella in tissues , spirochaetes
spirochaetes,, Candida
albicans, mixtures
7. Hand Wash and control of steam sterilizer
8. Case studies: systematic approach, formulation of investigation of work-up and

lines
lines of manageme
management nt
9. Microbiological (serological and molecular) test results, photos and reports for
analysis and commenting
10.Practice
10.Pr actice of reporting (descr
(descriipti
ptive
ve and anal
analyt
ytiic al)
al) on demonstrated ac ti
tivi
vitt ies
III-C:
III-C: BUREAU
BUREAU HOURS:
1. Focus on host- parasite relationship, causal relationship, critical thinking and
scientific integrity
2. Applied microbiology and safe handling: ethical issues and responsibilities
3. Reporting and communicating: 2 ways channel
4. Categorizing according to taxonomy and self learning

IV-A:
IV-A: METHODS USED:
U SED:
1. Lecture
2. Practical class
3. Small group discussion with case study and problem solving
4. Quiz
5. Micc ro assignment
Mi
6. Bureau hour (Tutorial)
IV-B:
IV-B: METHODS FOR DISABLED
DISABLED STUDENTS:
STUDENTS:
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
nual faculty report
2004/2005
74
IV-C:
IV-C: TEACHING PLAN:
PLAN:
1. Lecture (fully illustrated with drills): Students are divided into two large groups
(A and B) for lectures. The lecture halls are located on the second floor of the
Medical Education Building. One-hour-lectures are held twice weekly (Saturday:
9:00, repeated 10:00, and Sunday: 8:00, repeated 9:00). Lectures are given
throughout the academic year.
2. Practical class and small group discussions : Students are divided into 10
groups. Each group has one practical class per week throughout the academic year
(11:30-1:00 or 1:30-3:00). Students of each group are first divided into two sub-
groups for explanation of practical class and revision of relevant theoretical
material. Each sub-group is further subdivided into two (total of four small
groups)) for pra
groups pracc tic
tic al de
demonstr
monstrati
ation
on and disc
discuuss
ssiion.
• Quiz (formative)
3. Out of practical class hours :
 Mi
Micc ro assignment
 Bureau
Bureau hour (Tut orial)
orial)
V. TEACHING
Facilities AND LEARNING
used for teaching FACILITIES:
this course include:
Lecture halls
Data show
sh owss & computer assistanc
assistan ce
Laboratories (with sinks)
S mall
mall group areas
areas (rooms) equipp
equipped
ed with compute
computerr assistanc
assi stancee
Microscopes

VI-A: ATTENDANCE CRITERIA:
Students should attend no less than 75 % of practical classes and/or small group
sessions as an essential prerequisite to be legible for the final exams
VI-B: ASSESSMENT TOOLS:

TOOL PURPOSE
Written Examination: Assessment of knowledge and understanding (outcomes #1-7) and
intellectual
intellectual ski
skills
lls (outcom
(out comee # 13-19)
Oral Examination: Assessment of knowledge and understanding (outcomes #1-8) and
intellectual
intellectual ski
skills
lls (outcom
(out comee #20)
Practical Examination: A. Ass
Assessmen
essmentt of practical
practical skills (outcom
(out comes
es #8-12)
B. Intellec
Intellectt ual skills (outcome
( outcomess #16-19)
a. Station
b. Objective Structured Test (OST)
c. Photos
d. Report
Quiz
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
nual faculty report
2004/2005
75
Micro-report
VI-C: ASSESSMENT SCHEDULE:

• Mid-year Examination: held for all students at end of first term (January)
• Final Examination: held for all students at end of second term (May-June)
Exam
xaminatio
ination:
n: Mark
Markss allo
allocate
catedd
Mid-year E xam ina

inati
tion
on Written 40 marks
Final Written 100 marks
Examination Oral 20 marks
Practical 40 marks 15 Stations
Stations
5 OST
5 Photos
5 Report
5 Quiz
5 Microreport
TOTAL 200 marks
o The minimum pas sing sc ore is 100 marks provided at least 30 m arks are obtained in the final
inimum passing
w ritten exam
examinati
ination.
on.
o Pass
as s ing grades
gr ades are:
ar e: EXCELLEN
XCELLENT T >85%, VERY GOOD 75- <85%, GOOD 65- <75% and FAIR
60- <65%.
VI-E: EXAMINATION DESCRIPTION:
Examination Ty pe De s cription Mark s

Mid-year 1. Written A 2-hour written paper composed
compos ed of 40 marks
Examination shortt essay
shor essay-type
-type ques
questi
tions
ons and MCQs
Final 2. Written A 2-hour written paper composed
compos ed of 100
Examination shortt essay
shor -type questions, MCQs and
essay-type marks
Case study
3. Practical 15 spots including slides, culture media, 15 marks
bioc
biochemi
hemicc al reactions, serologi
serologicc al tests (1 mark
and instruments (descri
(desc ripti
ptive
ve stru
s trucc tured) for each
spot)
4. OST Hand wash, Gram stain, Ziehl…etc. 5 marks
Ac c ording to ccheck
heck lilist
st
5. Photos 5 marks
6. Report 5 marks
7. Quiz Focu
cuss s ubject 5 marks
8. Oral One oral examination station with 2 staff

members (10-15 mi
minutes:
nutes: 4-5 que
questions)
stions)
20 marks
9. Report Micro
cro-ass
-assiignement 5m
maarks
rks
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
nual faculty report
2004/2005
76
TOTAL 200
marks
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
nual faculty report
2004/2005
77

• ESSENTIAL MEDICAL MICROBIOLOGY AND IMMUNOLOGY:
Department theoretical books and practical manual (3 volumes) available for
students to purchase from different bookshops at the faculty
• Overhead projections,
projections, sli
slides
des and computer presentations used during teac
teachi
hing
ng
• Micc ros
Mi roscc ope sl
sliides, laboratory instru
nstruments
ments and items
VI-B: SUGGESTED
SUGGESTED M
MAT
ATERIALS:
ERIALS:
• Jawetz, Melnick and Adelberg’s Medical Microbiology
• Janeway and Travers Immunobiology: The immune system in health and
disease
• Biology Web Site References:
o asmnews@asmusa.org
o
http://www.phage.org/black09.htm
o http://www.microbe.org/microbes/virus_or_bacterium.asp
o http://www.bact.wisc.edu/Bact330/330Lecturetopics
o http://whyfiles.org/012mad_cow/7.html
o http://www.microbelibrary.org/
o http://www.hepnet.com/hepb.htm
o http://w
http://www.tul
ww.tulane.edu/~dms
ane.edu/~dmsander/B
ander/Biig_
g_Vi
Viro
rollogy/
ogy/BVH
BVHomePag
omePage.html
e.html
o http://www.mic.ki.se/Diseases/c2.html
o http://www.med.sc.edu:85/book/welcome.htm
o http://www.biology.arizona.edu/immunology/microbiology_immunology.ht
ml
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
nual faculty report
2004/2005
78
Faculty of Medicine
Community Medicine& Public Health Department - Cairo University
Courss e Spe
Cour Spe cifications
cifications
Course Title
Title::
Community Medicine& Public Health
3rd year of M.B. & B.Ch. Program
2004-2005
Basic Epidemiological Methods and Environmental Sanitation

Course duration: onee ac
on academ
ademic
ic year
Total teaching h
hou
oursrs:: 32 ho
hours
urs
☺ Lect
ectures
ures : 28 hrs
☺Pra
Practica
ctical/
l/ small group:
roup : 4 hrs
Cours
Coursee Director: Prof.Dr
Prof.Dr.. Salwa A
Abd
bdel
el Azei
Azeim
m
Professor & Chair of Community Medicine & Public Health Department
Teaching Staff: 2 Profes

Profes s ors
ors , 2 Assi
Assiss tant Profe
Professo
sso rs , 1 Lecturer, 12 As s istant
istant Lecturer
Lecturerss
and 12 Demonstrators
I: Course Aims
1- To intro
in trod
duce the student
student to the basics and principles
principles of pub
publi
li c health;
heal th; including:
i ncluding:
a. t he definitions of common t erminologies
erminologies and meaning
meaningss used in
in public health
health practice
p ractice ;
b. health indicators and statistical principles of survey studies;
c. t he princip
princip les of sanitary environment
environment and the ability
ability of identifica
identification
tion of environme
environmental
ntal
hazards.
2- To prepare
prepare a physi cian who woul
wouldd become an advo
advo cate for pre ven
enti
tiv
ve public he al th
programs and resources.
II: Course Intended Learning Outcomes:

1- Knowl
Knowl edge and
an d Understanding
Understanding
By the end of the course, the student should be able to:
1- Describe health,
health, disease,
disease, sp ectrum
ectrum of health
health and p att
atterns
erns of care.
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
nual faculty report
2004/2005
79
2- Define and calculate measures of disease frequency and measures of association between
risk factors and disease.
disease.
3- Describe major epidemiological study designs, their advantages and limitations.
4- Define the nature, health effects and sources of environmental risks.
5- Describe the principles of waste management in the community and in health care settings .
6- Describe simple methods
methods for
f or data colle
collection
ction and p resentation.
2- Pro
Professional
fessional and Intell
Intell ectual
ectual S kil ls
ls..
7- Appropriately use data and statistical methods for problem identification and resolution.
8- Calc
Calcula
ulate
te and interpret
int erpret vital rates.
9- Construct and interpret tables and graphs.
10- Identify environme
environmental
ntal risk factors.
3- Attitude:
11- Appreciate the utilization of data in medical and social research.
III- Course Content

Topic % total Teaching hours
hrs Total Lectures Practical
Practical
En vironme ntal
ntal heal th 56 18 14 4
Epidemi
Epidemi ological Method
eth odss 16 5 5
Medical statis
statisttics 28 9 9
TOTAL
TO TAL 100 32 28 4
Environmental health: Envi Environme

ronmental
ntal Sani
S anitat
tation:
ion: Concept
Concept s and definitions;
definitions; Hazards
Haz ards and risks and
sanitation; Types of pollutants;
p ollutants; Waste
Wast e manag
management;
ement; Food
F ood and water safe
s afety
ty ; Environme
Environmental
ntal risk
management ;
assessment and management;
Epidemi
Ep idemi ological Method eth odss: Definit
Definit ion and uses of epide
ep idemiol
miolo
o gy ;-Epidemiological
;-Epidemiological M odels:-Types
odels:-Types
of st ud
udy
y design;-Scre
design;-Screenin enin g tests;-
tests ;-M
M easureme
easurement nt of disease risk factors;
Medical stat
s tatis
isttics:
ics : Definitions; Collec
Collection
tion of data; Presentation of data; Descript
Descriptive
ive statis
stat istics;
tics;
M ea
easures
sures of variabili
variabilityty ; Normal distribution curve;
IV- Teaching
Teachin g and Learni
Learning
ng Method
Meth odss
IV-A: Methods used:
used:
• Lectures
• Field visit
IV-B:
V-B: Method
Meth odss for disable d students
No sp ecial
ecial arrangeme
arrangement
ntss are available.
available.
IV-C: Teaching plan:
plan:
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
nual faculty report
2004/2005
80
Lectures: provided in two of the grand lecture halls at the faculty once weekly; on Mondays from
Lectures:
10-11am. Students are divided in two groups where the same lectures are given simultaneously.
Field Visit:
Visit: Students are divided into small groups (30 per group) and attend one field visit to one
of the selected sites. They are accompanied by Assistant Lecturers and are guided by a practical
book. Throughout, students are provided with practical notes that include: outline of the field visit,
checklist
and short of items
quest ionstorelated
questions beted
rela seen,
to questions
t o tthe the
he curriculum student
curriculum could
that stimul ate address
st imulate the togthe
t he leanin
leaning act local. staff in the field site
act ivity.
ivity
Time plan:
Item Time schedule

schedule Teaching
Teaching hours
st
Lectt ures
Lec Once p er week 1 term
on Mondays 10-11 am -environmental health (14 hrs)
nd
2 term
-epidemiological methods (5 hrs)
-medic
-medical
al st
statist
atistics
ics (9 hrs)
Field
Field visit One field
field visit 4 hrs
Total 32 hours
V: Teaching and Learning

Learning Facili
Facili tie s:
Facilities utilized include:
-Two lecture halls in the main building.
-S
-Sele
elected
cted field training sites with
wit h free transp
t ransportat
ortation:
ion:
*2 Water purific
p urification
ation plan
p lants
ts:: (El Roda and El
El Fost at)
*Station for Environmental Surveillance
*Central Lab in MOHP
VI: Student assessment

VI-A: Attendance crit
criteri
eria
a
The minimum acceptable attendance is 75% .Students who fail to attend the required stated
percentage will not be allowed to take the exam.
VI-B: Assessment Tools:
Tool Purpose
Written examination; including problem Assessment of knowledge, understanding

solving questions and skills (outcomes 1-10)*
Practicall book and field

Practica field visit report Assessmen
Ass essmentt of ILOs
ILOs # 4,5,10 and 11
*Problem solving question(s) cover ILOs 6-10

Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
nual faculty report
2004/2005
81
VI C: Asses
Assessment
sment schedul
schedule:
e:
- Midyear examination held at the end of first term .Students must give in their log book in
order to
t o be admitted t o the
t he exam
examina
inatt ion.
- End of year examination.
VI D: Grad
Gradii ng system:
Examination Marks Allocated
Field visit:
(a) attendance 2
(b) p ractical
ractical book and field
field visit report
rep ort 3
Midyear examination 10
End of year examination 35
Total 50 marks
The minimum
minimum passing score
scor e is 30 marks
marks p rovided
rovided at least 10.5 marks are obtained
obtain ed in the final
writt en exam
examinat
ination.
ion.
VI-E Examination
xamin ation description:
1- Practical book: must be completed during the term and every student should have attended
one field visit , answered the case studies and the problems and written a visit report .
2- Examinations:
Mid term exam: One hour including 3-5 questions including short questions and written
p roblem
roblem solvin
s olving
g questions.
End of year written exam: One hour including 3-5 questions including short questions and
written
writ ten p roblem
roblem solving questions.
VII: Learning and Reference Materials:

Materials:
Vll A: Basic departmen
departmentt books:
books:
Theoretical and
and p ract
ract ical
ical availa
available
ble for p urchase
urchase from faculty bookshops.
bookshop s.
Overhead p rojections
Overhead rojections and slide presentations
p resentations used during teaching.
teaching.
VII-B
VII-B S uggested mater
mate ri als:
als:
• Public Health
Health & Preve
P reventive
ntive M edicine:
edicine: M axcy
axcy – Rosenau- Last
Last
• Essentials of Public Healt
Healt h: L. J. Donal
D onaldson,
dson, R. J.
J . Donaldson
• Communicable Disease Epidemiology and Control: Roger Webber, London School
of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine
• Control
Cont rol of Communicab
Communicab le Diseases in M an: Abram S. Beneson, American
Amer ican Publ ic
Health
Health Associ
Ass ociation
ation
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
nual faculty report
2004/2005
82
Cairo University
Faculty of Medicine
Department of Parasitology
COURSE SPECIFICATIONS
Course
Cou rse Ti
Titl
tlee MEDICAL
MEDICAL PA
PARA
RAS
S ITOLOGY
THIRD YEAR of M.B. & B.Ch. PROGRAM
Allocated marks : 150 marks

Course duration
durat ion : 30 weeks (one academic (Sept ember  M ay)
academic y ear) (September
Tot al t eachin
eaching
g hours : 60 hours lectures
lectures + 60 hours prac
p ractical
tical classes
classes
Course director
director : Prof. Dr. Olfat M . El M atarawy
Head of Parasitology Department
Teaching
Teaching st
staff
aff : 20 p rofessors, 8 assistant p rofessors 3 lecturers
lecturers and 6 assistant
lecturers

• To provide students with knowledge concerning biological, epidemiological and
ecological aspects of parasites causing diseases to humans.
• To enable students to understand the pathogenesis, clinical presentations and

comp
comp lications
lications of t hese diseases.
diseases.
• To enable students to reach diagnosis and know the general outline of treatment,
p revention
revention and control of p arasitic
arasitic infections.
infections.
• To provide students with adequate knowledge about endemic parasites and national
parasitic problems.
II-1: Knowledge and understanding :
1- Describe the world distribution of important parasitic infections and explain the
factors determining such distribution and their socioeconomic impact on the
community.
2- Describe the morphology and life cycle of parasites of medical importance.
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
nual faculty report
2004/2005
83
3- Describe pathogenesis, clinical signs and symptoms and complications of parasitic
infections.
4- Outline the treatment for various parasitic infections and mention the methods of
prevention and control of infection on individual and community levels.
5- Discuss the methods of recovery of parasites from environmental samples and their
culture met
met hods.
6- Describe common arthropods of medical interest and explain their medical
importanc
import ancee and methods
methods of combat.
combat.
7- Outline fundamental immunology and molecular biology applicable in parasitology
to achieve better and accurate diagnosis.
8- Enumerate complications associated with manipulation of infectious materials,
relevant to parasitology, especially in hospitals.
II-2: Professional and Laboratory Skills

By the end of the course, student should be able to
9- Identify microscopically different parasites as well as their different stages (eggs,
cystt s and larvae)
cys larvae) or any of thei
t heirr body p arts (segme
(segments
nts,, hooks and scolices)
scolices) in urine or
stool samples.
10- Diagnose haemoparasites detectable in blood films.
11- Identify p arasites
arasites and their different stag
s tages
es throug
t hrough
h exam
examina
ination
tion of mounted slide
s lides.
s.
12- Identify different parasites in tissue sections and demonstrate their reactions in such
tissues by naked eye (Jars).
13- Identify arthropods of medical importance through examination of whole body or
any part in mounted specimens.
II-3:
II -3: INTE
INTELLEC
LLECTUAL
TUAL SKILLS
14- Interpret the most important signs and symptoms of important parasitic infections of
endemic character (using case study).
15- Choose the best-suited laboratory investigations for each parasite and interpret the
clinical and laboratory findings to reach a proper diagnosis.
II-4: General skills & Attitudes

Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
nual faculty report
2004/2005
84
16- React positively with any parasitic problem on a national level. i.e. Bilharziasis or
filariasis.
17- React positively with national campaigns, which are conducted to combat endemic
p arasitic
arasitic infec
infections
tions by M .O.H.P.
18- Work in a multi disciplinary health care team to solve parasitic problems in the
community
19- Respect the role of staff and co-staff members regardless of degree or occupations.
III. COURSE CONTENT
III-1:TOPICS
No of hours
Topics
Topics % Total hrs.
Total Lecture Practical
Practical
1-Introduction to p arasit
arasit ology
ology 1 1 1
2-Helminthology, Trematodes and 19 23 11 12
Cestodes
3-Introduction to Nematodes, intestinal
27 32 14 18
and tissue
tiss ue nematodes
nematodes
4-Protozology, Intestinal, Urogenital
27.5 33 18 15
blood and Tissue protozoa
5-Immunology and molecular
4 5 5 -
parasitology
6-Entomology
6-Entomolog y 21.5 26 11 15
100% 120 60 60
50% 50%
I : Introd
Introduction
uction to parasi
parasitology
tology :
-Host-parasite relationships – types of parasites – types of hosts.

II : Helminthology
Helmi nthology
-Introduction to trematodes
Fasciolaa sp ecies-Heterop
Fasciol ecies-Heterophy
hyes
es heterophy
heterop hyes
es –Paragonim
–Paragonimus
us westermani
w estermani--
Schistosoma species.
-Introduction to cestodes
Diphyllobothrium species-Taenia species–Echinococcus species –Multiceps
multiceps
multiceps –Hyme
–Hy menole
nolep
p is sp ecies
ecies –Dipy
–Dip y lidium
lidium caninum
caninum
III : Introduction to nematodes
A- Intestinal nematodes : Ascaris lumbricoides –Trichuris trichiura-Enterobius vermicularis-
Hook worms –Trichostrongylus colubriformis –Strongyloides stercoralis –Capillaria
p hilip
hilip p inensis
inensis –Trich
–T richine
inella
lla spiralis
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
nual faculty report
2004/2005
85
B–Tissue nematodes : Dracunculus medinensis –Wuchereria bancrofti –Brugia malayi –Loa loa
– Onchocerca volvulus –Mansonella ozzardi -Mansonella perstans – Larva migrans
(visceral and cutaneous).
IV :Protozoology :
-Introduction to medical protozoology
A- Int estinal
est inal prot ozoa
oz oa : Entamoeba histoly
hist olytt ica –Commensal amoebae
amoebae –Balantidium coli –
Giardia lamblia –Cryptosporidium parvum –Cyclospora cyetanensis –Isospora belli
B–Urogenital protozoa : Trichomonas vaginalis
C–Blood protoz
pr otoz oa : Plasmodium
Plasmodium sp ecie
eciess –Babesia
–Babesia
D–Blood & tissue protozoa :Leishmania – Trypanosomes –Toxoplasma gondii –
Potentially pathogenic free living amoebae –Microsporidia
V : Immunology and molecular parasitology

-As regards
regards typ
t ypes
es of immunity
immunity , mechani
mechanisms,
sms, vaccinat
vaccination,
ion, immunopatholog
immunopathology
y of p ara
arasitic
sitic infect
infect ions,
p arasite
arasite immune evasion
evasion and immunodi
im munodiagnosis
agnosis of p arasit
arasit ic infect
infections.
ions.
-M olecul
olecular
ar p arasitolog
arasitology
y as regards
regards app
ap p lications
lications of molec
molecula
ularr t echnolog
echnology
y in p arasitolog
arasitology
y.
VI : Entomology
-Introduction
-Int roduction to
t o medical
medical Entomology
Entomology
-Mosquitoes –Phlebotomus papatasii –Simulidae, ceratopogonidae & Tabanidae
-M uscidae
uscidae –Calliphoridae
–Calliphoridae –Oestridae
–Oest ridae–M
–M y iasis
iasis –Fleas
–Fleas –Lice
–Lice –Bugs
–Bugs –Ticks
-Mites –Scorpion –Cyclops –Control of arthropods & Insecticides.
Practical
Pra ctical Cla
Classse s:
-Helminthology :
* Microscopic slides:
• Mounts for adult parasite & its body parts (hooks, scolices or segments).
• Mounts for parasitic stages (eggs, larvae or cysts).
• Biopsy and tissue sections containing various parasites

* Jars (gross picture)
• Preserved parasites
• Pathologica
Pathologicall sp ecime
ecimens
ns (infected body p arts)
-Protozoology
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
nual faculty report
2004/2005
86
• St ag
ages
es of the
t he parasite st ained
ained with different st ains.
• Biop
Biop sy and tissue sections
sections
• Stages of the parasite in biological specimens
-Entomology
• M ounts for the whole
whole arthrop
arthropod
od and
and its
its body p arts.
* Boxes (gross picture)
• Boxes containing adult arthropods.
IV. TEAC
ACHHI NG METHODS
METHODS
IV-1:METHODS USED
-Lectures
-Practical classes (laboratory training)
-Small tutorial groups (in practical classes once per month)
IV-2:METHODS FOR DISABLED STUDENTS

-No sp ecial
ecial arrangeme
arrangement
ntss are available
-Only they can attend the main lab in the first floor
IV-3:TEACHING PLAN:
-Lectures :
* Two
T wo lectures (one hour each)
each) weekly
weekly for 30 weeks (total
(t otal 60 hours)
-Practical classes :
* One p ractical
ractical class
class (two
(t wo hours each)
each) weekly
weekly for 30 weeks (total
(t otal 60 hours)
*Writing project on some endemic parasitic diseases using staff book, other text
books and parasitological websites)
Time plan :
Item: Time schedu
schedule Teaching
Teaching hours Total hours
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
nual faculty report
2004/2005
87
Lecture Twic
Tw icee weekly
weekly One hour 60
Practical &
Once weekly
weekly Two
Tw o hours 60
Tutorial
Total 120
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
nual faculty report
2004/2005
88
Teaching
Teaching and learning
learning facil
facil itie s:
1-Lecture halls
2-Equip
2-Equip ed labs
labs with
wit h microscop
microscopes,
es, slide projectors
projectors,, overhead
overhead projectors and data show.
show .
3-Departmental
3-Dep artmental museum
5-Facultt y library
5-Facul library can
can be used for projec
p rojects
ts and text
text books
V. STUDENT ASSESSMENT

The minimum
minimum accep
acceptable
table attenda
att endance
nce is
is 60%, students
st udents failing
failing t o att end that perc
p ercentag
entagee will not be
allowed
allowed to t ake the end of yea
y earr examinat
examination.
ion.
V-2:ASSESSMENT TOOLS:
TOOL PURPOSE
Written Assessment of knowledge and understanding. Also
intellec
intellectt ual skil
skills
ls (case report)
report ) ILOs II-1(1-8) & II-3(14-15)
examination
Pract
Practical
ical examination
examinati on Assessment of knowledge and understanding and
p rofessional
rofessional skills
skills II 1(1-8) & II 2(9-13).
Oral e xamination
xamination Assessment of knowledge and understanding & professional
skills & attitude II 1(1-8) & II 2(9-13 ) & II 4 (16-19)
V-3:TIME SCHEDULE:
-Mid year examination : once in January.
-Final examination : once at the end of academic year (May).
-Quiz before Mid year and final exam.
V-4:GRADING SYSTEM:
EXAMIN
EXAMIN ATIO
ATIO N MARKS
MARKS ALLO
ALLO CATE
CAT ED
Quiz Practical & theoritical 5 x 2 = 10
Mid Year Written 25

examination
Final examination
examinati on Written 60
Practical 30
Oral 20
Project 5
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
nual faculty report
2004/2005
89
Total 150
• The minimum passing score is 90 marks provided at least 18 marks are obtained in
the final written examination.
• Passing grades are : Excellent > 85% , very good 75-<85%, Good 65-<75% and fair
60-<65%.
V-5:EXAMINATION DESCRIPTION:
EXAMIN
EXAMIN ATIO
ATIO N DESCRI
DES CRIPTI
PTIO
ON MARKS
Quiz Identification of 5 projector slides in 10 5
minutes
Mid Year
Year examination
e xamination One-hour written paper composed of short 25
essay type questions –MCQs and case
descrip
descrip t ion and discussion
discussion
Project presentation 5
Writing project on some endemic parasitic
diseases provided with illustrations
Quiz 5
Identification of 5 projector slides in 10
minutes
Final Two hours written paperp aper comp
comp osed of short
short
Written essay type questions –MCQs and case 60
examination
descrip
descri p t ion and discussion
discussion
Practical Spot t ing of 20 slides, boxes
boxes and jars 30
Two sessions :
Oral One for helmenthology & snails for 10 min. 20
One for Arthropodes & protozoology for
10min.
Total 150
VI. LEARNING AND REFERENCE MATERIALS

VI-1:BASIC MATERIALS:
• Departmentt Books
Departmen Books
-Textt Book
-Tex
-Practical Book
-Atlas
-Selff evaluation guide (book)
-Sel
• CD-ROM containing illustrated topics in parasitology (animated parasitology).

• Website (See the Annex I)
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
nual faculty report
2004/2005
90
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
nual faculty report
2004/2005
91
VI-2:SUGGESTED MATERIALS:
• Parasitological & Tropical Journals
• Text books
Annex I
National
Nation al Web
W eb si
si te
Parasites online : http://WWW.parasitesonline.net/homepage.htm

This site is constructed by Dr. Khalifa El Sayed, Assistant professor of Medical
Parasitology,, Faculty of Me
Parasitology Medici
dicine,
ne, A
Ain
in Sham
Shamss Uni
Univers
versity,
ity, C
Cair
airo
o Egypt
Internation
International
al Web
W eb site
site
http://www.asp.unl.edu
Officiall website of the America
Officia American
n Socie
Society
ty of Parasitologists
Parasitologists.. Offer information
information about t he society
society and
its ac
activit
tivitie
iess as well as links t o relevant
relevant p arasitolog
arasitologica
icall sit
sites.
es.
http://www.parasitology.org.uk
Official website of the British Society for Parasitology. Offer information about the society and its
activities as well as links to relevant parasitological sites.
http://www.dpd.cdc.gov/dpdx
Useful site for the identification and diagnosis of parasites of public health concern. It provides
information about life cycle, geographical distribution, clinical features, diagnosis and treatment for
each of the parasites listed. It also includes a parasite image gallery.
http://www.cvm.okstate.edu/~users/jcfox/htdocs/clinpara/index.htm
Website of Veterinary Clinical Parasitology Images created by Professor J.Carl Fox of Oklahoma
Stat
tatee University.
University . An exce
excelle
llent
nt site with
w ith images,
images, keys and other interesting
interest ing features
features about p arasites.
arasites.
http://www.parasite.biology.Qiowa.edu
This website contain 2320 imag
images
es and informat
informat ion about p arasites
arasites t aken
aken from Dr. Herman
Herman Zai
Z aima
man’s
n’s
publication “A Pictorial Presentation of Parasites”. Although the site is password protect, everyone
can
can access
access it by using the user name “guest
“guest and the password
p assword visitor”.
visit or”.
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
nual faculty report
2004/2005
92
Clinical Pharmacology
Third year
ye ar
M .B.BC
.B.BCH.
H. Program
2004/2005
-Al located
locate d Marks
Marks : 300 M arksarks
-Al located
locate d duration
duration:: 24 weeks
-Allocated hours : 180 hours
120 hours Lectures.
Lectures.
60 hours Practical
Pract ical,, Clinical
Clinical and T ut
utorial
orial classes.
-Course director : Prof. Dr. Hedayat Tolba
Chairman of Clinical
Clinical Pharmacology
Pharmacology Dep art artment.
ment.
-Teaching stuff : 32 Professors, 3 Assistant
Ass istant Prof., 6 Lecturers.
Lecturers.
9 Assistant
Ass istant lect
lect urer & 8 Demonstrators.
Demonstrators .
I- Aim of the course:

1- To provide the basic knowledge about commonly used groups of drugs affecting different body
systems and their implications in therapy of disease and health promotion.
2- To enable students to understand the safe use of drugs as regards adverse effects,
contraindications and drug interactions.
II- Intended learning outcomes:

A- Knowledge and understanding:
1-Discuss the pharmacokinetic, pharmacodynamic and pharmacotherapeutic properties of different
groups
roup s of
2-Discuss thedrugs affecting
affeand
adverse ctingtoxic
bodyeffects,
sy stem
st ems.
s. their management of commonly used groups.
and
3-Give an account on limitations to the use of drugs such as contraindications and drug interactions.
4-Define clinically relevant age, sex and genetic related variations that affect response to drugs
(P.ILO.2).
5-Discuss the pathophysiology of diseases and explain the rational basis for the use of drugs
(P.ILO.4).
6-Discuss the impact of preventive pharmacology in promoting health and prevent illness
(P.ILO.5).
7-Define the principles, the indications, the relative advantages and disadvantages of various
p harmac
harmacotherap
otherapyy modalities
modalities (P.ILO.10).
8- Discuss the use of life saving drugs.
9-Discuss the role, prevalence and limitations of alternative and complementary therapies
commonl
com monly y in use (P.ILO.11).
10-Discuss the principles and applications of gene therapy (P.ILO.12).
11-Recognize the rational and general guidelines of the use of drugs in the proper dose in special
population such as pediatrics, geriatrics, pregnancy and lactation and in cases of liver and kidney
impairment.
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
nual faculty report
2004/2005
93
12-Define the basis of pharmaco-economics.
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
nual faculty report
2004/2005
94
B- Professional Skills (Clinical, Practical and Intellectual):
B-1- Intellectual Skills:
13- Calculate accurately drug’s dosage, bioavailability, plasma half life and volume of distribution
in differen
differentt p atient
atient p opulations.
opulations.
B-2-Data Acq
Acquisiti
ui siti on:
14-Obtai
14-Obt ain
n and record
record a comp
comp rehensive
rehensive drug history of the
t he patient.
p atient.
15-Document drug adverse reactions.
B-3- Data analysis and problem solving:
16-Observe, record and analyze the effect of drugs on biological tissues
B-4- Practical Skills:
17-Perform with p recision
recision different
different t echnique
echniquess of drug administration.
administration.
B-5- Skills related to treatment strategies:
18-Design rational therapeutic strategies for both acute and chronic conditions that take into
account the various variables that influence these strategies (P.ILO. 30). Choose the proper
drug/s
drug/s for t he prop
p roper
er clinic
clinical
al situation in p roper
rop er dosage.
dosage.
19-Monitor the effectiveness and toxicity of therapy (P.ILO.33).
20- Write a prescription for selected important diseases.
21-Audit p rescrip
rescrip tions cit
cit ing multiple drugs.
drugs.
C- General skills and Attitude:

C-1- Communic
Communication
ation Ski lls:
ll s:
C-1-1- Patient-Doctor Rel
Rel ationshi p:
22- Demonstrate respect to all patients irrespective of their socioeconomic levels, culture or
relig
religious beliefs
beliefs and use languag
languagee app ropria
rop riatt e to
t o the
t he patient’s
p atient’s cult
cult ure (P.ILO. 34).
23- Provide appropriate basic drug education to the patient and his family (P.ILO. 50).
C-1-2- Coll ab
abor
oration
ation with h
heal
ealthcar
thcaree professi
rofessi onals:
24- Communicate effectively with other health care professionals to maximize patient benefits and
minimize
minimize the risk of errors (P.ILO.
(P .ILO. 51).
C-2- Life-long learning:
25- Understand the importance of life-long self-learning and show a strong commitment to it
(P.ILO. 56).
26- Use current I.T. for appropriate drug database to reach information about a specific medication
(P.ILO. 59).
C-3- Ethical beh

ehav
avii or:
27-Respect patient’s beliefs, values and privacy (P.ILO 63 and 64).

28-Respect ethics
et hics related
related to
t o drug p rescrip
rescrip tion and use sp ecial
ecially
ly to drugs
drugs liable
liable to p roduce abuse.
abuse.
29-Recognize and effectively deal with unethical behavior of other members of healthcare team
(P.ILO.71).
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
nual faculty report
2004/2005
95
III- Course Contents:
III-A) Topics:
Teaching hours Total
Topics Lect ures Pract iiccal & C lliini cal T ot al %
1- General pharmacology 11 6 17
2- Autonomi
Aut onomicc Nervous System 16 10 26
3- Ocular Pharmacology 2 4 6
4- Skelet
Skeletal
al muscl
muscl e relax
rela xants 2 4 6
5- Aut ac
acoids
oids 4 - 4
6- Respiration 5 2 7
7- Renal pharmacology 4 - 4
8- Cardio-vascular pharmacology 16 12 28
9- Blood and blood forming organs 6 - 6
10- Psycho-neuro-pharmacology 16 - 16
11- Hormones and their antagon
antagonists
ists 11 4 15
12- Gastro-Intestinal tract 6 2 8
13- Chemot
Chemot herap
herap y + Local
Local Antiseptics 16 - 16
14-
15- Drug
Drug abuse
interactions 2
2 -- 2
2
16- Chelating agents 3 - 3
17- Vitamins
Vitamins and food supp
sup p lemen
lements
ts 2 - 2
18- Immuno-pharmacology 2 - 2
19- Pharmaco-economics 2 2 4
20- Pharmacogenetics 2 - 2
21- Prescription writing - 4 4
Total 130 50 180 100
4. General pharmacology: routes of drug administration, pharmacokinetics,

Pharmacodynamics and use of drugs in special population and situations such as
geriatrics. Basis of alternative and complementary medicine
5. Autonomic nervous system & drugs affecting the ganglia.
6. Ocular pharmacology : drugs affecting the eye and treatment of glaucoma.
7. Skeletal muscle relaxants :centrally and peripherally acting drugs.
8. utacoids : histamine , serotonin, endogenous peptides and eicosanoids, and their
modulators.
9. Respirat
Respiration:
ion: coug
coughh tthera
herapp y and treatment of bronchi
bronchial
al ast
asthma
hma..
10. Renal pharmacology : Diuretics, acidification and alkalinization of urine.
11. Cardiovascular system : Anti-hypertensive drugs and treatment of ischemic heart
diseases,
diseases, heart failure and
and dysrhy
dy srhy thmias.
12. Blood and blood forming organs : Treatment of coagulation defects, anemia and
Dysrlipidemia.
13. Psycho- neuro pharmacology : analgesics, sedatives, hypnotics and anxiolytics.
Antips
Ant ipsyy chotics, antidep
antidepressants,
ressants, anticovulsants
anticovulsants and antip
antip arkinsonism.
arkinsonism. General
General and local
local
anaesthesia
anaesthesia and
and .N.S. stimul
st imulants.
ants.
14. Hormones and their antagonists

gland, sex hormones, : insulin,
pituitary hormones andoral hypoglycemic,
calcium adrenal steroids, thyroid
homeostasis.
15. G.I.T. : acid disorders, emetic and ant emetic drugs and purgatives.
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
nual faculty report
2004/2005
96
16. Chemotherapy : B- lactam antibiotics, Aminoglycosides, broad spectrum antibiotics,
macrolide, quinolones , sulphonamides, antifungal, antiviral, therapy of tuberculosis,
anti-amoebic, anti alarial,
alarial, antibilharzial
antibilharz ial and cance
cancerr chemoth
chemotherapy
erapy .
17. Drug abuse.
18. Drug interaction.
19. Chelating agents
agents..
20. Vitamins and food supp lements.
lements.
21. Immunopharmacology
22. Pharmaco- economics.
23. Pharmacogenetics.
24. Prescription writing.
III-B) Practical & App

Appli ed Pharmacology
Pharmacology (14 classe
clas ses):
s):
1-Basis and ethics of prescription writing (1).
2- Dosage forms and routes of drug administration (3).
3- Effect of drugs on isolated heart (1).
4- Effect
Effect of drugs
drugs on isolat
isolat ed intestine
intest ine (1).
5- Short clinical cases related to autonomic nervous system (2).
6- Applied skeletal muscle pharmacology (2).
7- Ap p lied
lied ocular
ocular p harmac
harmacolog
ology
y (2).
8- Effect
Effect of drugs
drugs on blood p ressure (2).
III-C) Cl ini cal Pharmac

Pharmacology
ology (11 Cl asses) :
1- Ischemic heart diseases “Angina + Myocardial infractions” (2).
2- Hyp
Hy p ertension
ertension (2).
3- Heart failure (2).
4- Bronchial asthma (1).
5- Peptic
Pep tic ulcer
ulcer (1).
6- Diabetes mellitus
mellitus (2).
7- Art of prescription writing (1).
IV- Teaching and learning methods:

IV-A)
IV-A) Methods used
us ed (Attached table 1):
1-Lectures.
2-Tutorial (small group teaching):
a- Practical modules
b- Clinica
Clinicall modules
3- Role play.
IV-B)
V-B) Method
Meth odss for disable d students: Not available
IV-C) Teaching plan:

1- Lect
Lect ures: T he lectur
lecturee halls
halls 11 and 12 in the big building of halls.
Five days / wee
w eek.
k. 1hour for each
each group
group (st
(students
udents are divided
divided into two
t wo groups).
2- Practical classes: Students are divided into 10 groups, which are sub-divided into 30 small
groups.
roup s. Each
Each at
at tends 2 hours / week inin the lab
labss of the
t he dep
dep artment.
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
nual faculty report
2004/2005
97
3- Clinical Tutorial Classes: The small groups of students attend 2 hrs / week in the small halls of
the department.
department.
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
nual faculty report
2004/2005
98
IV-D) Time Plan:
It em T ime Sch edule H ours T ot al hours
1- Lectures Daily 0ne hour X 5days / 1 X 130 130
Week
2- Practical classes Once/ Week

Week X 2 Hours 2 X 14 28
(Either
11.30 am to 1.30 am or
1.30 pm t o 3.30 p m)
3- Clinical Classes Same as the practical 2 X 11 22

classes
To
T ot al 180
V-Teaching and Learning Facilities:

1- Lecture halls:
At the
t he building
building of halls. Writing
Writin g boards, over head projecp rojectt or and data show(with
show(wit h p rior
arrangement) are available.
2- Laborat
Laborat ory classes:
classes:
Laboratories
Laboratories in the
t he department where facilit
facilities
ies for these
t hese types of exp
exp erim
eriments
ents are available(
available(
organ bath, recording graphs, chemicals and animals ).
3- Clinical classes:
Small rooms and two hallshalls in the
t he dep
dep artment with
w ith overhead
overhead p rojector
rojector and one data show.
4- Library:
At the third floor of the department.
5- Skill lab / models:
M odels
odels to t ea
each
ch met
met hods of proper drug administ
administration.
ration. (not availa
available)
ble)
VI Student Assessment:
VI- A) Attendance:
St udents need to attend at least

least 75% of the
t he p ract
ract ical
ical and
and clinical classes tto
o sit for the final exam
exam
(Shown in the Log Book).
VI-- B) S tudent Assessmen

VI Assessmentt Tool
Tool (Attac
(Attached
hed table
tab le 2):
1- Written exams:
a- Short essay.
b- M .C.Qs.
.C.Qs.
c- Extended matching.
d- Fill the blanks.
2- Practical modules:
a- M.C.Qs.
b- Fill the blanks.
3- Clinical modules:
a- M.C.Qs.
b- Fill the blanks.
4- Prescri
P rescrip
p t ion writing
writing..
5- Oral examination.
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
nual faculty report
2004/2005
99
6- Log book.
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
nual faculty report
2004/2005
100
VI-- C) Examinati
VI xamin ation
on S ch
chedule:
edule:
1- Practical modu
module
le examin
examin ation (Before mid-y ear
ear vaca
vacation).
tion).
2- M id-y
id-y ear
ear examination
examination (After
(Aft er mid-year vacation).
3- Prescri
P rescrip
p t ion writing
writing
4- Final Examination.
5- Clinical modu
modu le exami
examinn ation.
5- Oral examination.
examination. Tow
T ow sessions
s essions in one day
day .
VI- D) Examination Description:
Examin ation
Examin M arks / Value
Value
1- Presentation of Log book of practical and Prerequisite
Prerequisite for sitt ing for the
t he exam.
exam.
exp
exp erimental classes.
class es.
2- Practical module exam. 35 marks
3- Mid-year exam. 40 marks
4- Prescription writing 15 marks
5- Final Exam. 110 marks
6- Clinical case modules 50
7- Oral examination in 2 sessions 50 marks (25 marks each)
T ot al 300 marks
VI-- E) Gra
VI Gra di ng S ystem:
ystem: According to faculty bylaws.
VII) Learning and References:

VII-- A) Basic Materials:
VII
1- Nationa
Nat ionall and International Books on Pharmacology.
VII- B) Suggested Materials:
1- Comput er aided
aided learning
learning materials e. g. CDs
CDs..
2- Internet e.g. Online Pharmacological data base such as micromedicx.com
Facul
Faculty
ty of Medicin
Medici ne, Cairo
Cairo Uni
nivve rsi
rsity
ty Annexe
nnexe s of an
annual
2004/2005
5
Table (1): Teaching methods and aimed ILOS

Method Aimed ILOS
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29
1- Lec
Lectt ures
ur es x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x
2- Practical
Pr actical modu les x X x X x x x x x X
3- Clinic
Clin ical
al modu
mod u les x x x x x x x x x X
4- Role
Rol e p lay x x x x x x x x X
Table (2): Assessment methods and aimed ILOS

Method Aimed ILOS
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29
1- Wri
Writt t en exam
examss. x x x x x x x x x x x x X
2- Practical
Pract ical modules
modu les x X
3- Clin
Clinic
icalal modu les x x x x x x x x x x X
4- Prescripti
Prescription
on writing x x x x x X
5- Log
6- Oral
Lo E xam
g Bo
Book
ok x x x x x x x x x X x x x x x x x x x
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
2004/2005
Cairo University
Faculty of Medicine
Medicine
Department of Pat
Patho
hollogy
og y
Course
Course title: Patholo

Patholo gy for 3d year students
2005/2006
Approved 2005

Course
Co urse duration: 1 ac
academ
ademic
ic year Septe
September
mber through APR
APRILIL
Total tea
teaching
ching hou
hours
rs:: 25
2522 hou
hours
rs
Lectures: 128 Practical:96 small groups/tutorial: 28
Cou
ourse
rse director: Prof. D
Dr.
r. Naema Marie
Head of Pathology Depart
Departme
ment
nt
Teaching staff: 25 profe ss ors , 12 assis tant profe ss ors , 6 lectu
lecture
rers
rs

1. To familiarize students with the basic disease patterns and their underlying
mechanis ms within the specific organ sy system
stemss as s tep to preparing the student for his
clinical rounds and fut
future
ure as a practit
practitioner
ioner
2.To
2.T o prom ote life long com
competencies
petencies neces s ary for continuous profess ional de
dev
velopme
mennt

II-1:: KNOWLEDGE
II-1 KNOWLEDGE and
an d UNDERSTA
UNDERSTANDING:
1- Define and discuss the main disease categories that may affect the body (
general pathology)
pathology) as well as the basic m echanism s underly
underlying
ing these dis
disord
orde
ers (
etiology , pat
pathogene
hogeness is & natural his
history
tory))
2- Describe the morphologi
morpho logicc (gross & micros copic) changes occurring as a res
result
ultof
such diseas e proc
process
ess es in vvariou
ariouss organ sysystems
stems
3- Determine the fate & complications of each particular disease and outline the
general management procedures
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
2004/2005
II-
II-2:
2: CLINICAL & LA
LABORATORY SKILLS:
By the end of the course, students should be able to be prepared for their
upcoming clinical training by:
1- Diagnosing and fully Describing the pathologic picture of a disorder based on

gross or microscopic morphology
morphology..
2- Choosing the m osostt appropri
appropriate
ate cos
costt effec
effectiv
tive
e pathologi
pathologicc diagn
diagnos
ostic
tic procedures
3- Selecting the neces s ary techniques for s sam
am ple reception & proces
process s ing acco
accorrding
ing to
the nature of s pecim en receiv
received
ed
II-
II-3:
3: IINTELL
NTELLECTUA
ECTUAL
L SKILLS
SKI LLS
1. Predict the signs and symptoms of a diseas
disease e based on the underly
underlying
ing gr
gross
oss &
microscopic
mi croscopic
changes tisspatient,
in the ue changes respons
thereby ible
enabl ing for
enabling tthe symptomatology
he s tudent recognize and phy
physical
patients sical
with
life/organ threatening conditions
2. Interpreting in a profess ional m anner a pathology report
II-4 LIFE LONG LEARNING

1. Appreciate the im portance of life
li fe long learni
learning
ng a
and
nd s how a s trong com m itmen
itmentt to it
2. Use the sources of biombiomedical
edical information to rem ain current with tthe
he adv
advances
ances iinn
knowledge
knowledg e & pract
practice
ice
3. Frame a question, search the literature, collect , analyze, critically appraise and
utilize the obtained information to solve a particular clinical problem according to
the principles
principles of ev
evidenced
idenced based medicine
medi cine
II-5 ETHICAL BEHAVIOUR:

1. Express thems elv elves
es freely and adequa
adequately
tely by im prov
proving
criptive
e
capabilities and enhancing their
their comm
communication
unication skills
2. Respond appropriately according to the seriousness of the pathologic
diagnosis in an acceptable humane manner, treating the patient as a whole
rather
rather tthan
han a les
lesion
ion or specim en
3. Maintain a professional image in manner, dress, speech and interpersonal
relationships that is consistent with the medical profession’s accepted
contem
cont emporary
porary standards in the comm unity
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
2004/2005

III-A: TOPICS:
%
Topic total Numbee r of hours
Numb
hours
Tot al
Total Lect
L ect ures P ractical/small
ractical/small groups
General Pa tho
holl ogy 123 57 hrs 14 & 52 (66hrs)
hrs
1. P AT HOLOGY
HOLOGY & it s related disciplin
disciplines
es 1 1
2. TECHNICAL POINTERS ON SAMPLE 12 2 1 4
HANDLING
HANDLI NG,, SENDING, PROCESSIN
PROCESSIN G &
REPOR
REP ORTT ING & quality control of surgical
biopsy material
3. INFLAMMA
INFLAMMATION TION & REPAI
REPAIR R 14 8 1&2
4. CELL INJURY,
ACCUMULATIONS
ACCUMULATION S DEP OSITI
OSITIONS
ONS & 14 8 1 &2
diseases
diseases of AGEING
AGEING
5.
5.GGROWT H DIST
DIST URBANCES
URBANCES & 27 9 1 &8
NEOPLASIA
6. FLUID & HEMODYNAMIC 18 8 1& 4
DISTURBANCES
DIST URBANCES
7. IMMUNE RESPONSE & NON 5 5
SP ECIFIC & VIRAL I NFECT
NFECT ION
8.
8.SSP ECIFIC INFEC
I NFECTIONS-
TIONS- 20 6 1 &6
GRANUL
GR ANULOMA,
OMA, & MYCOTIC
MYCOT IC DISEAS
DISEASE
ES
9.
NUTGENETIC,
RI
RITION
TIONALENVIROMENTAL,
AL DISORDERS
DISORDERS & 6 6
IONIZING
IONI ZING RADIATION EFFECT
EFFECT S
10
10.. CYTOLOGY
CYTOLOGY 2 2
11
11.. IMMUNOH
IMMUN OHIS IST
T OCHEMIS
OCHEMISTT RY 1 1
12. HOW TO RESEARC
RESEARCH H A T OPIC
PI C 3 1 1
Special Pathology 129 71 14 & 44 (58hrs)
(58hrs)
1.CARDIOVASCULAR(heart & blood 16 10 1 &2
vessels
2. RESP
RESP IRAT
IRAT ORY 14 8 1&2
3.GAST
3.GAS T ROINTEST
ROINTEST INAL
INAL 14 8 1&2
4.HEPAT
4.HEPA T OBILIARY
OBILIARY & PANCREAT
PANCREAT C 12 6 1&2
5.URINARY T RACT
RACT & KIDNEY
KIDNEY 16 10 1&2
6.MALE GENITAL 7 3 2
7.FEMALE GENITENIT AL & BREAS
BREASTT 15 9 1& 2
8.ENDOCRINE 9 5 2
9.BLOOD&LYM
9.BLOOD& LYMPHORE
PHORETT ICULAR 7 3 2
10
10.S
.SKELET
KELET AL SYST
YST EM ,SOFT
,SOFT TISSUE,
TISSUE, 12 6 1 & 2
JOINT S & SKIN
11.PERIPHERAL & CENTRAL NERVOUS 7 3 2
SY ST EMS
252 128 28 + 96=124
96=124
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
2004/2005
III-B:
III-B: PROBLEM
PR OBLEM BASED CASES:
CASES:
Are based on t he topics discussed in the abo abov
ve me
mentio
ntioned
ned list
1. Acute & chroni
chronic c Inflammat
Inflammatioion
n & repair
2. Degenerat
egenerativive
e changes
3. Necr
ecrosis
osis & cell injury
4. Granulomas
5. Non
onspecific
specific infection
infectionss & immunity disturbances
6. Circulatory distu
disturbances
rbances
7. Neoplasms
8. Cardiovascular cas case es
9. Respiratory cas
case e
10. GI
GIT
Tccase
ase
11.. K
12
12. Hidney
Hepatobiliary
epatobiliary
Kidne y c
case
ase
13. Female gen
genital
ital tract & breast
14. Skeletal ssy
ystem case
III-C: LIST OF SLIDES: (66 slides)

HISTOPATHOLOGICAL SLIDES FOR 3 rd YEAR
MEDICAL STUDENTS
General Systemic
I -Fibrin
-Fibrinous
ous infla
inflamm
mmation(peritonitis),
ation(peritonitis), liliv
ver 62 Atheros clero
cleros
s is, sm
small
all artery
2-Acute
2-Acute s uppurative app
appeendi
ndiccitis 63- Allergi
lle rgic
c nasal poly
polyp
p
7- My
Myocard
ocardical
ical s car 67- Bronchogen’c carcino
carcinom
ma
10- Am yloi
loidosis
dosis,, Kidney 68- Pleomorphic adenoma salivary gland
12- Hepatic s te
teato
atos
s is 73-L
73-Liver
iver cirrhosi
cirrhosis
s
14- Chronic veno
enouus conge
conges
s tion, lun
lungg 75- Hepatocellular carcino
carcinom
m a..
15- Chronic veno
enouus conge
conges
s tion liver 77- Se
Sem
m ino
inom
ma
78- Chronic diffuse glomerulonephritis
17- Recent thrombus 79- Renal cell carcino
carcinom
ma
18- Spleen infarction 80- Nephroblasto

Nephroblastom
ma
20-Rec
20-R ecent
ent infarction, lun
lungg 81- Benign prostatic hy
hyperplasia
perplasia
82- Papillary transitional cell carcinoma,
22- Tubercu
Tube rculosis
losis,, ly
lym
m ph node.
23- Chronic fibrocaseous T.B. lung
24- Miliary
ili ary T.B lun
lung.
g. 84- Secretory phas
phase,
e, endo
endom
m etrium
25- Rhinosclero
Rhinosclerom
ma 85- Simple endo
endom
m etrial hy
hyperp
perplasia
lasia
26- My
Mycetom
cetoma.
a. 86- Vesicular mole(hydatidiform mole)
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
2004/2005
28- Schistosomia
Schistosomias
s is, large intestine 89- Mamm ary cycys
s tic hy
hyperp
perplasi
lasia
a
29- Schistosomal poly
polyp p intes ti
tine.
ne. 90- Intraductal carc
carcinoma,
inoma, breas
breastt
91- Lymphocytic lymphoma.
92- Reactive follicular hyperplasia L.N

30- Schistosomia
Schistosomias
s is, urinary bla
bladder
dder 93- Hodgkin’
Hodgkin’s
s lympho
lymphom
ma
94-Leukemic infiltrates liver.
96- Colloid goiter
31- Schistosomial hepatic fibro
fibros
s is 97 Primary hy
hyperp
perplasi
lasia(Tox
a(Toxic
ic goi
goiter)
ter)
33- Schwannoma 98- papillary ca, thy

th yroi
roidd gla
gland
nd
34-Leiomyoma 99- Meningio
Menin giomma
35-Lipoma
37- Chrondroma.
38- Capillary
C apillary hem angio
ngiom
ma
39- Cavernous hemangioma
40- Cavernous hemangioma
41- Squamou
Sq uamous
s cell papilloma
42- Adenomatous polyp, large intesine
43- Pericanalicular fibro

fibroaden
adenoma.
oma.
44- Intracanalicular
Intraca nalicular fibro
fibroaadeno
denom
ma
45- Giant cell tumor (osteoclastoma)
46- Fibrosarcoma
48.- Osteosarcoma
50- Benign me
melanocy
lanocytic
tic ne
nevvus . .
51- Nodular
N odular melano
melanom
ma
52- Squamous cell carcinoma
53- Basal cell carcinoma
54- lnv
l nvasive
asive duct carcin
carcinoom a(Sc
a(Scirrh
irrhoous )bre
)breast
ast
56- Aden
denocarcinoma,
ocarcinoma, cocolon
lon
57- Mucoid carcinoma, large intestine
58- Metastatic carcinoma, lymph node
NB: slides of new disorders may be added depending on availability of samples
III-D: LIST OF MUSEUM SPECIMENS: (168 jars)
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
2004/2005
•
Cardiov
Cardiovascular
ascular system: 29 Jars
• Res piratory s ys tem : 18
• GIT: 24
• Hepatobiliary sy system
stems s & pancreat
pancreatic
ic dis
diseases
eases : 17
• Urinary tract
tract,, m ale genital s ys tem and renal pathology :22
• Female genital system & breast dis disorders
orders 20
• Endocrine pathology 3
• Blood diseas es ( peripheral blood and bone marrow disorders) &
Lym
Lym phoret
phoreticular
icular disorders ( ly lym
m ph nodes & spleni
splenicc diseas es) 6
• CNS & PNS 6
• Skeletal s ys tem & joinjointt pathology 15
• Sof
Softt tiss ue 8
III-
III-E:
E: COURSE
C OURSE CONTENTS:
CONTENTS :
A) GENERAL PATHOLOGY
1. INTRODU
INTRODUCTION
CTION TO PAPATHOLOGY
THOLOGY
Pat
Pathology
• hology & its related dis
disciplines
ciplines
2. TECHNICAL POINTERS ON SAMPLE HANDLING, SENDING, PROCESSING &
REPORTING
REPORT ING & quality control of surgsurgical
ical bi
biops
ops y m aterial
How to research a topic How t o w rit rit e a rreview
eview art
art icle on a curr
current
ent t opic, sear
searchin
ching
g&
collec
collectt ion o
off mate
materi
rial
al,, refe
reference
rencess & rresearch
esearch e ett hi
hics
cs
3. INFL
INFLAAMMMMAATION & RE REPAIR
PAIR
a. Acute inflam m ation
b. Chronic inflamm ation
c. Repai
Repairr : Regen
Regeneration-Organiz
eration-Organizationation & heali
healing
ng in s pecial ccondition
onditionss
4. CELL INJURY, ACCUMULATIONS & DEPOSITIONS
• Cell response to injury
injury:: degenerat
degenerativ ive
ec changes
hanges,, necrosis & apoptosis
• Accumulations & storage dis diseases
eases
• Deposi
Depositions,
tions, abnormal calcif
calcificat
ications
ions & abnormal pigmpigmentat
entations
ions
• Diseases of ageing
5. IMMUNE RESPONSE & NON SPECIFIC INFECTIONS
• Imm unity & hy hypers
pers ens itiv
itivity
ity
• Immunodeficiency
• Autoimmunity
• Non s pecific bacterial infections: bactremi
bactremia,a, pyem
pyem ia, s epticem
epticemiaia & tox
toxem
em ia
• Viral infections
6. SPECIFIC
SPEC IFIC INFECTIONS- GR GRA ANU
NULOMA
LOMA
• Bacterial: TB- s yphil
philis
is - lepros y
• Fungal
• Parasitic: Bilharz
Bilharzias
iasis
is
7. FLUID
FLU ID & HHEM
EMODYNA
ODYNAM MIC DDISTURBANCES
ISTURBANCES
• Hy
Hyperemia
peremia – cong
congestion-
estion- edema-t
edema-thrombosis
hrombosis – embolism
• Ischemia – infarc
infarction-
tion- gangrene- hemorrhage-s
hemorrhage-shockhock
8. GROWTH DISTURBANCES & NEOPLASIA
• Hy
Hyperplas
perplas ia- m etaplas ia- dy dyss plas ia- hypertrophy
hypertrophy-atrophy
-atrophy-ham
-ham artoma- tumo
tumor-
r-
like lesions
lesions
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
2004/2005
•
Benign tumors
• Malignant tumors
9. GENETIC, ENVIROM
ENVIROM ENTAL, NUTRITIONAL
NUT RITIONAL DISORDERS
DISORDERS & IONIZING
RADIATION DISORDERS
•Basis of genetic dis
disease-
ease- her
hereditary
editary dis
disorders
orders & congenit
congenitalal mal
malfor
formations
mations
•Env
Environmental
ironmental disorders
•Nutr
Nutritional
itional dis orders: protein calorie mal
malnutr
nutrition
ition – vvitamin
itamin disorders – ttrace
race
element disturbances
•Dis
Disorders
orders of ioniz
ionizing
ing radiation
10. CYTOLOGY
 Ty
Types
pes of sam ples & proper handli
handling,
ng, fixation
fixation of m aterial& necess ary
clinical data
 General ffeatures
eatures of reactiv
reactive,
e, benig
benignn & m alig
alignant
nant cells
 Pitf
Pitfalls
alls in
i n diagnos is & how to interpret a cy
cytology
tology report
11. IMMUNOHISTOCHEMISTRY
12. HOW TO RESEARCH
RESEARCH A TOPIC:
T OPIC: How t o write a review
review article,
article, how to colle
collect
ct data ,
reference writing , using the available resources (library & internet), writing structure
etc……..
B- SYSTEMIC/ SPECIAL PATHOLOGY
Al
Alll diseases
disease s in eaeach
ch organ systems are studi
studied
ed covering :
b) Definitio
Definition,
n, incidence of disea
disease
se ands its epidemiology
c) Etiolog
tiology,
y, pathogenesis & molec
molecular
ular ggenetic
eneticss
d) Morph
Morpholo
ologic
gic aspects: gross & microscopic chang changes
es
e) Fate & compli
complications
cations
f) Oth
Others
ers(( clini
clinical
cal prese
presentation
ntation,, prog
progno
nosis,
sis, manageme
management
nt etc…)
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
2004/2005
System
Systemss studied include the following :
• Cardiov
Cardiovascular
ascular system : Heart and blood ves essels
sels
• Res piratory s ys tem : upper and lowelowerr res
respiratory
piratory tract & lungs
• Gastr
Gastrointestinal
ointestinal trtract
act:: stom
stomach,
ach, sm all and large intestine
• hepatobiliary systems & pancreat
pancreatic ic dis
diseases
eases
• Urinary tract and renal pathology
• Male genital s ys tem
• Female genital system & breast dis disorders
orders
• Endocrine pathology
• Blood diseas es ( peripheral blood and bone marrow disorders) &
Lym
Lym phoret
phoreticular
icular disorders ( lylym
m ph nodes & spleni
splenicc diseas es)
• Skeletal s ys tem, s oft tiss ue, join
jointt pathology & pathology of the s kin
• Peripheral and central nerv nervous
ous sy
sys s tem pathology
IV.. TEACHING
IV TEACHING METHODS:
IV-A
IV-A: METHODS USED:
USE D:
1- Genera
enerall lectures
2- Tutorials, seminars, small group discussions, role playing and
case stud
studies
ies
3- Practical session
sessionss
a- Histopathology
Histopathology slide llab
ab
b- Museum of patholog
pathologyy
c- Post Mortem & ffresh
resh surg
surgical
ical samples
IV-B: METHODS FOR DISABLED STUDENTS:

. No special arrangements
IV-C:
PLAN:
LECTURES
Lecture hall
hallss num bers 11 & 12. Each hall prov
provides
ides s eating for 700
s tudents and the s am
ame e lecture is giv
given
en in ea
each
ch hall o
onn the sa
samm e day by 2 diff
diffe
erent
professors( times 8-9 am /9-10 /10-11 am). Total number of hours 128 hrs per
academic year ( 57 first term and 71 hrs second term). Lectures should be
Illustrated, animated contain video clips or film strips or contain explanatory
diagrams
diagrams and algor
algorit
ithms
hms
TUTORIA
TUT ORIALS
LS / small group activi
a ctiviti
ties
es
28 hours of tut
tutorials
orials (14 hours first ter
term
m and 14 hours se second
cond ter
term).
m). T
To
o be held
after lectures in the PM autops
autopsyy theater adjacent to PatPatholog
hology
y Dept& in mus eum .
Smallll gro
Sma groups
ups m ax
axim
im um 50 s tudents wwill
ill be in
included.
cluded. This would include imp
mpo
ortant
topic
topic discuss
discussion
ionss in sma
small
ll grou
groups,
ps, se
seminars,
minars, cascase
e studi
studies
es & probl
problem
em solv
solving
ing
nd
Di
Disc
scussion
ussion of end of year project and role playing con conducted
ducted in 2 term.
PRACTICAL
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
2004/2005
A) Histopathology
Students are div di vided into
i nto groups of 150-200 an andd giv
given
en a brie
brieff half hour data sh
shoow
on the topics of tthe he wee
week k in the s smm all lecture room of Pathology Dept. on the
s econd floor. They then go down to the s tudents lab for their training in m icr icro
osco
scopy
.
Every
Ev ery 3-4 s students
tudents s hare a box of 66 s lide
share lides sa
and
nd 1 mmicros
icroscope
cope and s pend 2 hours
/ses
/se s s ion
ion.. T
There
here a are
re 2 dai
dailyly s es s ion
ionss1
11-1
1-1 pm and 1 -3 p pm
m. TTotal
otal nu
numm ber of hou
hourrs
st nd
48hours (26 hours 1 term 22hrs 2 term term).
). This would include photos,&
diagrammatic representations of both normal & diseased tissues at the
m icros
icroscopical
copical level and how that dise diseas
asee would b bee at tthe
he lev
level
el of the whole orga
organn
B) Museum
3 Staff
Staff mem bers are respons
responsible ible for demons tration
tration of the jars. St
Students
udents are
divided
divided in
into
to groups o
off 50/ s taff .
th
Museum is located on the 4 floor of the main m ain ttheatr
heatre
e building and student
studentss
spend 2 hours /ses/sessi
sion.
on. T
There
here are 2 daily ses sions
si ons 11-1 pm and 1-3 pm
pm.. Tot
Total
al
st nd
number
num ber of hours 48 hour
hours s (hours 26 1 ter term
m 22 hrs 2 term) total num ber of jar
jars
s
168
C) Postmortem & fresh surgical specimens
Will be display
disp layed
ed before ttutor
utorial
ial s es
ession
sion
Time plan:
Item: Time sc
schedule
hedule Teaching
ea ching hours To tal
hours
Lectures Daily : 8-9 am same lecture 1 hr/day
hr/ day 26 weeks 128
rep eated at 10-11 am
Histopathology Weekly 11-1 pm same 2 hrs x 24weeks 48

session repeated at 1-3 pm
laboratory
Museum Weekly 11-1 pm same 2 hrs x 24 weeks 48
session repeated at 1-3 pm
Postmortem/tutorial Weekly 11-1 pm same 2 hours x 14 28
session repeated at 1-3 pm weeks
TOTAL 252
V. TEACHING & LEARNING FACILITIES:

Facilities used for teaching t his course iinclude
Facilities nclude::
1. Projector slide
slidess covering
co vering all slide
slidess in slide
slide box
2. Set of slides
slides fo
forr eac
eachh 4 sstt udents to be u usse d throu
throughou
ghoutt t he year and
handed in before finals
3. Data show
4. Ove
Overh rhead
ead proje
projector
ctor
5. Museum specimens
6. Fr
Fresh
esh surgi
surgical
cal spec
speciimen
menss
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
2004/2005

The minimum acceptable attendance is 75%, Students who fail to meet
their attendance requirements are not allowed to sit for their final exams.
V-B: ASSESSMENT TOOLS:
TOOL PURPOSE
Written
Wr itten exam: Assessment of knowledge & understanding
Oral exam Assessment of knowledge understanding & attitudes
Practical exam As s essment of descri
descriptive
ptive & diagno
diagnos
s tic abilitie
abilities
s and theory
application
Log book Assessment of attendance- discussion participation-
quizzes/drills evaluation
4Quizzes & 4drills in
4Quizzes Assessment of knowledge & understanding
practical class
2 Assignments
Assignments & 1 end of Assessment of knowledge & understanding
year project in tutorial Assessment of life long learning skills & presentation skills
VI-C: TIME SCHEDULE:
TERM EXAMS: A 3 hour hou r written ex

exam
am Is held in January and covers topics
present in general path course another term exam is held in March duration 1.30
hrs
FINAL EXAM
A) Written 3 hour exam covers topitopic
cs p
prres ent in s pecia
peciall pathology and sel
selecte
ected
d
topics in general pathology
B) Pract
Practical
ical ex
exam
am of 50 min
mins
s durati
duration
on ( 4 ja
jarrs , 1 fresh autopsy speci
specim
m en and 4
slides& 1 report/technical)
C) Oral ex
exam
am 10-15 m ins
Exam
xaminatio
ination:
n: Mark s allo
Marks allocate
catedd
Term ex
exam
am I January 40
Term ex
exam
am II M
March
arch 20
Final ex
exam
am Ma y
Written 100
Oral 40
Practical 100
4 Quizzes
Quizzes , 4 drills, end of year project 1 formative
TOTAL 300
o The m inimum p pa
assi
ssinng score is ( 60% ) prov
provided
ided at least 30 mark
marks
s are obtained
in the final
fina l writt
written
en exam
o Passing grades are: EXCELLENT >85%, VERY GOOD 75- <85%, GOOD 65-
<75% and FAIR 60- <65%.
FORMATIVE ASSESSMENT ONLY:
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
2004/2005
Quizzes , drills, end

Quizzes en d o
off year project: student should pass a mi
minimum
nimum of
4 quiz
q uizz
zes / drills & the end of year project should be accepted as
adequate by supervisor
Exam
xamin
ination:
ation: DESCRIPT
DESCRIPTION ION Mark
Markss allocated
Term exam I (2hrs
(2hrs ) Written
Writ ten 2 hhour
our exam cov
covering
ering 40
topics in
i n general pathology
1essay- 6 short questions- 20 true
or false
fal se & MCQ
Term ex
e xam II (1.
(1.30hrs)
30hrs) Written 1.30 Hr ex
Written exam
am topic
topicss
special Pathology 6 short 20
questio
questi ons- 20 true or ffalse
alse & M
MCQ
CQ
Final exam
exam 240
- Written Written 3 h
Written hour
our exam cov
covering
ering 100
(3hrs) topics in general & special
pathology 1essay 9 s hort
questio
questi ons- 20 true or fals
false
e&M MCQCQ
+ short
sho rt ca
cas
se
Oral covering topics in general & 40
10-15min s pecial patholog
pathologyy. 2 ex
exam
am ine
inerrs
Practical 4 unknown slides
slides + M
MCQ
CQ on s lide 100
(50min) 4 jars
jars + MCQ on Jar
1 fresh
fres h autop
autops
s y s peci
pecim
m en+ MCQ
on speci
spe cimen
men
1 pathology report or technical
question
TOTAL 300

VII-A BASIC MATERIALS
 Departm
Department
ent books: av
availa
ailable
ble at ffaculty
aculty books hops & in tthe
he departme
department:
nt: principl
principlees
of general & sspecial
pecial pathology parts 1 &2 - color at atlas
las es of Gross Pathology and
His topathology G. Nada et al .
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
2004/2005
 Box of 68 slides to be use

usedd during the academ ic y
year
ear and returned to departme
departmen
nt
before practical exam
exam
VII-B SUGGESTED MATERIAL
 Departm
Departmentent tutorials & practical data shows , av
availab
ailable
le in tthe
he departmen
department:t:
 Recom m ended Tex Textbook
tbook : Bas
Basic
ic Pat
Patholog
hologyy by Kum
Kumar, ar, Cotran & Robbi
Robbinsns - or
General & sys ys temi
temicc pathology J.C.
J.C.E
E Underwoo
Underwood d 3d edition Liv Livings
ings tone- or Muir’s
Pathology.. Availab
Pathology ailable
le at faculty books
bookshops
hops & main library
 Lect
Lecture
ure CDs av available
ailable in the depar
department
tment on rrequest
equest
 Important web s ites
http://www.pathmax.com/
http://www-medlib.med.utah.edu/WebPath/LABS/LABMENU.html#2
http://www.med.uiuc.edu/PathAtlasf/titlePage.html
http://www.medscape.com/pathologyhome
http://www.gwumc.edu/dept/path/2F.HTM
Cairo University
Faculty of Medicine
Department of Otorhinolaryngology
Course speci
specifi
ficc ati
ations
ons
Ear, Nose and throat (E.N.T.)
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
2004/2005
4th year of M.B. & B.Ch. program

Allo
Allo cated marks: 200 marks
Coursee durat
Cours duratiion: 6 w eeks
eeks of teac
teaching
hing w ith a final end of year examinati
examination
on
Total
Tot al teac
teaching
hing hour
hours:
s: 120 hrs lec
ectur
turee hrs:
rs :48 c lin ic al hrs
hrs::60 sur
surgical
gical hrs:12
course director Prof. Dr. Taher Soliman
Head of ENT Department
Teaching
Teac hing st
staff:
aff: 39 prof
profeess
ssors,
ors, 22 Ass
ssiistan
stantt prof
profeess
ssoors and 17 lecturers
ec turers
I. AIM OF THE COURSE

• To provide students with an appropriate background covering the common and important
ENT emergencies and diseases as well as related head and neck disease in children and
adults.
• To enable students to obtain a detailed history from patients and experience clinical ENT
and head and neck examination and be familiar with recent methods of diagnosis and
p ro
rop
p er manage
manageme
ment
nt and indications of sp ecia
ecialist
list referral.
referral.
II-1 Knowledge and Understanding:
By the
t he end
end of the
t he course,
course, student
st udentss sshould
hould be able
able to:
1. Describe the causes of the common ENT emergencies and disorders and the methods of
transmission of common
common ENT infection.
infection.
2. Describe the clinical sy mptoms and signs
signs of t he most
most important ENT disorders.
3. Determine the appropriate diagnostic tools and therapeutic lines for the most important
ENT disorders including
including app licabl
licablee rece
re cent
nt modalit
modalities.
ies.
4. Out
Outline
line the manage
management
ment p riorities for different ENT emerg
emergencies.
encies.
5. Recognize different rehabilitation methods for the common permanent handicapping
problems in ENT.
6. Explain the relationship between some general symptoms or illness and ENT disease and
the intera
int eraction
ction between ENT and other specia
specialties.
lties.
II-2: Cl
Clini
ini cal
cal S kills:
By the
t he end
end of the
t he course,
course, student
st udentss sshould
hould be able
able to:
7. Take pro
p rop
p er history from p atients
atients with
w ith ENT
ENT and related
related head & neck proble
p roblems.
ms.
8. Perform adequate clinical examination for ENT and head & neck patients and identify
diversions
diversions from normal and use equipme
equip ments
nts availa
available
ble t o a prima
p rimary
ry care
care prac
p ractt itioner.
9. Present patients
p atients da
data
ta in an organized
organized and infor mat
mat ive manner.
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
2004/2005
10. Suspect complications of major diseases beyond the capacities of general practitioner and
determine
determine when to refer them
t hem to sp ecial
ecialist.
ist.
II-3: Intelle
nte llectua
ctuall Sk
S kills:
By the
t he end
end of the
t he course,
course, student
st udentss sshould
hould be able
able to:
11. Interpret the most important symptoms and signs of disease in ENT and head & neck
patients.
12. Formulate appropriate management plans for individual patients presenting with the most
common ENT and related head & neck disorders.
II-4 General Skills:

By the
t he end
end of course, student
st udent should be able
able to:
13. Comm
Communicate
unicate p rop
rop erly wi
w ith patients
p atients to have releva
relevant
nt data relat
relat ed to t heir
heir p roble
roblems.
ms.
II-5: Attitude:
By the
t he end
end of the
t he course,
course, the
t he studen
st udentt s should be able to:
14. React kindly and respectively to the patients during history taking and clinical
examination.
III-1: Top
To pi cs:
No. of hrs.
Topic % Total Practical/
hrs. Total Lectures
S mall
mall groups
1 Ear 32.8 39 ½ 16 ½ 23
2- Nose 27 33 12 21
3- Pharynx 17.6 21 ½ 7½ 14
4-Oesophagus 2.9 3½ 1½ -
5-Larynx 15.8 19 9 10
6- Neck 2.9 3½ 1½ 2
48 hrs 72 hrs .
Total 120
40% 60 %
III-2: Clinical Cases:

• Wax
• F.B in the ear.
External Ear:- • Acute diffuse ot itis external.
external.
• Furunculosis.
• Otomycosis.
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
2004/2005
• Acute suppurative otitis

ot itis media
media
• Chronic non supportive
supp ortive oti
ot it is media.
media.
Middle ear:-
• Chronic suppurot ive otitis
otitis media
media and complic
comp lications.
ations.
• Otosclerosis
• Nasal obstruction.
• Nasal polypi and antrochoanal polyp.
Nose :-
• Atro
At rop
p hic rhini
rhinitis
tis and rhinoscleroma.
rhinoscleroma.
• Snoring and slee
sl eep
p apnea.
Pharynx:- • Acute and chronic transillitits.
• Dyshagia.
Larynx:- • Hoarseness – stridor – trachestomy.
IV. TEACHING METHODS:
IV-1: Methods Used:

1. Lectures.
2. Clinical rounds
“Small
“Small group t eachi
eachin
n g, p ract
ract ice
ice of c linical
linical skills,
ski lls, data show p resentat
resentat ions” includi
includin
ng
p ic
ictt ures & video
video clips showing eme
emerr gency
gency cases
cases not seen in wards or outpatient
outp atient clinics
clinics
• ENT wards 4 day
day s / wee
w eek.
k.
•
Outpatients clinic 1 day/week.
• Livee & vide
Liv v ideotap
otap ed surgical
surgical demonstrations
demonst rations Once
O nce/wee
/week
k (12 hrs)
hrs )
IV-2:
V-2: Methods for Disab
Dis abled
led St
S tudents:
No sp ecial
ecial arr
arrange
angement
mentss are avai
avai lable
lable
IV-3: Teaching Plan:

Lectures: Lectures
Lectures halls in tthe
he outp atient ENT cli
clinic
nic from 11-12.30 am.
am.
Clinical rounds: Each term, students are divided into five equal groups each group being
assigned to one of the ENT units that constitute the department.
Live & videotaped surgical presentations.
Time Plan:
Item: Time schedule

schedule Teaching hours Tota
otall hours
Theore
Theo retical
tical lecture Daily 11.00-12.30 am 1 ½ hrs x 32 lectures 48 hrs.
Clincial Training 5 days/week
day s/week 9.00-11.00 (2x5) x 6 weeks 60 hrs.
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
2004/2005
Li
Live
ve an
andd 1/week 9.00-11.00
9.00-11.0 0 2 hrs x 6 weeks 12 hrs.
videotaped surg
su rgery
ery
TOTAL 120 hrs.
V. T EACHING FACILITIES :
• Lecture halls:
rd
- One in the 3 floor connected
connected to the op eration
eration theat
theat re with audio visual connec
connections
tions
(Capacity 250 students).
- Two
Tw o in the
t he outpat
outpatien
ientt clinic
clinic “air cconditioned
onditioned supp lie
liedd with
wit h data show”.
With capacit
capacit y of 80 students “the first one” & 60 studnest udnets
ts “the
“ the second one”.
one”.
•
Small group classes: Five “three

students. “t hree in dept.
dep t. 13 & two
tw o in dep
dep t . 36” eac
each
h has the cap
capac
acity
ity of 50
• A computer
comput er is availa
available
ble in the
t he outpa
outp at ient
ient cli
clinic
nic to be connect
connected
ed with the
t he dat
dat a show.
• Clinical facilities; “in the outpatient clinic:
- 6 smal
s malll examina
examinatt ion rooms.
rooms .
- 2 big examination rooms prepared with 2 well equipped units available for 4
p atients
atients simatone
simatoneousl
ously
y.
- Endoscopy unit with camera and monitor to allow the students to visualized
endoscpic examination of ear, nose, pharynx & Larynx.
- About 30 otoscopes that could be used by students to examine patient’s ear.
The minimum acceptable attendance is 75%; students who fail to attend that percentage of
activities will not be allowed to take the end of term examination. They may be allowed to take it
during a subsequent term if they satisfy the required attendance, otherwise the marks allocated for
the end of term examination would be recorded as a proportion from the final written examination
score. Student
Studentss need to attend
at tend at least
least 60% in order to sit
s it ffor
or the
t he final
final exam
examination.
ination.
VI-2:
I-2: Assessm
Assess men
entt Tools
Tools::
TOOL PURPOSE
Writt en ex
examinat
amination
ion Assess
As sessment
ment of knowledg
knowledgee and underst anding
andin g. (Out comes
comes
# 1-6)
Oral examination
examination Assessme
Ass essment
nt of Knowledge
Knowledge and und
understanding
erstanding.. (Outcom
(Out comes
es
# 1-6)
Clinical
Clinical case Assessme
Ass essment
nt of clinic
clinical
al skills as well as intellectual skills
ski lls &
att
attitude
itude (Outcomes
(Outcomes 7-15)
VI-3: Time Schedule:
Term examination:
examination: held
held 5 times
t imes / y ear
ear at t he end
end of each
each rotation.
rot ation.
Final examination at the end of academic year for all students.
VI.4
I.4 Granding
Granding S ystem:
ystem:
Examination:
Examination: M arks al
alloc
located
ated
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
2004/2005
Term examination
examination Written
Writt en exam
exam 40
Final examination
examination Written
Writt en 80
Clinical 40
Oral 40
TOTAL 200
• The minimum passing score is 120 marks provided at least 24 marks are obtained in the
finall written
fina writ ten examin
examin ation.
• Passing grades are: EXCELLENT > 85%, VERY GOOD 75-<85%, GOOD 65-<75% and
FAIR 60-<65%.
VI-5 Examination Description:

Examination
Examination Descript ion M arks
End of term
t erm Written
Writt en A 1 hour written p ap er comp
comp osed 40
(40 marks) of short assay type questions.
Written
Writt en (80marks)
(80marks) A 1 hour written p ap er comp
comp osed 80
of short essay type questions.
One covering the ear.
Second covering the nose.
l
a Third covering the pharynx
p harynx &
n
i
F larynx
Oral & Clinical One case. 40
Practical
(80 Mark
M arks)
s)
Oral One oral examination
examination st
stations.
ations. 40
200
VII. LEARNING
LEARNING AND REF ERE
RENC
NC E MAT
MAT ERIAL
RIA LS :
VII-1 Basic Materials:
• Standard departme
depart ment
nt books: Available
Available for st udents t o p urchase
urchase from different
different bookshops at
the faculty.
• Overhead projections, slides and computer presentations including data show used during
clinical and theoretical teaching.
• C.T. sca
s cans,
ns, MRI films
films and endoscopes.
VI. 2: Suggested Materials:

• CD-Room containin
containin g top
topics
ics and presentat
presentations
ions in ENT and related
related head
head & neck disorders.
• Videotap
ideotap es for clinical training
trainin g and
and opera
op erations.
tions.
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
2004/2005
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
2004/2005
Cairo University
Faculty of Medicine
Department of Ophthalmology
OPHTHALMOLOGY
Fourth year of M.B. & B. Ch. program

Course duration: 6 weeks of teaching, with one term exam and a final end of year
exam
Total teaching hours: I 08 hours in general lectures and clinical course
Course director: Prof Dr. Osama el Hofy
Head of the Ophthalmic Department
Teaching staff: 37 professors, 27 assistant professors, 43 lecturers.
I-AIM OF THE COURSE:
• To enable students to be familiar with normal structure of the eye.
• To enable students to give basic health care and preventive measures to limit
endemicc diseases
endemi diseases
• To enable students
student s to re
recc ognize co
common
mmon ccauses
auses of visual llos
osss and th
thei
eirr
management
• To enable students to recognize emergency cases and guidelines for referral
to the spec
speciiali
alist
st .
2-1-- IIN
2-1 NTENDE
TENDED
D LEARNI
LEARNING
NG O UT
UTCO
COME
MES
S:
1- Describe appropriate management for common diseases affecting the eye

2- Outline the management of emergencies and priority of management
3- Describe the causes and pathogenesis of the most important ophthalmic
diseases
4- Desc
Descri
ribe
be the ccllin ic al symptoms and si
signs
gns of com
common
mon o
occ ul
ular
ar di
diseases
seases..
5- Describe the clinical symptoms and signs of ocular manifestations
asso
ass oc iated w
wiith ssy ystemic diseases.
6- Desc
Descri
ribe
be the ccause
ausess and pathogenesis of the most common ophthal
ophthalmi
micc
problems.
7- Determine the appropriate diagnostic tools to aid in the diagnosis of
common ophthalmic problems
8- Determine therapeutic lines for important and basic ophthalmic health
care.
11-2: CLINICAL SKILLS

By the end of the cours
course,
9- Perform a proper clinical assessment of the ophthalmic problems
10- Recogniz
Recognizee different ophthalmic emergencies
11- Take a proper
proper hi
hist
story
ory for the patient
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
2004/2005
12- Perform adequate basic ophthalmic examination to identify deviations

from normal.
13- Present patient data in an organized and informative manner
11-3: INTE
INTELL
LLEEC TUAL SKILLS
By the end of the cours
course,
e, students should be able to
14- Interpret the most important symptoms and signs of diseases in
ophthalm
ophthalm ic pati
patients
ents
15- Interpret basic investigations related to important ocular diseases
COURSE CONTENTS:
111-1: TOPICS
1. PRE
PREVV ENT
ENTIVIV E O PHTH
PHTHALMOLOALMOLOG GY
a. Integrated management
management of ophthal
ophthalmi
micc di
diseases
seases
b. Prevention
Pr evention of iinfec
nfectious
tious and endemic di
diseas
seases
es of the eye
2. OPHTHALMIC EMER EMER GENCI ES
a. Recognition
Recognition of emergenc
emergenciies affecting the eye
b. Recognition of trauma affecting the eye and the first-aid management
C. Recogniti
Recognition
on of c ases needi
needing
ng rreferral
eferral to speciali
specialized
zed ccenters.
enters.
111-2: CLINICAL CASES

1 Diseas
Diseases
es of the eyel
eyeliids and lac
achrym
hrymalal sys
system
tem
2. Diseases
Diseases of the c onj
onjunc
unctitiva
va and c ornea
3. Diseas
Diseases
es of the iris and the llens
ens
4. Diseas
Diseases
es of the retina with spec ial emphas
emphasiis on thos
thosee related to systemic diseases
5. Recogniti
Reco gnition
on of refr
refrac
active
tive errors of the eye aand
nd thei
theirr basic management
6. Recogniti
Reco gnition
on of chem
chemiic al and traumatic iinjur
njuriies and their
their first-
first-ai
aid
d management
IV- 1: TEACHING METHO

IV-1: METHO DS
I . Lectures
2. Clin
Clin ic al rounds
(Small group teaching, practice of clinical skills, video demonstration of basic
operative
operati ve proc edures to aid students in understandi
understanding
ng the c on
oncc ept of surgery)
3. Ophthalm
Ophthalm ic iinpatient
npatient w ards
4.
Outpatient clinics
IV-2: METHODS FOR DISABLED STUDENTS
IV-3:
IV- 3: TEACHING P
PLA
LAN
N
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
2004/2005
1. Lectures: The whole course is given to 5 groups throughout the

academic year.
2. Clinical rounds and tuttutorial
orials:
s: Each term, students arc divided into 6
groups attending outpatient clinics and inpatient rounds and students arc
allowed to attend operative procedures (elective).
Time plan:
a) Lectures: 36 hours
b) Clinical rounds: 2 hours/day, 6 days a week, for 6 weeks
c) Skills: Basic clinical evaluation during clinical and outpatient attendance
Total teaching hours clinical and lectures: 108 hours
V-STUDENT ASSESSMENT:
V1:ATTENDANC
V1:ATTENDANCEE CRI
CRITE
TERIA:
RIA:
The minimal acceptable attendance is 75%, students who fail to attend that
percentage of activities are not allowed to take the end of term examination.
They may be allowed to fulfill the required attendance and attend
examination in a subsequent term. Students need to attend at least 60% in
order to sit for the final exam.
V-2: ASSESS
ASSESSMENTMENT TOOOOLS:
LS:
1. Written examination:
2. Oral examination
3. Clinical examination (spotting of5 clinical cases)
4. Spotting of5 projected clinical cases
V-3: TI ME SC
SCHE
HEDD ULE:
1. Term exams, held 5 times per year
2. Final exam at the end of the aacc ademic year for all st
students.
udents.
V-4 GRADING SYS SYSTEM:

TEM:
1. Te rm eexam:
xam: 50 marks
2. Final e xam:
a. Written: 150 marks
b. Oral and clinical: 50 marks
Total score: 250 marks
The minimal passing score is 30% in the written exam and 60% of the total
including clinical and oral.
V-5: EX A MINATIO
INATIONN D ESCRI
SCRIPTIO
PTION
N:
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
2004/2005
1. End of term (50 marks)

a. Clinical
b. Illustrative
c. Oral
2. Final written Exam: (150 marks)
a. Time of exam: 3 hours
b. Type of written exam: short essays
3. Final oral and clinical exam (50 marks).
VI: LEARNI
LEARNINNG A ND R EFE
EFER
R ENC
ENCEE MA TERIAL
1. Department book available at the ophthalmic department

2. Li
List
st of rec
recoommended reference books
3. Overhead projection slides
4. CD rom given
given to students free of ccharge
harge
5. Suggested refe
referenc
rencee books:
a. Kanski clinical ophthalmology
b. American academy series
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
2004/2005
Faculty of Medicine - Cairo University

Depa
De partment
rtment of Forensi
Forensicc Medic
Medicii ne and ClinicalToxicology
Coursee spec
Cours speciif icati
ca tions
ons
Courrs e Title:
Cou Title : Fore
Fore nsic Me
M e dicine
icine and Clin
Clinical Toxicolog
Toxicologyy
Fourth year of MB & BCh program
2004-2005
Allocatee d M
Allocat Mar
arks
ks: 200
Course Duration: 6 weeks with final end year exam.
Total Teaching Hours: 144 Hours (80 hr lectures, 64 hr practical and small group work)
Course Director: Professor Dr. Ali Gamal El-Din
Teaching Staffs:
Professor Dr. Ali Gamal El-Din
Professor Dr. Nadia Kotb
Professor Dr.Saeid Abou El Nasr
Professor Dr.Dina Ali shoukry
Professor Dr.Ashraf Mohamed Saleh
Ass.Professor Dr.Alaa Abdel hameed McDad
Ass.Professor Dr.Abla Abdel Meguid Attia
Ass.Professor Dr.Manal Mohei Eldin
Ass.Professor Dr.
Dr.Hala
Hala Saeid
Saeid Z ag
aghlool
hlool
Ass.Professor Dr.Safaa Gamal Eldin
Ass.Professor
Ass .Professor Dr.Hoda
D r.Hoda Abdel Hameed
Hameed ElGhamry
ElGhamry
Lecturer Dr.Randa Mohei Eldin EL Shinawy
Lecturer
Lecturer Dr.Heba Kotb
Kot b
Lecturer Dr.Shereen Ghaleb
Lecturer Dr.Abla Abdel Rahman
Lecturer
Lecturer Dr.Abee
Dr.A beerr Ahme
A hmedd Zayed
Z ayed
Lecturer Dr.Amny Salah
Lecturer Dr. Mohmed Adely
Ass. Lecturer Alaa Shehab
Ass. Lecturer Eman

Ass. Lecturer Dina Soliman
GabAlla
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
2004/2005
AIM OF THE COURSE
The aim of the course

course is:
is :
1. To
T o provide basic
basic back
back ground of d ifferent
ifferent me
med
d ic
ico
o llega
egall aspec
asp ects
ts of living and dea
d ead
d individu
ind ividuals
als
2. To provide basic knowledge of medical ethics and malpractice
3. To provide
p rovide abili
ability
ty to dia
diag gnose and manage intoxicat
intoxicat ed pat
patien
ients
ts..
INTEND
INTEND ED LE
LEAR
ARNNI NG OUTCO
OUTCOME
MES
S
knowledge and Understanding:

By the end of the course the student must be able to:
1. -Describe different
different medic
medicoo legal
legal asp ects
ects of living
living and dead individuals reg
re gardin g p ersonal
identifica
identification,
tion, dia gnosis of death,
death, causes
causes and manne
m annerr of deat
death,
h, p os
ostmort
tmortem
em chang
changeses and
differentiation
diffe rentiation between typ es of wounds.
2. Ex
Expp lain medi
medicolegal
colegal (M L) aspects
asp ects of different cases of sexual
sexual offences.
offen ces.
3. Ex
Exp p lai
lain
n maternal
maternal morbidity
morbidity and mortality
mortality from M L p oint of view
4. Exp
Exp la
lain
in variou
v ariouss medico
med icolele gal asp ect
ect s of malpractice
malpractice
5. Describe basic background of medical ethics
6. Li
List
st different
different classes
classes of common to xic substances and environme
environmental
ntal p ollutant
ollutantss
7. Ex
Expp la
lain
in the c ircumstances
ircumstances of into xication, t ox oxic
ic doses, toxic kinetics
kin etics clin
clin ical picture,
p icture,
differential
diffe rential diag
dia gnosis of different
differ ent drugs and toxic subst ances.
ances.
8. Ex
Expp la
lain
in initial app
ap p rop
rop riate first
first aid
aid trea
t reatment
tment and antidotal measures
measures for different
different dru
drug gs and
toxic substances.
Practical Skills:
9. Identify living
living and dead individ
ind ividuals
uals
10. Diag
Diagnose
nose dea
d eath
th by different
different cli
clinical
nical and investigatory methods.
11. Determine time of death through assessment
assessment of p ost mort
mort em change
changess
12. Identify different
different causes
causes of death
death and ma
manner
nner of death
de ath as well.
well.
13. Examine different wounds and injuries and write a proper primary wound report
14. M ake p reli
relime
menary
nary t ests for blood grouping and
and tox
t oxicolo
icologgi ca
call scree
scr een
n
Intellectual Skills:
15. Rec
Reco
o gnize common ethical dilemmas and suggest a p rop rop er solution.
16. Analyz
Analyzee case scenario
scenario of clinical forensic med
med ic
icine
ine and recog
reco gnize thei
t heirr medico legal
aspects.
17.
18. Analyz
Analyze
Analyzeee different
Analyz differe
case nt proble
prio
roblems
case scenario
scena ofms of malpr
matlprac
intoxicat
intoxica ed act
t ices
icient
patien
pat est and formulate
formulate trea
t reatment
tment p la
lan.
n.
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
2004/2005
COURSE
COURSE CONT ENTS
FO RENS IC MEDIC
I. FO MEDICINE
INE
TOPIC No. OF HOURS
TOTAL
TO TAL LECTU
LECTURES
RES PRACTICAL
1.Identification (Of 9 4 5 (M useum &
Living
Livi ng And Decea
Deceased
sed ) Morgue)
2. Death ( Manner Of 11 6 5 (M useum &
Death,
Dea th, Ml Aspec
Aspects
ts Of Morgue)
Brain Death , Death
Under Anesthesia,
Estimation Of
Postmortem
Post mortem Interval)
3. Ml Aspects Of Sudden 2 1 1 (M orgue)
orgue)
Death
4. ML Aspects Of 16 8 8 (M useum &
Wounds (Fire Arm Causality
Injuries, Head Injuries,
Department)
Thermal Injuries,
Injuries Of Other Parts
Of The Body,
T ransportation
ransportation Injuries)
5. Paternity 5 2 3 (Lab.)
Investigations
6. Ml Aspects Of Child 7 3 4 (M useum &
Abuse And Domestic Morgue)
Violence (Ml Conflict)
7.DNAEvidence 3 1 2 (Lab.)
8. Sexual Offences 4 2 2 (M useum)
9. ML Aspects Of 4 2 2 (M useum)
Abortion
10. ML ASPECTS OF 3 1 2 (M useum)
Pregnancy And
DELIVERY
11-Violent Asphyxia 4 2 2 (M useum)
12-ML Aspects Of 4 2 2 (M useum &
Suspected Death In Morgue)
Childhood
13. Medical Ethics 6 3 3 (Case Studies)
14. Malpractice 6 3 3 (Case Studies)
TOTAL 84 40 43
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
2004/2005
TOXICOLOGY
TOPIC NO. OF HOURS

TOTAL LECTURES PRAC
PRAC TICA
TICALL
1. CLASSIFICATION
OF POISONS
4 4
2.
TOXICOKINETICS
2 2
3. FOCUSED
CLINICAL
8 4 4 (Model
(Mode ls &
EXAMINATION OF Case Stud
Stud ies).
A POISONED
PATIENT
4. MANAGEMENT
OF AN
INTOXICATED 8 4 4 (Model
(Mode
Case Stuldsies).
Stud &
PATIENT
5. HOUSEHOLD
HOUSEHOLD
INTOXICATION
6 4 2 (Lab. &
(CORROSIVES, Case Stud
Stud ies)
INSECTICIDES,
BLEACHING
SUBSTANCES))
SUBSTANCES
6. MEDICAL
T OXICOLOGY (CNS
OXICOLOGY (CNS
12 8 4 (Lab.
(Lab. &
DEPRESSANTS
DEPRESS ANTS AND Case Stud
Stud ies).
STIMULANTS-
ANALGESICS
ANTIPYRETICS-
OPIOIDS-
ANTICHOLINERGIC
AND
CARDIOVASCULAR
DRUGS)
7. INHALANTS (CO,
CO2, CYANIDE)
6 4 2 (Lab. &
Case Stud
Stud ies).
8. VOLATILE
POISONS(( ETHYL
POISONS
6 4 2 (Lab. &
AND METHYL Case Stud
Stud ies).
ALOCHOL AND
KEROSENE)
9. SUBSTANCES OF
ABUSE
4 2 2 (Lab. &
Case Stud
Stud ies).
10. Environmental
Pollutants
TOTAL
4 4
60 40 20
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
2004/2005
TEACHING AND LEARNING METHODS
METHODS USED:
1. Lectures
2. Small group discussions using role play,
play , models,
models, demonstration
demonstrat ion (slides
(slides and p hotograp
hotograp hs-
M useum spec
sp ecime
imens
ns and Vi
Vid
d eo films), case study
3. Clin
Clinical
ical visit to faculty
faculty morgue
morgue
4. Clinical visit to Casuality department
DISABLED STUDENTS
1. Video films
2. Radio tapes
3. We
Webb sites
sit es
Teaching Plan
Item Time S ched
he dule Teaching Hours Total Hours
Lectures 80
Theoretical
Th eoretical Lect
Lect ure Halls of t he Daily
Daily (12-2 p m) 72
Faculty
Group Discussions Lecture
Lecture Halls of the 2 Hours /4 Weeks
Weeks 8
Department
Practi
Practical
cal 2-4 pm 64
M useum M useum of the 4 Hours
Hours// 5 Weeks
Weeks 20
Department
M orgue
orgue Kasr El-Aini M orgue
orgue 2 Hours / 3 Weeks
Weeks 6
Causality Kasr El-Aini Causality 2 Hours / 3 Weeks
Weeks 6
Department Dep.
Lab
Lab Department
Dep artment Lab.
Lab. 4 Hours / 4 Weeks
Weeks 16
Case Studies Lect
Lect ure Halls of t he 4 Hours / 4 Weeks
Weeks 16
Department
TEACHING AND LEARNING FACILITIES

1. Department lab.
2. Faculty
Faculty lectures
lectures halls
3. Department
Dep artment lect
lect ures halls
halls
4. M useum hall
5. Faculty morgue
6. Casuality departments
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
2004/2005
STUDENT ASSESSMENT
TOOLS PURPOSE
1. Written exams ( essay- short questions- To evaluate 1-8&15-18 of ILOS
M CQ- T rue and false
false questions& Problem
solving)
2 Log Book To assess 9-13
3. Practical
Practical exams To assess 9-14
4. Oral exams
exams To evaluat
evaluat e 1-8&15-18
Grading System:
Examination
Examination M arks all
alloca
ocated
ted
Term exam written 30
practical 20
Final exam written
writ ten 100
practical 20
oral 30
Total 200
Examination
xamin ation Description
Description
Examination
Examination Descript ion M arks
writt en Short
Short essays,(3
essays ,(3Q)
Q) 15
Term exam MCQ,(10) 5
True or False
F alse(5)
(5) 5
Matching(2*5) 5
p ractical Spott
Spotting
ing (5 10
specimens)
Short
Short wound report 5
From casuality
department
Prelimenary test 5
Final e xam oral Forensic
Forens ic M edicine
edicine 15
Toxicology 15
written Essays
Long (2) 30
Short,(10Q) 50
Problem solving(2) 20
p ractical Spott
Spotting
ing (5 5
specimens)
Long wound 10
report(Museum 5
specimens)
Prelimenary test
200Marks
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
2004/2005
LEARNIN
LEARNI NG A ND R
REFREN
EFRENC
C E MATE
MATERI
RIALS
ALS
BASIC:
1. Department books
2. Museum Atlas
3. Practical Book
S UGGE
UGGESS TED
TED MAT
MAT ERIALS
ERIALS :
Suggested text books
1. Forensic Medicine Encyclopedia
2. Forensic Pathology of Mayo
3. Princi
Princip
p les
les of Clinical Toxicolo
Toxicolo gy
4. Em
Emerge
ergenn cy Toxicol
Toxicoloo gy
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
2004/2005

Community Medicine& Public Health Department
Courss e Spe
cifications

Undergraduate Program
2004- 2005
Introduction::
Introduction
Thee p ublic health and community medicine

Th medicine course addresses four major domains necess
necessary
ary for
preparing a physician in carrying out his/her responsibilities in a primary health care setting
including acquiring basic public
p ublic health sciences
sciences skills,
skills, analy
analy t ical
ical skills, policy
p olicy and organizat
organizational
ional
skills, communication skills, and cultural skills. These include: Epidemiological and quantitative
measurement; communication and health behaviors; principles of management; occupational and
environmental health . Additionally students are introduced to important topics such as: nutrition,
mental
mental health, reproductive
r eproductive health,
health, and
and heal
healtt h of the elderly needy.. Goals of p ublic heal
elderly and the needy healtt h
course have been
been stated
stat ed to:
o Influence students to adopt a healthy lifestyle and sound behaviors to become role models for
the individuals, families, and the communities they will serve in the future.
o Prepare
Prep are a comm
community
unity –oriented
–oriented p hy
hysici
sician
an cap
cap able
able of anticipating
anticipat ing and responding to community
community
health needs within the primary health care (PHC) setting according to the policies, regulations
and guide
guideline
liness of M OHP.
OHP .
o Develop a graduate who will apply knowledge and skills learned, and is able to take leadership
in motivating the community
community served.
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
2004/2005
The public health course is divided into three sections which are taught on three successive
educational years: third, fourth and fifth years. Course specifications for each year are stated
successively including:
including:
 Course aims
 Course Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO’s)
 Course contents
 T eaching
eaching and learning methods
 Teaching and learning facilities
 Student Assessment
 Learning reference material

Facul
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
2004/2005
Courss e Spe
cifications
Course Title
Title::
th
4 Year of MBBcH Program
2004- 2005
Course duration: about 7 wee
w eeks
ks
Total teaching hours:
h ours: 45 hours:
Lectt ures:
Lec 40 hrs
Practical: 2 hrs
Field t raining:
raining: 3 hrs
Course Di
Directo
rector:
r: Professor Dr. Salwa
Salwa Abdel Azee
Az eem
m
Professor and Chairperson of Community M edici
edicine
ne &
Public Health Department
Teaching Staff: 16 Professors, 9 Assistant Professors, 7 Lecturers,

12 Assistant Lecturers, 12 Demonstrators
I- Course Aims
1- Prepare a community- oriented physician capable of implementing preventive and
control measures for common communicable diseases on the individual, family and
community levels and within the primary health care (PHC) setting following MOHP
policies and protocols.
2- Develop a graduate who is aware about the potential emerging/ threatening diseases and
who can act as the first line of defense and management.
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
2004/2005
II- Course Intended Learni

Learning
ng Outcomes (ILO’s
(ILO’s))
1- Knowledge and understanding
2- Professional & intellectual skills
3- Genera
Generall skills and att
att itude
1- Know
Knowle
le dg
dgee and Und
Understan
erstanddin
ingg
By the end of the program, the student should be able to:
1. Explain the basic terms and methods used in infectious disease epidemiology , , disease
p revention and control

contr ol t rials, outbreak
out break investig
invest igation,
ation, and evalua
evaluatt ion of screening t ests;
est s;
2. Define epidemiologic approaches of disease occurrence in communities: determinants,
distribution and dynamics including prevention and control ;
3. Describe the MOHP programs for the prevention and control of the communicable and
most p revailing
revailing diseases in Egy
Egy p t e.g.
e.g. Schist
Schistosomiasis,
osomiasis, T uberculosis and Poliomyelitis
Poliomy elitis
;
2- Professional and Intellectual skills

By the end of the program, the student should be able to:
5-
4. Ant
Antic
icipat
ipatee and p articipate in invest
investig
igation
ation of an epidemic
epidemic //outbreak
outbreak as part of a health
health tea
t eam
m
and design an epidemiologic study to address a question of interest;
5. Apply epidemiologic skills in a public health setting, specifically in the formulation or
app lication
lication of p ublic health
health p rogram
rogramss or p olicies;
olicies;
6. Identify trends in health and disease including epidemiological causes of high prevalence
of certain infections , causes of eradication , emerging or reemerging previous infections
worldwide and
and in Egy
Egy p t : and
7. Identify the infectious cycle for selected diseases and apply appropriate health promotion,
disease prevention and control measures to identified priority communicable diseases and
under spec
sp ecific
ific situations;
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
2004/2005
3- General skills and Attitude

By the end of the program, the student will be able to:
8. Explain how different health related behaviors can have an impact on health and disease;
and
9. Participat
Participatee actively
actively as member
member of a mult
mult idisciplinary
idisciplinary group
group in disease
disease prevention, national
national
health care programs and in conducting public health surveillance to address specific public
health
health p roblems
roblems and issues;
10. Advocate for preventive public health programs and resources;
III- Course Contents
% Number of hours
Topic total Field
total lectures *practical
hours training
1 General
General epidemiology of communicable
communicable 16.5 .5 7.5 - -
diseases
2 Epidemi
Ep idemiolo
ologgy of selected communicable
communic able 80 36 2 3
diseases
3 Hospital
Hospit al infection
infection and steril
st erilization
ization 3.5 1.5 1.5 - -
Total 100.0 45 40 2 3
* Practical
Practical includes
includes p re visit
visit orientation seminars
seminars
The detailed contents of the course topics:
 General e pidemiology
idemiol ogy of communicab
communicable
le dis
isease
eases:
s:
o Patterns of occurrence of disease in communities (sporadic, endemic, outbreak,
epidemic, pandemic)
o The infectious cycle (causative agent; reservoir: human and animal/zoonosis; mode
of transmission; incubation period; period of communicability; susceptibility and
resistance)
o
Preventive measures: general and specific
o Control measures: the case, the immediate contacts, the community especially
during epidemics, outbreaks and pandemics
o Surveillance systems, disease elimination and eradication
o Investigation of an epidemic/ outbreak
o Disinfection,
Disinfection, steril
st erilization,
ization, nosocomia
nosocomial/hospit
l/hospital
al infect
infect ion
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
2004/2005
 Epidemiology
idemiol ogy of sel ected communicab
communicable
le dis
isease
easess
o diseases , emerging diseases,
The selected diseases will include, common endemic diseases, diseases,
international diseases
diseases and p otentia
otent ially
lly threatening diseases
diseases
o The infectious cycle for each of the selected diseases
o Prevention and control, and special programs as available

o Immunization: recommended and potential vaccines
 Hospital infection and sterilization
o Disinfection,
Disinfection, steril
st erilization,
ization, nosocomia
nosocomial/hospit
l/hospital
al infect
infect ion
IV- Teaching and Learning Methods
1V-A:: The contents are presented to

1V-A t o tthe
he learne
learners
rs t hrough:
hrough:
Lectures; small group seminars; site visits and practical exercises;
IV-B:: Teaching plan: the course is given on five yearly rounds each round is approximately 6- 7
IV-B
weeks;
Lectures
nd
Provided in one of the grand lecture halls (on the 2 floor of MEDC building)
from 11.30 am - 1.00 pm. 4 times a week

Total teaching hours: 40 hours
Small group seminars: Pre field visit seminar

During each round , the students are divided into approximately 6 groups. Each group attends one
pre visit orientation seminar that is conducted once weekly prior to the site visit. The seminar is
p rovided
rovided in one of the lect
lect ure halls
halls in the
t he dep
dep artment from 9.00- to
t o 11.00 am
Log
Logistics
istics of the Fiel
F ield
d visit
Students in each round are divided into approximately 6 groups. Each week, one group conducts a
single site visit to the fever hospital that lasts around 3 hours.
V- Teaching and Learning

Learning Fac
Facil
il iti es
Faciliti
Faciliti es utili
uti lized
zed in teaching the course
course i nclude:
nclude:
- Lecture hall in one of the grand lecture halls (outside the department) for the lectures and
seminars;
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
2004/2005
- Five small classrooms wit hin the department

dep artment.. Writing boards are available
available in all rooms;
overhead aids and slide projectors and computer lab. , data show, videos are available when
needed;
- Selected field training sites: Fever hospitals with free transportation belonging to Kasr El
Aini ;
VI-S tudent
tudent Assessment
sses sment
VI-A-
I-A- Attenda
tten dance
nce cri
cri teria
teri a:
The minimum
minimum accep
acceptable
table attenda
att endance
nce is
is 75%. Students who
w ho fail to att
at t end the required
st
stated
ated p ercentage
ercentage will not be allowed
allowed to
t o take
t ake the end of t erm ex
exam.
am. They
Th ey may be allowed t o t ake
it during a subsequent term if they satisfy the required
required att
attenda
endance
nce,, otherwise, the m
marks
arks alloc
allocated
ated
for t he end of t erm ex
exam.
am. would be recorded as a p rop ortion
ort ion from t he final writ t en ex
examina
aminatt ion
score. Student
Studentss need t o attend
att end at
at least
least 60.0% to
t o sit for t he final
final exam
exam..
For the
t he site visit students
students should show
show active partic
part icipa
ipatt ion & good
good behavior during the visit
visit and
related
related sem
s eminar
inar and should complete
co mplete t he prac
p ractical
tical book .
VI-B Assessment methods:
Method Purpose
Written Exam: Assessment of knowledge
End of term: short questions, and understanding
matching, true& false and
M CQ
End of year: short and long
questions
Oral Exam Assessment of knowledge and

understanding and skills
Practical Completing the practical

copy book and assessing t he
skills
VI-C Assessment Schedule

End of term exam: held at the end of each round. Students must fulfill the attendance
criteria to stand the exam.
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
2004/2005
Final year exam: held at the end of the academic year for all students who should
fulfill the attendance criteria to stand the exam.
VI- D Grading System
Examination Marks
allocated
Practical and site 5
vi si
sitt : attendance
attendance
and completing
practical book
End of term exam 20
End of year written 50
exam
End of year oral 25
exam
Total 100
Thee minimum
Th minimum p assing score is 60 (60%) marks p rovided at least
least 15 (30%) marks are obtained
obt ained
in the final written examination.
Passing grades are: excellent ≥ 85.0%; 85.0%> very good ≥ 75 %,
75 %> good ≥ 65% and fair 65 > fair to 60%
Examination Descr
Des cription
iption
Summative assessments are the only used assessment methods at the end of the round and at the
end of the year (no formative assessment). They are matched with the ILOs and faculty by laws;
The greatest weight of the assessment is for the understanding and the knowledge gained;
VII- Learning/ Reference

Referen ce Materials
VII-A-Basic department books:

books: Theoretical and practical available for purchase from faculty
bookshops;
- Overhead projections and slide presentations used during teaching;
VII-B Suggested materials:

materials:
Essentials of Public Health:
Health: L. J. Donaldson, R. J. Donal
D onaldson
dson
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
2004/2005
Public Health & Preventive Medicine: Maxcy – Rosenau- Last

(available at the bookshops at the faculty)
Communicable Disease Epidemiology and Control: Roger Webber, London School of

Hygiene and Tropical Medicine
Control of Communicable Diseases in Man: Abram S. Beneson,

American Public Health Association
VIII-Suggestions
- Using
Us ing format
format ive tools for assessment;
- Examining skills and knowledge by case studies;
- CD ROM containing the recommended references for each topic, and
the used presentations;
- Providing suitable facilities to allow for the required practical component and skills to be
adequately reached and
and assessed
assess ed eg
eg arranging
arranging sit
sitee visits
visit s tto
o select
select ed
sites to
t o develop
develop skills in
in infection
infection control
control and hospital
hospit al waste
wast e disposal
disp osal ;
- Question
Quest ion Bank
Bank for t he staff members;
members;
- Free accessible Web site containing examples of the different kinds of the
questions, to be available to the students;
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
2004/2005

Courss e Spe
cifications
Course Title
Title::
th
5 Ye ar of MBBc
BBcHH Program
2004- 2005
Course duration: 6 weeks
Total teaching hours: 90 hours:
 Lectures: 45 hours
 Seminars 15 hours
 Practical: 15 hours (include small groups seminars, exercises,

and students'
student s' presentat
presentation),
ion),
 Field visi
visi ts: 15 hours ( 5 visits
visits))
Course Director
D irector:: Professor Dr. Salwa Abdel Azeem
Professor and Chairperson of Community
Community M edicin
edicinee &
Public Health Department
Teaching
Teaching S taff: 16 Professors, 9 Assistant
Assistant Professors,
Professors, 7 Lect
Lect urers,
12 Assistant Lecturers, 12 Demonstrators
I- Course Aims
1- Prepare a community- oriented physician capable of anticipating and responding to
community health needs within the primary health care (PHC) setting according to the policies
, regu
regu la
latt ions and guidelines
guidelines of the
t he Ministry
M inistry of Hea
H ealth
lth and Population (M
(M OHP);
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
2004/2005
2-App ly basic public heal

healtt h scienc
sciences
es to
t o the
t he development
development and imp
imp rovement
rovement of p ublic
ublic health
health
p rogram
rogramss for the p revention
revention of disease
disease and the p romotion of public health
health and well being
bein g;
3- Develop a graduate who will apply the knowledge and skills learned, and is able to take
leadership
leadership in motivatin g the commun
community
ity served;
II- Course Intended Learni

Learning
ng Outcomes (ILO’s
(ILO’s))
4- Knowledge and understanding
5- Professional & intellectual skills
6- Genera
Generall skills and att
att itude
1- Know
Knowle
le dge and Understanding
By the
t he end
end of the
t he prog
p rogram,
ram, the student
st udentss should be able to:
1- Define, assess,
assess, and underst
understand
and the healt
healt h statu
st atuss of populations, determinants
determinants of
health
health and illness,
illness, factors
factors contributing to healt
healt h p romotion and disease
disease p reve
revention
ntion of priority
non communicable and communicable diseases within the different health settings and for
specific age groups, and factors influencing the use of health services;
2- Define different MOHP policies, systems, programs, approved standards of practice and
describe the specific health programs including MCH, family planning, school health,
occup
occupational
ational health
health and others;
3- Describe the role of PHC physician in addressing local health problems, the prevention and
control of vulnerable
vulnerable groups’
roup s’ health
health p roblems
roblems including
including the
t he non-communicable
non-communicable diseases;
4- Define the screening tests pertinent to selected morbidity conditions and the at-risk
approach in the applic
app lication
ation of scre
s creeni
enin
n g tests;
tests ;
5- Describe the different health education /communication strategies for use with clients,
health
health care team, and the
t he community
community ;
6– Describe the quality
quality cycles and it
it s utili
ut ilizat
zation
ion in different
different p ublic
ublic health
health sett
s etting
ings;
s;
7- Define basics of demography and vital statistics related to fertility, morbidity and mortality;
2- Professional and Intellectual skills
(2-1) Data acq
acquisiti
uis iti on:
By the end of the program, the students should be able to:
8 - Conduct, document and analyze a comprehensive situation analysis recognizing non
biological factors such as: the cultural, socioeconomic, religious, environmental, legal and
working factors that may influence disease causation/ management, client's perception of
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
2004/2005
health/ disease, access to care and adequately respond to these factors in the benefit of the
client , patient& community ;
(2-2) Data analysis and problem solving:
By the end of the program, the students should be able to:
9- Determine appropriate use of data and statistical methods for problem identification,
prioritization and resolution, and for program planning, implementation, and evaluation;
10- Evaluate
Evaluate the
t he integrity
integrity and comp
comp arabili
arability
ty of data and identify gaps in data sources;
11- Exp
Exp lai
lain
n the
t he ecolog
ecologic
ical
al factors
factors of morbidity and mortality
mortality within the
concept of epidemiologic and demographic transitions;
12- Partic
Part icipat
ipatee in health
health p romotion, disease
disease p revention
revention and national hea
health
lth
care programs applying MOHP standards and protocols for different
sett ings
ings , different
different age
age group
groupss p articularly
articularly of t he vulnerabl
vulnerablee group
groups;
s;
13- Identify management functions: planning, implementation and
evaluation of health care services, and utilize them in dealing appropriately
with
wit h a sp ec
ecific
ific comm
community
unity health
health p roblem;
roblem;
14-Identify the dimensions
dimensions of quality in health
health care, and
and how t o utili
ut ilize
ze
appropriately quality concepts and processes for performance improvement;
15- Apply appropriate health education and communication strategies in
different sett
set t ings
ings using behavioral
behavioral change
change models;
3- General skills and Attitude

By t he end
end of the program,
program, the students should
s hould be able
able to:
16- Appreciate the role of cultural, social, and behavioral factors in determining disease,
disease prevention, health promoting behavior, and medical service organization and delivery;
17 -Interact and communicate sensitively, effectively, and professionally with persons from
diverse cultural, socioeconomic, educational, and professional backgrounds, and with persons
of all ages and lifestyle preferences;
18- Communicate effectively with colleagues from other disciplines;

19-Demonstrate the ability to evaluate inputs, process and outputs by the use of appropriate
indicators;
20- Demonstrate respect to all patients irrespective of their socioeconomic levels, culture or
religious beliefs and use language and other communication skills appropriate to the patient
culture;
21-Advocate for public health programs and resources;
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
2004/2005
III- Course Contents
Number of hours
Topic
total Lect. Se
Semmin *p
*prac
racti
tical
cal **Site
visits
1 M easureme
easurementsnts of health
health : demog
demogrr aphy , 4 3 1
vital statistics, and disease burden
2 Epidemi
Ep idemiolo
ologgy of selected non 16.5 7.5 3 3 3
communicable diseases
3 Communication
Communicat ion and health
healt h behavior 4 3 1
4 M ental
ental health
health 1 1
5 Nutrition
Nut rition in health
health and disease
disease 9.5 7.5 2
6 Health care m anagement and 3.5 1.5 2
administration
7 Health
Health syst ems
ems and health
health services
services in 1 1
Egypt
8 Primary
Primary health
health care,
care, basic health 13.5 1.5 6 6
services
9 Rural health and school health 10.5 4.5 3 3
10 Reproduct
Rep roductive
ive health, including 17.5 7.5 4 3 3
maternal and child health and family
planning
12 Health
Health of the elderly
elderly 1.5 1.5
14 Occupational health
health 7.5 7.5
Total 90 45 15 15 15
*Practical includes
*Practical includes : exerc
exercises,
ises, st udent p resentation and group discussions.
**Each visit lasts approximately 3 hours ie 3 hrs per visit
The detailed contents of the course topics:
1. Measurements of he
health
alth : demograp
demography,
hy, vital
vital statistics,
statisti cs, and dise
dise ase burden:
urden:
Definitions, census, population estimates and projections, Egypt’s population trend, theory of
demographic transition, population pyramids, sources of data, vital indices and concepts of
quality
quality of life
2. Epidemiology
idemiol ogy of selected
sel ected non communi
communicab
cable
le dise ases
General concepts, risk factors, primary and secondary prevention, periodic examination,
screening tests, epidemiology of injuries and selected non-communicable diseases (ischemic
heart disease, hypertension, rheumatic heart disease, diabetes, cancer, blood disorders,
bronchial asthma)
3. Communication and health behavior:

ehavior:
Basic behavioral theories, behavioral and social variables, communication, health education,
counseling , and community mobilization.
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
2004/2005
4. Mental he alth:
alth:
Definitt ion , Risk factors , impact of mental ill
Defini illness,
ness, prima
p rimary
ry and seconda
secondary
ry p revention
revention , mental
mental
health program
5. Nutr
Nutrition
ition in health and disease:
disease:
Definitions and concepts, nutrients (sources, functions, requirements), adequate diet,
nutritional public health problems, assessment of the nutritional status, diet and chronic
diseases,
6. Health ca
care
re management and ad
admini stration:
stration:
Definition and principles of management, assessment of community needs and resources,
problem identification and priority setting, organization-based management , leadership and
t eam building,
building, quality
qu ality manageme
management
nt,, health
healt h economic
7. Health systems and heal th se rvices

rvices in Egypt
gypt:
Egypt’s health policy, different health systems functioning in Egypt, the organizational
structure and function of the MOHP the referral system, the concept of health reform
8. Primary health care, basic health services, and family practice:
Curative/preventive patterns of care, levels of practice (individual, family and community

levels), comprehensive health care, PHC (definition and principles, characteristics, elements),
PHC services in Egypt, the family practice approach in Egypt
9. Rural Health:
Heal th:
Health-related problems in rural areas , the rural health program, organization of rural health
services ,staffing of the rural health team
10. Reprod
eproductiv
uctivee heal
h ealth,
th, including
i ncluding maternal and chi
child
ld health
heal th and famil
famil y planni
planni ng:
ng:
Definitions and concep

concep ts,
ts , comp
comp onents of comprehensive
comprehensive RH, RH activities
activities and MCH
M CH services
services
implemented in Egypt, evaluation of MCH program, FP (the population policy and strategy for
Egy
Egy p t , tthe
he national
national FP p rogram
rogram,, and its evalua
evaluatt ion)
11. Health of the elderly:

Definitions, the physical, mental, and social problems and needs of the elderly, health care
p rogram
rogramss for the elderly
elderly and their relation
relation t o other
ot her care
care prog
p rograms
rams
12. Occupational health:

Concepts and definitions, hazards/work-related hazards for different occupations and jobs,
prevention and control of occupational hazards, ergonomics, occupational health program, the
role of the PHC
P HC in occupationa
occupat ionall health
health
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
2004/2005
IV -Teachi ng and le arning

arnin g method
meth odss
1V-A:
1V-A: Methods use d: The contents will be presented to
t o the
t he le
learne
arners
rs t hrough:
hrough:
Lectures, seminars, small group seminars, practical field visits and exercises.
IV-B: Teaching plan:
Lectures
nd
From 8- 9:30 am 5 day
day s p er week
Weekly teaching hours: 7.5 hours
Total teaching hours: 45 hours
Seminars i
nd
From 10- 11p.m.
11p .m. twic
tw icee per
p er week (Saturday
(Saturday and Wednesda
Wednesday
y)
Weekly teaching hours: 2 hours.
Tot al t ea
eachi
ching
ng hours: 15 hours
Sma
mall
ll group
group p rac
ractt ic
ical
al semina
seminars:
rs: Pre orientation and post
p ost assessment field
field visits semi
seminars
nars
Provided in smaller
smaller group
groupss in the
t he departme
depart ment's
nt's cl
classrooms;
assrooms;
From 10:30 am - to 12 pm. (except on Sat. and Wed., from 11am -12:30pm)
Weekly teaching hours: 3
Total teaching hours: 15
Logistics
Logistics of t he prac
pr actt ic
ical
al part
Students of each round are divided into 10 subgroups. Each two consecutive subgroups are put
under the supervision of an equivalent number of the staff members. So, we have finally 5 groups
of the students, accounting to 5 groups of staff members. Five practical field visits are conducted
each lasts approximately 3 hours. Each is preceded by and followed by pre orientation and post
assessment seminars
seminars resp ectively.
ectively.
These visits are conducted once per week in the following sites:
- The outpatient clinics of chronic non-communicable disease in Kasr- El Aini

- The CSPM in Abo El Rish Pediatric hospital
- A village, and its rural health centre
- Tw
Twoo urban PHC facilities:
facilities: General
General urban
urban center
center and M CH center
V- Teaching and Learning

Learning Facili tie s
- Lecture halls in one of the grand lectures halls (outside the department) for the lectures and
seminars;
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
2004/2005
- Small 5 classrooms
classrooms'' halls availa
available
ble within the
t he depart
departme
ment;
nt;
- Writing boards are available
available in all room; overhea
overhead
d aids and slide p rojectors and comput
compu t er lab.
, data show, videos are available when needed;
- Field training sites
sites:: CSPM; Kasr EL Aini outpatient clinics; 2 General Urban Centers, 2
MCH centers, 2 rural villages including each rural health center. Free transportation is
available to faraway rural sites;
VI- S tudent
tudent Assessment
Assess ment
VI-A -Attendance crite

VI-A crite ria:
The minimum
minimum acce
accep
p table att
att endance
endance is 75.0%. Student
Studentss who fail to att
attend
end that % will not be
all
allowed
owed t o t ake the end
end of term ex
exam.
am. They may
may be allowed
allowed to take
t ake it during a subsequent
term if they satisfy the required
required att
att endance
endance,, otherwise, the m
marks
arks allo
alloca
catt ed for the end
end of term
exam
exam.. would be recorded
recorded as a p roportion
rop ortion from the fina
finall written
writt en
ex
examina
aminatt ion score. St
St udents
udent s need
need t o at
at t end at least
least 60.0% to sit for t he final ex
exam.
am.
Required regulati ons:
ons: S
Student
tudentss should demonstrate:
1- Participation & good behavior in the field visits, and related seminars
2- Assignments: for each field visits, the student should respond to the inquires and solve the
p ractical
ractical proble
p roblems
ms p resent in the p ract
ract ical
ical book to
t o be assessed during
during the oral exam
exam at the
end of the round
VI-B- Assessment Tools and Schedule
Method & S chedule

chedule Purp
Purpose
Written Exam: Assess
As sessment
ment of knowledge
knowledge and
End of term: short questions, matching, understanding
true& false and M CQ
End of year: short and long questions
Oral Exam: end of year Assessment of knowledge and
understanding and skills

Practical oral exam: end of term Assessment of skills developed during
site visits
Su
Summ
mmative
ative assessments are used at the end of the round
round and
and aatt tthe
he end of the year (no
formative assessment). They are matched with the ILOs and faculty by laws;
The greatest deal (weight) of the assessment is for the understanding and knowledge gained ;
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
2004/2005
VI-C- Grading System:

Total marks 150
Examination
xamin ation Marks
Marks all ocated
Practical
Practical and si
site
te visit
is it attenda
atten dance,
nce, 15
completing practical book and oral
exam
End of term exam written exam 30
End of year writ
written
ten exam 75
End of year oral e xam 30
Total 150
Thee minimum
Th minimum p assing score is 90 marks (60%) p rovided at least 22.5 marks (30%) are
obtained in the final written examination;
Passing grades are: excellent ≥ 85.0%; 85.0%> very good ≥ 75 %,
60% ;
75 %> good ≥ 65% and fair 65 > fair to 60%;
VII-Learning/ reference materials

VII-A-Basic department books
books:: Theoretical and practical books available for purchase from
faculty
faculty bookshops;
bookshops;
- Overheads and slide present ations used
us ed during t eaching
eaching;;
VII-B Suggested Materials:
Materials:
Essentials of Public Health:
Health: L. J. Donaldson, R. J. Donal
D onaldson
dson
Public Health & Preventive Medicine: Maxcy – Rosenau- Last

(available at the bookshops at the faculty)
VIII- Suggestions:
-Using formative
formative tools for
f or assessment
- CD ROM containing
containing t he recomm
recommende
ended
d reference
referencess for each
each top ic, and
and tthe
he used presentations.
p resentations.
- Providing more facilities for adequate skills training e.g.: Demonstration lab. to present the
practical exercises and role play. Also, Skill lab. to prepare health education materials and
develop students' computer skills
-Quest ion bank for the staff

-Question st aff membe
members
rs
- Free accessible Web site containing examples of the different kinds of the
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
2004/2005
questions, to be available to the students

- Model PHC center to be affiliated to Kasr El Aini outpatient clinic
-Supporting site visits by training site staff and linking them to the
department.
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
2004/2005
Cairo University
Faculty of Medicine
Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology
2005-2006
Course Title: Obstetrics and Gynecology

Fourth and Fifth year of MBBCh program
-Allocated marks : 500 marks
th
-Course duration: 6 weeks of teaching for 4 year MBBCh program
th
4 year Term examination
th
6 weeks of teaching for 4 year MBBCh program
th
5 year Term examination
th
Final whole course examination at the end of 5 year.
th
-Total teaching hours : 4lectures

year: 9636 total
hrs hrs
small group lectures: 30 hrs
c linic
nic al/s
al/smal
malll grou
groupp ses
sessions:
sions: 30 hrs
th
5 year: 96 total hrs
lectures 36 hrs
small group lectures: 30 hrs
c linic
nic al/s
al/smal
malll grou
groupp ses
sessions:
sions: 30 hrs
-Course director: Prof.Dr Mohamed El Miligui

Head of OBGYN department
-Teaching Staff: 66 professors, 34 assi
assistant
stant professors, 55 lecturers, 38
assistant lecturers
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
2004/2005
The aim of this course is to:

- Provide students with basic knowledge of normal and abnormal growth
and development of the female genital tract and normal and abnormal
pregnancies and labor.
- Enable students to provide basic health care for females in different age
group (prepubertal, pubertal, childbearing, perimenopausal, and
menopausal)
- Provide students with an appropriate background covering the common
and important obstetrics and gynecological emergencies and diseases
(causes, diagnosis and management)
- Provide appropriate ethical and professional education necessary for
establishment of excellent communication with patients and colleagues
and using sound ethical principles in clinical decision making
- Provide life long learning competencies necessary for continuous
professional development and research studies.
II-A KNOWLEDGE and UNDERSTANDING:

By the end of tthe
he course, all students should be ab le to:
able
1. Describe the basic physiological background of fertilization, implantation and
early development of the fetus, placenta, and cord.
2. Describe the anatomical features and development of the female genital tract
and their ccllinical appli
applicc ation.
3. Recognize the basic physiological changes produced by pregnancy occurring
in each trimester and the basic principles of antenatal care.
4. Explain the physiology of menstruation, puberty (its abnormalities and their
management), menopause (abnormalities and their management)
5. Discuss different medical disorders occurring during pregnancies and their
management (eg: hypertension, pyelitis, hyperemesis, diabetes, anemia…)
6. Discuss etiology of bleeding in early pregnancy (i.e. Abortion, ectopic,
vesicular mole) and their management, and causes of bleeding in late
pregnancies (pl ( placenta
acenta praevi
praevia,a, acc idental hemorrhage) and their management.
7. Recognize high-risk pregnancies, their magnitude, and different etiologies
with emphasis on preventable and avoidable causes and their management.
8. Illustrate different methods of assessment of fetal well-being
9. Illustrate the basic anatomy and surgical anatomy of the female pelvis and
fetal skull
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
2004/2005
10. Expl
Explai
ain
n the phys
physiiology, mec
mechanism,
hanism, management of no normal
rmal llabor
abor anand
d
different abnormal presentations and positions
11. List the causes of complications of third stage of labor and outline their
management
12. Describe the physiological changes during puerpurium and the recommended
program of postnatal visits with abnormalities occurring in puerpurium and
their management
13. Outli
Outline
ne the indices
ndices,, c auses and pr
prevention
evention of m
maternal
aternal and peri
per inatal
morbidity and mortality
14. Recite the types, causes and treatment of dysmenorrhea and premenstrual
syndrome (PMS)
15. Di
Disc
scuss
uss types, c auses, proper investiga
nvestigati
tion
on and management of life
threatening severe bleeding conditions
16. Expl
Explai
ain
n the normal human sexual respons
responsee and c ommon sexual probl
problems
ems and
their management
17. Discuss the magnitude of the infertility problem and its different etiologies,
basic diagnostic tools, and treatment of infertility
18. Describe causes, types, and methods of diagnosis and management of STDs
(sexually transmitted diseases) with emphasis on methods of prevention and
serious complication of STDs.
19. Outli
Outline
ne the pathology of c ervical, uter
uteriine, ovarian, vaginal aand
nd vu
vullval
cancers, with emphasis on screening methods and early recognition and broad
lines of management of these condition
20. Reci
Recite
te different
different c ontrac
ontracepti
eptive
ve methods: thei
theirr us
uses,
es, types, advantages,
disadvantages,
disadvantages, and ccompl
ompliic ati
ations
ons
II-B: CLINICAL and INTELLECTUAL SKILLS
By the end of the course all students should be able to:
21. Assess the gestational age of a pregnant lady through history taking, focused
clinical examination, beta-HCG level, and ultrasound assessment
22. Cl
Cliinic
nic all
ally differentiate betw
between
een norm
normalal pr
pregnanc
egnanciies and high rriisk
pregnancies.
23. Distinguish between different causes of bleeding in early pregnancies with
jjudgment
udgment of life threateni
threatening
ng c ondi
onditi
tions
ons e.g.: hypovol
hypovolemi
emicc shoc
shockk of inevitabl
nevitablee
abortion,
abortion, distur
disturbed
bed ec
ectopi
topicc pregnancy, through vi
vital
tal si
signs,
gns, general
general,, abdomi
abdominal
nal
and pelvic examinations.
24. Point out the warning signs of late pregnancy and early referral to specialized
centers
25.Evaluate the risk of bleeding in late pregnancy and how to start management
with emphasis on NOT doing vaginal examination
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
2004/2005
26. Appraise different methods of assessment of fetal well being with proper use
of Pinard, Sonicaide, US to evaluate fetal well being, and distressed fetuses
which need immediate intervention
27. Manage no normal
rmal labor approp
appropriatel
riately
y and iidentify
dentify ccases
ases requiring referr
referral
al
(EBM).
28. Examine the female during labor and early recognition of obstructed labor
through clinical symptoms and signs and call for help or refer to a special
center
29. Ass
ssess
ess c ompl
ompliic ati
ation
on of the third sstage
tage of labor and apply first aid aid
management of each till a senior obstetrician is involved
30. Di
Differentiate
fferentiate nor
normalmal ffrom
rom abnormal neona
neonate
te thro
through
ugh Apga
Apgarr score
sc ore and
participate in the initial management of those in need of resuscitation.
31. Counsel problems occurring in menopause with emphasis on postmenopausal
bleeding, (any case of postmenopausal bleeding should be considered
malignant until proved otherwise)
32. Counsel regarding methods of contraception suitable for each patient and
how to use or apply it
II-C: ETHICAL and SOCIAL SKILLS:
By the end of tthe

he course all students should be able to:
33.Communicate with the patient as a person, not as a disease, and understand
that
mustthebe patient is ainperson
respected withtobeliefs,
addition values,
respecting the goals, and dignity,
patient’s concerns, which
privacy,
information confidentiality and autonomy.
34. Counsel the patient before doing any intervention and in different situations
with respect to her wish whenever this is possible
35. Mai
Maintain
ntain the atmos
atmosphere
phere of c ooper
ooperati
ation,
on, peer rrel
elationships,
ationships, and mut
mutual
ual
respect in the university society
36. Advance the knowledge base of medicine by developing and encouraging
scientific researches
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
2004/2005
III-A: TOPICS:
TOPIC No of hrs
%Total Small groups
hrs Total Le
Lecc tures
OBSTERICS Practica lectures
l
Basic obstetrics and normal 9 3 2 4
Pregnancy
1. Fertilization, 1
implantation and early
development.*
2. The placenta
placenta and the fetal 1
membranes. *
3. Maternal changes during 1
pregnancy.
pregna ncy. *
4. Di
Diagnosis
agnosis of pregnancy* 1
5. Antenatal care and risk 2
assessment. *
6. Prenatal diagnosis of 1
congenital anomalies.
Abnormal Pregnancy 8 3 3 2
Bleeding in early 2
pregnancy *
7. Abortion.
8. Ectopic pregnancy 2
9. Hydatidi
ydatidifor
formm mole 1
Antepartum hemorr
hem orrhage
hage * 5 2 2 1
10. Pla
Placc enta previa 1.5
11.Placental abrupti
abruption
on 1.5
Maternal problems 14 6 3 5
complicating pregnancy
12.Vomiting in pregnancy* 1
13. Hypertensive disorders 2
in pregnancy*
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
2004/2005
14. Diabetes Mellitus with 2

pregnancy.
15. Cardiac diseases with 1
pregnancy
16. Rh isoimmunization
soimmunization 2
17. Anaemia with 1
pregnancy
18. Urinary tract 1
infections*
19. Venous thrombo- 1
embolism
Normal labor and 7 3 2 2
delivery*
1
20. Anatomy of the female
pelvis and fetal skull
21. Introduc tion
tion to labor 1
22. Normal labor 2
23. Analgesia and 1
anesthesia for normal labor
Abnormal labor and 15 7 3 5
delivery
24. Occipito-posterior 1
positions
25. Face and brow 1
presentations
26. Breech presentation 2
27. shoulder, cord and 1
c ompl
omplex
ex pres
presentati
entations
ons
28. Mul
Multifetal
tifetal pregn
pregnanc
ancy.
y. 1
29. Abnor
bnormal
mal uterine ac
action
tion 2
30. Abnormal labor 1
Patterns
31. Contracred pelvis and 2
cephalopelvic disproportion
32. Obstruc ted labor 1
Obstetric injuries 4 1 1 2
33. Rupture uterus 1

34. Lacerations of the 2
cervix, vagina and
perineum
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
2004/2005
Complications of third 8 3 2 3
stage of labor
35. Postpartum hemorrhage 1

36. Retai
Retained
ned placenta 1
37.Acute inversion of the 1
uterus
38. shoc
shockk in obstetri
obstetrics
cs 1
39. hypof
hypofiibrinoginemi
brinoginemiaa 1
Fetal and neonatal 11 5 2 4
problems in obstetrics
40. Assessment of fetal 1

well-being
41. Intrauterine growth 1
restriction
42. Preterm labor and 2
prematurity
43.Postterm pregna
pregnancy
ncy 1
44. Premature rupture of the 1
membranes
45. Amniotic fluid and its 1
disorders
46. Fetal and neonatal 1
asphyxia
47. Fetal birth injuri
njuries
es 1
The puerperium 4 1 1 2
48. Puerperium 1
49. Puerperal pyrexia and 2
sepsis
Operative obstetrics 7 3 2 2
50. Induction of labor and 1

abortion
51. operative vaginal 2
delivery
52. Epi
Episiotomy
siotomy 1
53. Cae
Caesarean
sarean sec
secti
tion
on 1
Ultrasound in obobst
stet
etrics
rics 3 1 1 1
2
Selected
Sele cted a
artic
rticles
les 3 1 1 1
1
Maternal and perinatal 2 1 1 0
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
2004/2005
mortality 1
Total hours 100
GYNECOLOGY
Basic Gynecology 11 6 3 2
24. The c linic

nic al aapproac
pproachh to 1
gynecology
25. Anatomy of the female 2
genital tract*
26. Emberyology of the 1
female genital tract*
27. Common Chromosomal 1
abnormalities
28. Physiology of 2
menstruation*
29. Dysmenorrhea and 1
PMS*
Gynecologic Endocrinology and 13 4 5 4

Infertility
30. Puberty*
P uberty*
31. Menopause* 1
32. Amenorrhea* 1
33. Ovulation disorders 2
34. Hirsutism 1
35. Infertility 1
2
General Gynecology – 13 5 4 4
Injuries
36. Abnormal bleeding 2

from the genital tract
37.
38. Genital prolapse*of the
Retroversion 2
uterus 1
39. Perineal injuries and
lacerations 1
40. Urinary incontinence in
females 1
41. Genito-urinary fistulas 1
42. Rectovaginal fistula 1
Infections In Gynecology 12 3 5 4
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
2004/2005
43. Infections of the female 1

genital tract. *
44. Acute and chronic 2
pelvic inflammatory
disease* 1
45. Chronic specific pelvic
infections*
46. Vaginal discharge 1
47.Sexually transmitted 2
diseases.
48. Diseases
Dise ases and sw
swellings
ellings 6 2 3 1
of the vulva
- Classification and clinical 3

presentation
- Non neoplastic epithelial
disorders.
- Vulvar swellings ( non
neoplastic – neoplastic)
- Cancer of the vulva ( VIN
– invasive cancer)
Tumors of the uterus 11 4 4 3
including endometriosis
49. Uterine fibroid* 2

50. Endometriosis and 1
adenomyosis*
51. Carcinoma of the cervix 2
and CIN
52. Endometri
Endometrialal carc
carciinoma 1
53. Choriocarcinoma. 1
54. Benign and malignant 6 2 3 1

swellings of the ovary
- non neoplastic cysts of the 3
ovary
- Benign neoplastic cysts of
the ovary
- Benign solid ovarian
tumors
- Malignant ovarian tumors
- Par-ovarian
Par-ovarian cys
cysts
ts
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
2004/2005
55. Contraception and 5 2 2 1

family planning
- General considerations 3
- Non hormonal
contraception
- Hormonal contr
contraception
aception
- Surgical sterilization
techniques
56. Human sexuality and 2 1 0 1

female sexual
se xual dysfunction
Clinical and operative 9 4 2 3
Gynecology
57. Molecular biology in 1
gynecology
58. Endoscopy in 1
gynecology
59. Imaging in gynecology 1
60. Differential diagnosis in 2
gynecology
61. Operati
Operative
ve Gynec
Gynecolology
ogy 2
88
th
* 4 year topics.
III-B CLINICAL CASES and DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS:
1. Normal Pr
Pree gnancy:
st nd rd
• History taking from pregnant ladies in 1 , 2 , and 3 trimesters
rd
• Abdominal examination of a female in the 3 trimester
• Pinard and Sonicaide use to detect FHS in 3 rd trimester
2. Abnormal Pregnancy:
• History taking from pregnant females complaining of vomiting,
hypertension, DM, cardiac disease, urinary tract infection, bleeding,
threatened preterm labor or history of recurrent abortion.
• Vital si
signs
gns taki
taking
ng ((sphygmomanometer,
sphygmomanometer, stetos
stetoscc ope…_
• Laboratory results interpretation
• Ultrasound interpretation
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
2004/2005
3. Normal Labor:
• Observe normal labor in section 10,
• Assist in delivery of the baby and the placenta
4. Abnormal Labor:
• Observe management of breech, shoulder presentation, cord prolapse
and multiple pregnancies in section 10
5. Normal and Abnormal Puerperium:

• History taking of ladies in puerperium
• Examination of different types of Lochias to differentiate normal and
abnormal puerperium
6. Ultrasound in Obste
Obstetrics:
trics:
• Observation and interpretation of different ultrasounds done in the outpatient clinic
7. Anatomy and Development of the Female Genital Tract:

• Female bony pelvis and fetal skull inspection and identification of
different diameters
8. Reproductive Endocrinology and Infertility:

•
Interpretation of different
uterine, cervical, and tubal HSG(
lesionsHysterosalpingographies)
that may cause infertilityto determine
• History taking and examination of cases of amenorrhea
9. Disp
Displaceme
laceme nts
nts,, Traumatic Les
Lesions,
ions, and Urogy
Urogyne
necology
cology::
• History taking and examination of different cases of genital prolapse
and cases with SUI (Stress Urinary incontinence)
• History taking and examination of genital fistula.
10.Contraception and Family Planning:

• Examination of different types of contraceptive devices, and
observation of the methods of their application in the outpatient clinic.
11.Pelvi-abdominal mass cases :

• History taking and examination of different cases.
12.Abnormal genital tract bleeding cases:

• History taking and examination of different cases.
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
2004/2005
NB: different jars and instruments are available in the Maternity Hospital
to he
help
lp eeliciting
liciting d
diffe
iffe rent ob
obste
ste trics and Gynecological cocond
nditions
itions in ad
add
dition
to the use of d differe
ifferent
nt inst
instruments
ruments in ObObste
ste tric
tricss and Gynecology
ynecology.
List of available specimen jars
Obstetrics:
1- Abortion.
2- Ectopic pregnancy.
3- Hydatidiform mole.
4- Antepartum hemorrhage
• Placenta previa.
•Ac c idental hemorrhage.
5- Maternal and fetal birth injuries.
• Rupture uterus
• Cervical injuries
• Fetal head birth injury.
6- Anatomy and anatomi
anatomicc al di
disor
sorders
ders of the placenta.
7- Anatomy and anatomical disorders of the umbilical cord.
8- Puerperal sepsis.
Gynecology
1- Fibroids.
2- Adenomyosis of the uterus.
3- Endometriosis.
4- Carcinoma of the cervix.
5- Endometrial carcinoma.
6- Choriocarcinoma.
7- Cysts of the ovary.
8- Paraovarian cyst
9- Complications of ovarian cysts.
10- Benign ovarian neoplasms.
11- Malignant ovarian neoplasms.
12- Pelvic inflammatory disease.
13- Bilharsiasis of the female genital tract.
14.Fothergill’s operation.
List of available instruments
Gynecology
1- Uterine curettes (types).
2- Uterine sound.
3- Cervical dilators (types).
4- Cervical biopsy punch forceps
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
2004/2005
5- Ayre’s spatula
spatula..
6- Novak’s endometrial biopsy curette.
7- Sharman’s endometrial biopsy curette.
8- Cannula for HSG (types).
9- Volsel
olselllum forc
forceps
eps (types)
10- Vaginal specula (types).
11- Vaginal retractors (types).
12- Trocar and cannula for laparoscopy.
13- Uterine holding forceps.
14- Hysterectomy clamps.
15- Uterine artery clamp.
16- Wertheim’ s hysterectomy clamp (2 types).
17- Bonney’s myomectomy clamp.
18- Doyen’s myoma screw.
19- Self retaining abdominal retractors (types).
20 Female metal catheter.
21- IUCDs.
Obstetrics
1- Obstetric forceps (types).
2- Vacuum extractor.
3- Ovum forceps.
4- Ring forceps.
5- Sponge forceps.
6- Bozemann’s double way catheter.
7- Rhei
Rheistadtle
stadtler’sr’s flushing
flushing ccurette.
urette.
8- Bozemann’s dressing forceps.
9- Suctio
Suction n c urette
urette..
10-Amniotomy hook.
11-Drew Smythe’s induction catheter.
12-Green Armytage’ s hemostasis forceps.
13-Willlet sscc alp
13-Wi alp fforc
orceps.
eps.
14-Meltal mucus catheter.
15-Pinard’s fetal stethoscope.
16- Doyen’s retractor.
IV..
IV TEACHING and LEARNING METHODS:
IV-A. METHODS USED:

1. Lectures
2. Clinical and small group sessions:
(Clinical demonstrations, practice of skills, lectures and
discussions):
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
2004/2005
a. General obstetrics and gynecological inpatient ward

teaching
b. Outpatient clinic (obstetrics and gynecology)
c . Emergency department demonstration
d. OR theatres.
IV-B.
IV-B. M ET
ETHO
HODS
DS FOR
FOR DISABLED S
STU
TUDENTS
DENTS:
No special arrangements are available.
IV-C. TEACHING PLAN:
Lectures::
Lectures
th th
The lec
ecture
ture hall No 7 aand
nd 8 in Fac
Faculty
ulty of Medi
Medicc ine for 4 and 5 year respectively,
daily from 11.30am till 12:30pm (general topics)
Clinical rounds and small group activities:
• Each term, students are divided into six equal groups; each group being
assigned to one of the OBGYN units that constitute the department. Within
each unit, students will have a clinical round in the morning from 9:00am –
10:00am discussing a clinical case from inpatients then they are subdivided to
small groups to examine the patients. This occurs 3 times a week.
th
• The 4 day will be in the obstetric outpatient clinic, where they will take the
history from an outpatient, then they will be subdivided to observe the
residents while managing the obstetric clinic. Then watch the staff while
doing the ultrasound and managing high-risk pregnant cases.
• The 5th day will be in the gynecology outpatient clinic, where they take
history
with thefrom an outpatient
residents lady
to observe thenwhile
them are further subdivided
managing into small
the outpatient groups
clinic, also
they can watch ultrasound being done by the staff members, and interpret
different gynecological diseases.
• During the whole 5 days, there is also a lecture given to the students from
10:00am till 11:00am discussing one of the obstetrics or gynecological
subjects according to the plan of teaching.
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
2004/2005
Time Plan
Ite m Time sche

scheddule Te aching hours Total hours
Clinical rounds Daily: 9:00am- 18 sessions x 1hr 18 hrs
10.00am (3 titimes
mes
a week)
Lectures Daily: 10:00am- 30 lectures x 1hr 30hrs
11:00am (5 times
a week) 36 lectures x 1hr 36hrs
11.30-12:30pm
(6 times a week)
Outpatient 9:00-10:00am 6 sessions x 1hr 6hrs
obstetrics once weekly
Outpatient 9:00-10:00am 6 sessions x 1hr 6hrs
gynecology once weekly
Total 96hrs
V.TEACHING AND LEARNING FACILITIES:

st nd
LECTURE HALL HALL:: In the lecture hall building for the 1 and 2 year medical
students located over MEDC (lecture halls No 7 and 8)
SMALL GROUP CLASSES:

• 12 rooms at the clinical wards (units) of the OBGYN hospital. Writing boards
are available in all rooms, overhead and slide projectors are available for use
when needed.
• One teaching room between unit 32 and unit 33 with data show available
when needed
• 4 rooms at the outpatient clinic in the OBGYN hospital
2 LI
L IBR
BRAR
ARIIES:
st nd
the 1 in the second floor and the 2 in the third floor with availability of
computers.
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
2004/2005
CLINICAL FACILITIES:
• Obstetric outpatient clinic serving about 100 patients a day
• Gynecological outpatient clinic serving about 100 patient a day
• 6 general OB/GYN inpatients units in the hospital
• Emergency room serving about 60 patients a day
• Operating
Operating theater in the emergency room w ith 3 del
deliivery rrooms
ooms and 3 theaters
nd
• Operating theater in the 2 floor with 4 operating beds
PATHIOLOGY MUSE
PATHIOLOGY MUSEUM:
UM:
rd
In the 3 floor with:
• Specimens demonstrating different obstetrics and gynecological diseases
• Models used in demonstration
• Different instruments used in obstetric and gynecological practice
2 LABO
L ABORARATORI
TORIES:
ES:
st nd
One in the 1 floor for the general chemical and clinical tests, and the 2 in the third
floor for the hormonal profiles
VI-A: ATTE
ATTEND
NDANCE
ANCE CRITERIA:
The minimum acceptable attendance is 75%. Students who fail to attend that
percentage of activities will not be allowed to take the end of term examination.
They may be allowed to take it during a subsequent term if they satisfy the required
attendance, otherwise the marks allocated for the end of term examination would be
reduced as a proportion from the final examination score. Students need to attend at
least 60% in order to sit for the final examination. A log book for clinical cases and
attendance in emergency
emergenc y department and theatre m must
ust be fulfi
fulfillled.
TOO
TO OL PURP
PURPO
OS E
Written e xamination Assessment of knowledge and
understanding (outcomes No 1-20)
Oral examination Assessment of knowledge and
understanding (outcomes 1-20) and
outcomes 21-32
Clinical examination Assessment of clinical skills (
outcomes 21-32), and ethical and
social skills ( outcomes 33-36)
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
2004/2005
• TERM EXAMINATION: held at the end of each 3 clinical rounds. It is a

short essay questions written exam for each 3 rounds together.
th
• FINAL EXAMINATION: at the end of the academic 5 year for all students
of this year, and the one failing from the previous year
VI-D: GRADING SYSTEM :
Examination Marks allocated

Term examination
th
4 year 40
Attendance 10
th
5 year 40
Attendance 10
Final examination Written 200
Oral OB 50
Oral GYN 50
Clinical 50
Museum specimens and 50
instrument examination
Total 500
• The mi
mini
nimum
mum passing sc score
ore is marks provi
provided
ded at least marks are
obtained in the final written examination
• Passing grades: EXCELLENT >85%, VERY GOOD 75-85%, GOOD 65-
75%, and FAIR 60-65%.
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
2004/2005
Examin
xamination
ation Des
Descrip
cription
tion Marks
ark s
Term exam Written (1.5 hours exam)
5 short essay questions in obstetrics 40 (+ 10 marks
(one is a clinical knowledge), to for atte
attendance)
ndance)
answer 4 of them.
5 short essay questions in
gynecology (one is a clinical 40 (+ 10 marks
knowledge), to answer 4 of them. for atte
attendance)
ndance)
Final exam Written (3 hours 1 Long essay 100

exam) question and 5
short essay
questions in
obstetrics
1 long essay 100
question and 5
short essay
questions in
gynecology
Oral Two oral exams:
Obstetrics 50
Gynecology 50
Clinical
One longtaking)
(history case 50
followed by
discussion of the
case (whether
obstetric or
gynecological
case)
Museum Identification of 50
specimens and jars
jars (10 jars, 4
instrument marks each) and
examination instruments (5
instruments, 2
marks each).
Total 500 marks
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
2004/2005
VII-A. BASIC MATERIALS:
• Department books: available for students to purchase from different

bookshops at the faculty.
• Overhead projections, slides, computer presentations used during teaching,
jjars
ars and instruments
VII-B. SUGGESTED MATERIALS:
• CD-ROM containing topics and presentations in obstetrics and gynecology
(available in MEDC)
th
•
Novak’ s gynecology 13 edition, 2002: available from bookshops at the
faculty
th
• Speroff clinical gynecologic endocrinology and infertility, 6 edition, 1999:
available at bookshops at the faculty
nd
• Fernando-Arias high-risk pregnancy, 2 edition, 1993: available at bookshops
at the faculty
st
• Williams Obstetrics, 21 edition, 2001: available at bookshops at the faculty.
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
2004/2005
Cairo Univ
Cairo Univee rsity
Faculty
Faculty of M e dici
dicine
ne
Department of Pediatrics
Course
Course title
title :
PEDIATRICS
Fifth year of M.B.& B.Ch. program
rd
(3 draft 2004/2005)
Allo
Allocate
cated d ma
marks
rks:: 500 marks
Course duration:
Course 6 weeks of tteaching;
eaching; with a final e
end
nd of y
year
ear ex
exam
amination
ination
Total teac hing hours: 153 hrs
te aching
Lectures:
Lectur es: 62.5 hrs Clinical/sma
linical/smallll group sessions:
ses sions: 90.5 hrs
Course director: Prof. Dr. Fadia
Fadia Mahm oud
Head of the Pediatrics Department
Teaching staff: 68 profess
pro fess ors
ors,, 33 as s is tant profess ors
ors,, 36 le
lecturers
cturers and 35 assi
ssist
sta
ant
lecturers

o To support acquisition of basic knowledge of normal and abnormal growth and
development (physical, physiologic, psychosocial), and its clinical application
from birth throug
through
h adolescence.
o To enable students to provide basic health care for individuals in the Pediatric
age group (neonates, infants, children and adolescents).
o To provide students with an appropriate background covering the common and

important Pediatric emergencies and diseases .
o To enable the development and application of appropriate professional

attitudes, communication and problem solving skills.

9. Describe normal growth and development during infancy, childhood and adolescence.
10. Describe appropriate management for abnormalities affecting growth and development.
11. Illustrate the impact of congenital and inherited diseases on children and their families.
12. Determine the nutritional requirements and the most common nutritional disorders affecting
infants and children, and describe appropriate management for disorders.
13. Describe thet he indications,
indications, contraindic
contraindications,
ations, administrat
administration
ion and prec
pr ecautions
autions of the immunizat
immunizations
ions
necessary for infants and children according to the national schedule and the condition of the
child.
14. Recognize the most important behavioral and social issues during childhood and adolescence.
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
2004/2005
15. Describe appropriate measures for health promotion as well as prevention of disease and injury
in infants, children and adolescents.
16. Cite the management priorities for different neonatal and Pediatric emergencies.
17. Describe the causes, pathogenesis, clinical symptoms, signs, investigations, treatment and
prognosis of the most important neonatal and Pediatric problems.*
II-
II-B:
B: CLINICAL SKILLS:
18. Check vital signs in neonates, infants, children and adolescents.
19. Assess physical and mental development in neonates, infants, children and adolescents
according to standard milestones and recognize abnormalities.
20. Perform appropriate clinical and anthropometric assessments for the nutritional status of infants
and children.
21. Recognize and institute appropriate initial management for different neonatal and Pediatric
emergencies.
22. Assess, classify and describe appropriate treatment for sick children below the age of five years
accordi
according
ng t o tthe
he princ
p rinciples
iples of the Int egrated
egrated M anag
anagement
ement of Childhood
Childhood Illness
Illness (IM CI).
23. Construct a proper history for a patient in the Pediatric age group.
24. Perform an adequate clinical examination for a patient in the Pediatric age group and identify
deviations from normal.
II-C: INTELLECTUAL SKILLS:

25. Interpret the most important symptoms and signs of disease in Pediatric patients.
26. Formulate appropriate management plans for individual patients presenting with the most
common Pediatric disorders. The management plan should indicate investigations (and how they
would be interpreted) as well as treatment.
27. Make decisions regarding common clinical situations using appropriate problem solving skills
using evidence based medicine and relevant ethical principles.
28. Interpret X ray and CT films, blood gas and blood picture reports covering the most important
Pediatric conditions.**
II-
II-D:
D: GENERAL SKILLS:
29. Present patient’s data in an organized and informative manner.
30. Communicate effectively with children, adolescents and their families using appropriate
communication skills.
31. Demonstrate appropriate professional attitudes and behaviors in different practice situations.
*___
______
______
Refer ______
to ______
the ______
topic ______
list ______
______
______
______
__________________
______
______
______
______
______
______
_____
__
** Conditi ons are li sted in the Diagnostic Tools li st..
Tools list
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
2004/2005
III-
III-A:
A: TOPICS:
T OPICS:
% total No. of hrs

No.
TOPIC hrs TOTAL Lectures Practical/
small groups
1 Social and Prev
Preventiv
entive
e Pediatrics 6 9 6 3
2 Growth
Growt h and Dev
Developm
elopm ent 4 6 3 3
3 Nutrition 7.5 11.5 4 7.5
4 Perinatology/Neonatolo
Perinatology/ Neonatology
gy 12 18 0 18
5 Genetics and DyDys
s m orphol
orphology
ogy 5 8 4 4
6 Nephrology
Nephrol ogy 4.5 7 3 4
7 Cardiology
Cardiol ogy 8 12.5 5.5 7
8 Res piratory Sy
Syss tem 8.5 13 6 7
9 Hem atology
atology/O/Oncology
ncology 8 12 4.5 7.5
10 Infectious and Paras itic Dise
Disea
ase
ses
s 5.5 8.5 3 5.5
11 Endocrinology
Endocrinolo gy 3.5 5 3 2
12 Neurology
Neurolo gy 6.5 10 4.5 5.5
13 Gastroenterology and
Hepatology
Hepatolog y 10 15.5 6 9.5
14 Pediatric
Pediat ric Emergencies 9 14 9 5
15 Behavioral
Behav ioral Pediatrics 2 3 1 2
TOTAL 100 153 62.5 90.5
(41%) (59%)
1. Social and Preventive

Preventive Pe
Pediatrics
diatrics
Patterns of morbidity and mortality in the society, Integrated Management of Childhood Illness (IMCI)
and its role in preventive and social aspects of pediatrics, prevention of infections; compulsory
vaccinati
vac cination
on schedu
sc hedule
le,, other v accines, preventio
pr evention
n of inj
injuries
uries
2. Grow
Growth
th and Develop
Developme
ment
nt
Normal
ormal grow th and grow th charts,
chart s, abnormalities
abnormalities in
in grow th and development
development
3. Nu
Nutr
trition
ition
Nutritional requirements, breast-feeding, formula-feeding, nutritional disorders
4. Perinatology/ Neonatology
Normal
ormal new born, neonatal
neonatal resuscitati
resus citation,
on, grow th of the new born, neona
neonatal
tal convulsions, respiratory
respiratory
disorders, jaundice, metabolic disorders, hematological disorders, infections, birth injuries and
surgical emergencies.
5. Genet
enetics
ics and Dy
Dysm
smorpholo
orphology
gy
Chromosomal disorders, single gene disorders, multifactorial inheritance, dysmorphism.
6. Nephrology
Nephrotic syndrome, glomerulonephritis, urinary tract infection, renal failure, enuresis
7. Cardiology
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
2004/2005
Congenital heart disease, rheumatic heart disease, heart failure, infective endocarditis, hypertension,
arrhythmias
8. Respiratory system
system
Upper and low er respiratory
r espiratory s ystem
ys tem disorders, bronchial
bronchial asthma
asthma
9. Hematology/ Oncology
Anemias, bleeding disorders, common childhood malignancies
10. Infectious and Parasitic diseases

Febril
Febrile
e illness,
illness, rashes, specific
specif ic infections,
inf ections, antipyr
antipyretic
etic drugs, antibio
antibiotics
tics
11. Endocrinology
Thyroid gland, diabetes
12.. Neurology
12
Mental retardation, epilepsy, CNS infections, cerebral palsy, hydrocephalus, microcephaly,
neuromusc
neuromuscul
ular
ar disorders
disorders
13.. G
13 Gas
astroe
troenter
nterolog
ology
y and Hepatolog
Hepatology
y
a) Gastroenteritis
Gastroenter itis and dehydr
dehydration,
ation, vomitin
vomiting,
g, oral lesions,
lesions, abdominal
abdominal pain and
and mass
masses
es
b) Viral hepatitis, chronic hepatitis, liver cirrhosis and portal hypertension, cholestasis ,
hepatosplenomegaly
14. Pediatric Emergencies

Principles of pediatric emergency medicine; respiratory ,cardiovascular, neurological and metabolic
emergencies, poisoning and serious injuries
15. Behavi
ehavioral
Pediatric oral Pediatrics
behavioral and social problems, ethics and professional attitudes relevant to Pediatrics
III-B: CLINICAL CASES:

1.Nutrition: Protein energy malnutrition, Rickets
2.Genetics: Dow n syndrome
syndrome (trisom
(tr isomy
y 21)
3.Neonatology: Ful
Fulll term
ter m and preterm new born, Neonatal hyperbil
hyper bilirubinem
irubinemia,
ia, Neonatal
Neonatal sepsis
seps is
4.Infections: Febril
Febrile
e illness, Exanthemata,
xanthemata, Parotid sw ell
elling
ing
5.Pulmonology:
Upper respiratory system: V iral UR
URTI
TI,, stridor,
str idor, otitis media,
media, tonsilli
tons illitis
tis
Lower
Lower rrespiratory
espiratory system: Bronchitis, bronchiol
bronc hiolitis,
itis, pneumonia,
pneumonia, bronchial
bronc hial asthma
asthma
6.Cardiology
Congenital heart disease : Cyanotic (as Tetralogy of Fallot), Acyanotic as VSD, ASD
Rheumatic heart disease:
7.Neurology: Mental retardation, large head (hydrocephalus), cerebral palsy, floppy infant
(Werdnig-Hoffmann), acute paralysis (Guillain-Barre), myopathy as Ducchene dystrophy
8.Nephrology: Nephrotic syndrome, renal masses

9.Gastronterology and Hepatology: Gasteroenteritis and dehydration, hepatitis,
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
2004/2005
hepatosplenomegaly, abdominal masses, ascites, cholestasis
10.Hematology: Chronic hemolytic anemia, purpura and ecchymosis, leukemia

11.Endocrinology: Congenital hypothyroidism, short stature
12.Pediatric
12.Pediatric emer
emergen
gencies:
cies: Stridor, w heezy c hest, respi
res piratory
ratory distress,
distress , shock,
s hock, severe dehydrati
dehydration,
heart failure, convulsions, hyperpyrexia, hypothermia, hypoglycemia, diabetic ketoacidosis, acute
anemia,
anem ia, bleeding.
b leeding.
III-
III-C:
C: DIAGNOSTIC
DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS:
X-rays CT scan of the he
head
ad
Normal CT scan at different levels
Cardiac radiol
ra diology
ogy Plain CT and contrast-enhanced CT
Normal
ormal heart X-ray
X- ray IIntracranial
ntrac
ntracranial
ranial hemorr
hemo rrhage
hage
calcification
Cardiomegaly
Special cardiac configuration Cerebral infarction
Pericardial effusion Brain abscess
Brain tumours
tumours
Ches
Chestt radiol
ra diology
ogy Brain edema
Normal chest X-ray Brain atrophy
Lobar pneumonia Hydrocephalus (obstructive and
Bronchopneumonia communicating)
Pleural effusion Cranial
ranial lesions
lesions (sku
(s kullll fractures)
fr actures)
Lung collapse
Lung abscess
Pneumothorax Blood picture
Hydropneumothorax Anemia (different types)
Milia
iliary
ry shadow Thrombocytopenia
Hyaline membrane disease Leukocytosis and leukopenia
Congenital lobar emphysema Pancytopenia
Diaphragmatic hernia Picture of bacterial infection
Leukocytosis
GIT radiology Bandemia
Multiple fluid levels Toxic granulations
Pneumoperitoneum Leukemia
Pyloric stenosis
Tracheo-esophageal fistula
Blood gas analysis
Skull radiology Normal blood gases
Normal skull X-ray Arterial and venous samples
Skul
Sk ulll fractures
f ractures Assessment of oxygenation
Intracranial calcification Assess
As sess ment of ventilati
ventilation
on
Increased intracranial
intracranial pressure
press ure Assessment of cacid-base
Metabolic
etaboli acidosis status
Long bones Metabolic alkalosis
Rickets Respiratory acidosis
Achondroplasia Respiratory alkalosis
Osteogenesis imperfecta

IV-A
IV-A: METHODS USED:
USE D:
1. Le
Le ctures
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
2004/2005
2. Clinical
Clinical and small
small group sessions:
se ssions:
2-1: Clinical training
(clinical demonstrations, pract
practice
ice of skills , and discus sions)
si ons)
(a) General
General Pedi
Pediatric
atric inpatient ward teaching
(b) Outpatient
Outpatient clinic and Em ergency departm
department
ent teaching
(c) Neonatal unit teaching
2-2: Tut
Tutorial
orial class es (sm all group teaching)
IV-B:
IV-B: METHODS FOR DISABLED
DISABLED STUDENTS:
STUDE NTS:
No s pecial arrangements are available.
available.
IV-C:
PLAN:
Lectures:
rd
The lecture hall on the 3 floor of the Center for Soc
Social
ial an
andd Prev
Preventiv
entive
eMMedicine
edicine;;
daily from 8.30 – 10 am (general topics) and thrice-weekly from 12.00–1 pm (Social,
preventiv
preventive
e an
andd pri
primm ary care topics )
Clinical rounds and small group activities:

Each term, students
s tudents are div
divided
ided into s
six
ix equal groups ; each group be
being
ing aassi
ssig
gned
to one of the general Pediatrics units that constitute the department. Within each unit,
s tudents wil
willl be divided furt
further
her into two groups during m orning cli
clinical
nical round
roundss (four d
daays
a week) and noon tutorial (once a week). The fifth and sixth days will be allocated to
outpatient and neonatology teaching. The particular weekdays will depend on the staff-
round and out-patient clinic daydays
s for each unit:
• Out-patient tea
Out-patient teachin
chingg se ssions: following a core sess ion at the c
sessions: center
enter of social and
preventive medicine (for both groups separately), students will be alternately
distributed between the emergency room & gastroenterology out-patient unit.
Practical
Pract ical training o
onn the IIM
MCI protoc
protocol
ol wil
willl take place during the out-patient ses s ions .
• Neonatology teaching sessions: teaching at the NICU of Monira Pediatric Hospital
and Kasr El Aini Obstetrics and Gynecology Hospital (three weeks each; alternating
between both groups).
Time plan:
Item: Time schedule
sc hedule Teaching
ea ching hours Total
hours
Lectures Daily: 8.30 – 10.00 am 31 lectures x 1.5 hrs
Preventive & social: 16 lectures x 1 hr 62.5 hrs
3 days weekly: 12 – 1 pm
Diagnostic tools: 2 lectures 8.30 – 11.30 2 lectures x 3 hrs 6 hrs
Clinical 10.00 – 12.00 noo n 22 sessions (4x 5 wks 44 hrs
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
2004/2005
th
rounds 4 days weekly at each unit and twice in 6 week)
(each of the two groups separately) x 2 hrs
Tutorial 12.00 – 1.30 pm 5 wks x 1.5 hr 7.5 hrs
once weekly for each group
Out-patient Once weekly for 6 weeks: 6 wks x 2 hrs
OPC session: 10.00 – 12.00 noon
& Once weekly for 3 weeks: 3 wks x 1 hr
15 hrs
emergency ER/ GE clinic: 12.00 – 1.00 pm
Neonatology Once weekly for 6 weeks: 6 wks x 3 hrs 18 hrs
10.00am – 1.00pm
TOTAL
TOTAL 153
15 3 hrs
V. TEACHING AND LEARNING FACILITIES:
Facilities
LECTURE HALL: at the Center for Social and Preventive Medicine. Writing board, overhead and
slide projectors are
ar e available.
available. Data
Data show is available
available w ith prior arrangements.
arrangements.
SMALL GROUP CLASSES:
• 12 rooms
rooms at the
t he clinical
clinical w ards (units) of Monira
Monira Pediatric Hospital and Cairo University
nivers ity
Specialized Pediatric Hospital. Writing boards are available in all rooms; overhead and slide
projectors
projectors are availabl
available
e for
f or use w hen needed
needed..
• A teaching room at the neonatal
neonatal unit of
of each of Monira Pediatric
Pediatric Hospital
Hospital and Kasr El El Aini
Obstetrics and Gynecology Hospital.
• Tw o rooms
rooms at the Center
Center forf or Social and Prev
Preventive
entive Medicine
Medicine (used
(us ed f or outpatient teaching)
and a room at the outpatient clinic of Monira Pediatric Hospital.
LIBRARY:
6th floor of Cairo University Specialized Pediatric Hospital.
CLINICAL FACILITIES:
• General and special
spec ialized
ized outpatient clinics serving
serv ing over 1000 patients daily.
daily.
• 6 general Pediatrics inpatient
inpatient units in tw o hospitals.
• Specialized
Specialized Pediatric units including:
including:
-2 Neona tol ogy uni ts at ea ch o f M oni ra Pedi
Pe di atric Hos
Hospi
pi tal and Kasr
Kasr El Aini
Ai ni Obstetr
Obstetric
ics
san
and
d Gyne
nec
colo
logy
gy
Hospital.
-Gastroenterology
-Gastroenterology un it (outpa tien t, inp atie nt and eme rgency services
services).
).
• Emergency
ergenc y service
serv ice available
available through the emergency
emergency units of
of both hospitals.
SKILLS LAB/ MODE

MODELS:
LS:
Neonatal resus
r esuscitation
citation model.
model.
V I. STUDENT ASSESSMENT
ASSESSMENT::
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
2004/2005
Th
Thee minim
minimum
um acceptable attendance
att endance is 75%; students w ho fail to attend that percpercentage
entage
of activ
activities
ities w ill
ill not be allow
allow ed to take
take the end of term examination.
examination. They
They may
may be allow
allow ed to take
take it
during
during a subsequent term if they satisf y the required attendan
attendance,
ce, otherw ise the marks
marks allocated
allocated for
f or
the end of term examinati
examination
on w ould be recorded
recor ded as a proportion
pr oportion from
f rom the f inal w ritten exami
examination
nation
score. Students need to attend at least 60% in order to sit for the final examination.
TOOL PURPOSE
Written examination Ass ess ment of kknowledge
nowledge and understanding.
(outcom
(outcomeses #
#1-9)
1-9)
Oral examination
ex amination Ass ess ment of kknowledge
nowledge and understanding.
(outcom
(outcomeses #1-9) and outc
outcom
omes
es #17 &23
Diagnostic tools Assessment of the ability to interpret X ray and CT
examination films, blood picture and blood gas reports (outcome
#20).
Clinical Long
Long case Assessment of clinical skills (especially outcomes
examination #15& 16) , intellect
intellectual
ual (out
(outcomes
comes #17,18 and 19) and
general skills (out
(outcomes
comes #21,22 & 23)
Short
Short c
case
ase Ass ess ment of clinical skills (out (outcomes
comes #10-16) , an andd
outcomes
outc omes #17,21 and 22
Log book As s es
esss m ent of cli
clinical
nical s kills (es
(especiall
pecially
y ou
outtcome
mes
s##1
13-
16)

o TERM EXAMINATION: held at the end of each c
clinical
linical rotat
rotation.
ion. St
Students
udents m ust s ubmi
ubmitt
their logbooks
logboo ks in o
order
rder to be admi
admitt
tted
ed to the
the ex
exam
am ination.
o FINAL EXAMINATION: at the the end o
off tthe
he academ ic y
year
ear for all s tudents.
Examination: Marks
allocated
Ter m exam
Term examination
ination 100
Final Written 200
Examination Oral 60
Practic
Practical
al (clinical and diagnos tic ttools
ools)) 140
TOTAL 500
o The minimum
inimum passing
pas sing s co re is 300
core 300 mark s provided at least 60 mark s are obtained in the final
w ritten exam
examinati
ination.
on.
o Pas
assing
sing grades
grad es are: EXCE
XCELLEN
LLENT >85%, V ERY GOODGOOD 75- <85%, GOOD GOOD 65- <75% and
FAIR 60- <65%.
1. Logboo
Logbook:
k: m us
ustt be comple
completed
ted during the term and every s tudent shoul
shouldd hav
have:
e:
• Attended at least
least tw o emergency
emergency room sess io ions.
ns.
• Seen
Seen at least
least five
f ive emergency
emergency cases (listed in the list of clinical c ases
(listed in ases ).
• Participated
articipated satisf actorily in the assessm
asses smentent and classif ication
ication of patients
patients accordin
acc ording
g to the
IMCI protocol
protoc ol on tw o dif
dif f erent outpatient sessions.
ses sions.
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
2004/2005
• A ctively
ctiv ely partic
participated
ipated in case
cas e taking
taking and discuss
disc ussion
ion at least
least tw ice during
during inpatient
inpatient clinical
teaching
teachin g sessions.
ses sions.
2. Examination
Examinations:
s:
Exa
xamination
mination Descr
Description
iption Marks
Mar ks
Clinical CASE : The student will be allowed 20 minutes with the patient
ONE LONG CASE: Long case:
during which he/she is expect ed to take a history and perf orm phy
during phy sical 25marks
examination. Subsequen
Subsequentlytly , the student w would
ould present the case to the
examiner; who willwill also ask the st udent to demonst rate specif ic parts of tth
he
Short
examination on the patient and may ask about interpretation of f inding indings,s,
case: 2x
dif f erential diagnosis, management plan as w well
ell as
as related bbackground
ackground
knowledge. 12.5marks
TWO SHORT CASES:

The
The student will be asked to examine the patient and may be guided
guided (eg to
examine a specif ic sy st em). The student is requir
required
ed to make a written
m s
r k response which will be assessed.
e r
t aDiagnostic Includ es five i tems: 25marks
f mtools 2 X-rays, one CT, one blood picture & one blood gas report
o
0 They will be s hown f or 5 minut es each; during which the st udent is re
required to
d
n 0 make writt
writt en comments which w
will
ill be subsequently asses sed.
E 1Oral
Oral One oral examinati on station 25marks
Written A 2-hours written paper composed of short essay type questions 200marks
(200marks)
Oral & Clinical: Long case:
Practical One long case (as above) 40marks
(200marks) Two short cases: Short
1. The student
st udent will be ask ed tto
o ex
examine
amine the patient and m
may
ay be guide
guided (eg to case:
examine a specif ic sy st em). The student is requirrequireded to make a written 2x30marks
response which will be assessed.
2. The st udent will be required t o ass ess and cclass
lass if y an inf ant or ch
chiild base
sed
d
on IMCI protocol.
L tools :
Diagnostic tools: 40marks
A 8 i tems
tems:: 4 X-rays
X-rays,, two CT scans
scans,, one blo od p icture & on e bl ood gas
N
I report
F Oral : Two oral examination stations 2x30marks
TOTAL 500marks

o Department books: available for students to purchase from different
bookshops at the faculty.
o Ov
Overh
erhead
ead pro
project
jections,
ions, s
slides
lides and computer pr
presentations
esentations us
used
ed d
durin
uring
g teaching.
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
2004/2005
VI-B: SUGGESTED MATERIALS:

o CD-ROM containing ttopics
opics and presentations in neonatology (av
(availa
ailable
ble tto
o s tudents).
o Nels
Nelson's
on's "E
"Ess
ss entials of Pediat
Pediatrics"
rics" ((av
available
ailable from bookshops at tthe
he ffacult
aculty
y)
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
2004/2005
Cairo University
Kasr El Aini Medical School
Department of Internal Medicine
Internal Medicine
Course Specification
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
2004/2005
Course title:
Internal Medicine
4th year, 5th year, and 6th year course of M.B.B.ch Program
Al located
locate d marks: 900 marks
th
Course duration:
duration: 4 weeks of teaching in th
thee 4 year
th
6 weeks of teaching in the 5 year
th
16 weeks of teaching in the 6 year
Course
Cou rse director:
director: Prof. Mohamed
Mohame d Reda Awadin
Head of Internal Medicine department
Teaching staff: 86 Professors,
Professors, 55 assistant pr
profes
ofessors,
sors, 60 le cturers,
cturers, assistant
le ctur
cturers,
ers, and
and demonstrators
=============================================================
I. Aim of the Course
By the end of the internal medicine course;

1. To support acquisition of knowledge and understanding of health and its promotion, and of
disease, its prevention and management, in the context of the whole individual and his or her
p lace
lace in the family
family and in society
society .
2. To enable the student to acquire and become proficient in basic clinical skills such as obtaining
a patient’s history, undertaking a comprehensive physical and mental state examination,
interpreting the findings and constructing diagnostic and treatment plans. The student should
be competent in the performance of a limited number of basic technical procedures and
become proficient in listening and responding to patients concerns.
3. To enable the students to acquire and demonstrate attitudes necessary for the achievement of
high standards of medical practice, both in relation to the provision of care of individuals and
populations and to his or her personal development including a lifelong commitment to
continuing medical education.
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
2004/2005
II. Intended Learning Outcomes:

By the end of the interna
int ernall medici
medicine
ne course,
course, tthe
he student
st udent will
w ill be able
able to:
(i) Know
Knowle
le dge and Understanding
Understanding :
1. Discuss the common medical problems presenting to doctors - in primary health care
sett ing,
ing, hosp ital and comm
community
unity - thei
t heirr diagnosis,
diagnosis, p revention
revention and trea
t reatment.
tment.
2. Identify disease
disease in terms of mental, functional
functional and phy sical
sical p
proce
rocesses
sses
3. State the clinical manifestations and differential diagnosis of common medical disorders
with an emphasis on the incidence of the different manifestations and their relative
importance in establishing diagnosis, and the early manifestations of serious diseases (e.g.
malignancy, emergencies …etc)
4. Recognize the normal aging process in terms of physiologic and clinical manifestations
and identify age related diseases and variable causes of disability in old age.
5. Name the role, prevalence and limitations of alternative and complementary medicine.
(ii) Skills::
Skills
Profes
Professsional
ion al Skil
S kil l s:
6. Tak e a thorough history of ap propriate

propriate de pth and d etail, relative
relative to the
the clinic
clinical
al
context.
7. Demo nstrate
nstrate a com plete and/or problem-focused physical
physical ex am ination.
ination.
8. Recognize urgent life-threatening conditions, and institute appropriate initial
management.
9. Safe
10. Use ly
appe rform routine
propriate
propriate ste riledia gn os tic and
technique
technique , Cothe
mprape utic
ly wit
with proce
h and useduuniversal
res , includ
includiiprecautions.
ngecautions.
pr life su
supp
ppor
ortt.
Intell ec
ectual
tual skil l s:
11. Analyze symptoms & signs and construct a differential diagnosis for common
presenting complaints.
12. Design an appropriate diagnostic plan for evaluation of common presenting
com pla ints which
which is ap prop riate in te rms of the diff e ren tial d iag no sis, the sever
severiity of
the clinic
clinical
al situation an d the risks, b ene fitsfits an d costs to the p atient.
13. Acc
Accurately interpr
interpret
et the res ults of com mo nly used diagn ostic procedures.
procedures.
14. Id en tify risk
risk factors fo r dise as e process es an d in jury, and institute the app apprrop
oprriate
ate
diagn ostic,
ostic, preventive, an d therapeu ti tic
c interventi
interventions.
ons.
15. Id e ntify
ntif y the ind icatio ns a nd lo gistics
gi stics o f re fe rring
rring pa tie nt
nts
s to hi
high
gher
er level
evels
s of exper
experiience
ence
or spe cialization as a p rinciple
inciple fo r tthe
he fam ily do ctor (G
(GP).
P).
16. C on struct tre
tre atm e nt pla n, incorpo rating his k no wled ge , b e st av
avai
aillab
ablle ev
evidenc
dence, an
and
d
patient’s preferences in a cost effective manner.
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
2004/2005
Communi
Communi cation and general
general skil l s:
17. Establish rapport and trust with the patient.

18. Exp lain to the patients a nd their rrelatives
elatives the nature o f illness, the diagn ostic and
and
therapeu tic
tic options
options and Re com me nd life stylestyle m odification
odification in com pas sionate
sionate and
and
ethical way.
19. Respond effectively to a patient’s emotional and psychosocial concerns.
20. Interac
Interactt and com mu nicate
nicate effe ctively
tively wit
withh o ther hea lt lth
h care profe ssiona ls.
21. Document fully the patient's history and examination findings, list the clinical
prob le m s a nd P rese nt rele van t m ate rial clea rly,
rly, concise ly, cohe rently
rently, an
andd legibl
egibly
y so
that information about patients may be communicated effectively.
22. Allay
Allay patient anx iety reg
reg arding procedures.
23. Manage time
time effectiv
effectively
ely and d em onstrate
onstrate sk il ills
ls nee ded for life
life long lea rning.
(iii) Attitudes:
24. Adopt respect for patients and colleagues that encompasses, without prejudice, diversity of
background, opportunity, language, culture and way of life.
25. Advocate respect of patients’ rights, particularly in regard to confidentiality and informed
consent.
26. Justify incorporation into their practice of appropriate attitudes, clinical ethics and legal
responsibilities.
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
2004/2005
III. Course Contents:
III. 1: Topics:
Top ic % total
tot al No of hrs
hrs Tot al Lectures
Lectures Practical/
Practical/
small groups
Cardio Vascular
Vascular t opics
op ics 15% 60 10 50
Resp
Respira
iratory
tory top ics
ics 15% 60 10 50
GIT & hepatology
hepatology top ics 15% 60 10 50
Neurology top ics
Neurology ics 15% 60 10 50
Hematolog
Hema tology
y top ics 5% 20 5 15
Nephrolog
Nep hrology
y top ics 5% 20 10 10
Rheumatology
Rheumatolog y top ics
ics 5% 20 5 15
Endocrinolo
Endoc rinolog gy top ics
ics 5% 20 10 10
Infections
Infections t opopics
ics 5% 10 8 2
Geriatric
Geria tric top icicss 2.5% 5 3 2
Genetics top ic icss 2.5% 5 5 0
Ethics & lalaww t op
opics
ics 5% 10 5 5
EBM
EB M top ic icss 5% 10 5 5
Total 100% 360 96 264
26.7% 73.3%
Lectures:
=======
4th Year Lectures
Symptomatology
Dy sp nea Abdominal
Abdominal p ai ain
n
Chest
Che st p ain
ain Dysp
Dy spepsia
epsia
Oedema Gast rointest
roint estinal
inal Hemorrhage
Hemorrhage
Cough and ex exp
p ectoration
ectorat ion Disorders
Diso rders of defecat
defecat ion
Hemoptysis Jaundice
Palpitation Fatigue
M usculoskeletal p ains Headache and migraine
migraine
Disorders of app etite Vertigo
Vertigo
Dy sp hagia
hagia Abnormalities
Abnormalities of urine
Ethics and Law Lectures

Life, Death, Dying and Killing, and Organ
Informed consent Transplantation
Confidentiality and Good Clinical
Refusal of treatment Practice
Autonomy
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
2004/2005
5th Year Lectures

Some common
comm on d
disorders
isorders
Hy p ertension Hemorrhag
Hemorrhagic diat
diat hesis
Heart failure Lymp
Ly mphh node enlargeme
enlargementnt
Diabetes Coma and disorders of consciousness
T.B Shock
Systemic inflammatory response
Atherosclerosis syndrome
Anemia
Geriatr
eriatric
ic medicine Lectures
Effect of ag
aging
ing on body sy stems
st ems Cognit
Cognitive
ive disorders in t he elderly
Falls Delirium in t he elderly
Urinary incontinence Prescribing for t he elderly
Genetics Lectures
Nucleic acids
acids Regulation
Regulation of Gene Exp
Exp ression
Recombinant
Recombina nt DNA
DN A t echnology
echnology Immunogenetics
Immunogenetics
Chromosomal abnormalities
Evidence based medicine

Introduct ion
Introduction Ap p raisal
raisal of a p aper about diag
diagnosis
How to formula
formulate
te a que
question
stion App
Ap p raisal
raisal of a p aper about
about therap
therap y
Resources
6th Year Lectures
Cardiology
Cardiology L
Lec
ecture
tures
s
Rheumatic fever Heart failure
Infective endocarditis Pericarditis
Ischemic heart disease Large
Large vessel disease
Hy p ertension Cardiovascu
Cardiovascular
lar drugs
drugs
Corpulmonale Cardiomyopathy
Pulmonary embolism
embolism Congenital
Congenital heart disease
Arrhythmias
Respiratory diseases Lectures

Ast hma/ch
hma/chronic
ronic bronchitis
bronchitis Respiratory
Resp iratory failure
failure
COPD
COP D Bronchial carcinoma
carcinoma
Up p er resp
respiratory
iratory infections
infections Lung sy ststem
emic
ic disease
disease
Pneumonias Occupational
Occup ational lung disease
Su
Supp p urative lung sy ndrome p leural
leural diseases
diseases
Tuberculosiss
Tuberculosi M ediastinal
ediastinal sy ndrome
Interst itial disease
disease p ulmonary
ulmonary function test s
Emphy sema Drug induced p ulmonary disease
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
2004/2005
GIT & Hepatolog

Hepatology
y Lectur
Lectures
es
Esophagus, Gatroesophageal Acute hepatitis & Chronic hepatitis
junction
junction disorders, and dy
dysp
sp epsia
Peptic
Pep tic ulcer
ulcer M edica
edicall t reatment
reatment Cirrhosis, Portal
Port al hy
hypp ertension, Up p er
GIT bleeding, Ascites, and
Hepatocellular failure
Diarrheas and dysenteries & Functional colonic disorders
M alab
alabsorpt
sorpt ion sy ndrome
ndrome Inflammatory bowel disease
Neurology
Neurology Lecture
Lecturess
Neurological localizat
Neurological localization
ion M etabolic encephalopathies
encephalop athies
Cerebral
Cerebral atherosclerosis
atherosclerosis Epilepsy
Epileps y and convul
convulsive
sive disorders
CV stroke
st roke Speech abnormalit
abnormalit ies
Hemiplegia Paraplegia
Diseases of muscles and
Neurogenic
Neurogenic bladder disorders neuromuscular junction
At ax
axia
ia Space occupy ing lesions
Extr
Extrapy
apy ramida
ramidall sy ndromes
ndromes Dementia
Dementia
Peripheral neuropathy and
radiculopathies Coma
M ening
eningitis
itis /ence
/encep
p halitis
halitis MS
Hematolog
Hemat ology/
y/ On
Oncology
cology L
Lec
ecture
tures
s
Hematop oiesis Bone marrow failure
Anemias Bleeding disorders

Lymphadenopathy Anticoagulants
Acutee leukemia
Acut leukemia Blood t ransfusion
ransfus ion
M y elop
elop roliferative
roliferative disorders Lymp homas
homas
Chronic leukemia
leukemia T hrombophelia
hrombop helia
Nephrology
Nephrology Lecture
Lecturess
Structure and function Diabet
Diabet ic nephrop athy
Major clinical symptoms in
nephrolog
nep hrology
y Invest ig
igations
ations of renal disease
Water, electrolyte and acid base
Acute renal failure balance
Chronic renal failure Diuretics
Diuret ics
Urinary trac
tr actt obstruction
obst ruction Drugs
Drugs and t he kidney
kidney
Urinary infection and reflux
nephropathy Renal replaceme
Renal replacementnt therapy
therap y
Nephrotic
Nep hrotic sy ndrome Kidney in sy st
stem
emic
ic disea
disease
se
Acute nephritic syndrome
Rheumatology Lectures
Classification and DD of
arthrop athies Drugs
Drugs used in rheumatic
rheumatic diseases
diseases
Corticosteroids and other
Rheumatoid
Rheumatoid arthritis
arthrit is immunosup
imm unosupp p ressive agents
agents
Basic immunology and immune
Systemic lupus erythematosus diseases
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
2004/2005
Seroneg
Seronegative
ative arthrop
arth rop aties Ot her autoimmune joint diseases
Gout Infective
Infective arthritis
arthrit is
Ost eoart
eoarthritis
hritis Reactive
Reactive arthritis
Osteoporosis Vasculitis
Non-articular rheumatic disorders
Infections
Infections Lecture
Lecturess
Enteric fevers HIV
Brucellosis PUO
M ening
eningitis
itis Diag
Diagnosis
nosis of p arasitic
arasitic diseases
diseases
Schisttosomiasis Antibiotics
Tuberculosis Antihelmenths
Amebiasis Cholera and t etanus
Fascioliasis and oesinophilic
Malaria syndrome
Leishmaniasis Rabies
Filariasis Phy sical ag
agents
ents
Endocrinology & Metabolism Lectures

Stunded growth & Acromegaly and
Diabetes other pituitary tumors
Obesity, Vitamins & Nutritional
Hypoglycemia deficiency
Thy rotoxic
rotoxicosis
osis & Hyp
Hy p othyroi
othy roidism
dism Dysli
Dy slip
p idemi
idemiaa
Sheehan's and other hypopituitary
disorders Cushing syndrome & Addison's
Diaetes insipidus and SIADH disease
Hyperparathyroidism and metabolic
bone disease, Tetany and calcium
homeostasis
Gonadal disorders
Alternative and complementary medicine

The role, prevalence and limitations of alternative and complementary medicine.
Psychiatry
Psychiatry lectures
*See the attached appendix 2
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
2004/2005
Seminars:
=======
Anticoagulants, antiplatelets, and thrombolytic therapy

Antibio
Ant ibiotics
tics and chemotherapeutics
chemotherapeutics
Antii inflamma
Ant inflammatory
tory and immunosupp
immunosupp ressive drugs
drugs
FUO
Myocardial and pericardial diseases
Neurotransmitters
Metabolic bone diseases

App
Ap p roach
roach to a patient with chest
chest p ain
ain
Approach to a patient with poly arthritis
Approach to a patient with metabolic coma
Approach to a patient with jaundice
M edical
edical causes
causes of acute
acut e abdominal
abdominal pain
Approach to a patient with anemia
Approach to a patient with renal failure
Approach to a patient with heart failure
App
Ap p roach
roach to a patient with arrhythmi
arrhyt hmiaa
Approach to a patient with bronchial asthma
III. 2: Clinical cases
CARDIOVASCULAR
1. Dysrhythmias
2. IHD
3.
4. Congestive heart
Hypertension failure
– evaluation
5. Valvular heart disease - clinical features, diagnostic methods, interpretation of data
6. Evaluation
Evaluation of chest p ain
ain
7. Cardiom
Cardiomyy opathy .
8. Large vessel disease
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
2004/2005
RESPIRATORY
1. Asthma
2. Obst
O bstructive
ructive lung disease
disease - chronic
chronic bronchitis,
bronchitis, emp
emp hy
hysema
sema
3. Pleural effusion
4. Suppurative syndrome
5. Pulmonary emboli
emboli
6. Respiratory
Resp iratory Failure
Failure - acute and chronic
chronic
7. Carcinoma of the lung
8. T.B
9. Mediastinal syndrome
10. Interstitial lung disease
GASTROINTESTINAL
1. Abdominal pain
2. Cirrhosis
3. Ascitis
4. Diarrhea - diagnosis
diagnosis and manageme
management
nt of acute
acut e and chronic diarrhea
5. G.I. bleeding
6. Hepatitis
7. Jaundice - differential diagnosis
8. Malabsorption
9. Nausea and vomiting
vo miting
10. Peptic ulcer disease
11. Ulcerative colitis, regional enteritis

NEUROLOGY
1. Cerebrovascula
Cerebrovascularr disease - st roke sy ndromes
ndromes
2. Coma
3. Headache
4. Paraparesis
5. Seizures
6. Peripheral neuropathy.
7. M yopathy
8. Ataxias
9. Extrap
Extrap y ramidal
ramidal syndrome
sy ndromess
10. Dementia
RHEUMATOLOGY
1. Degenerative joint disease

2. Gout
3. Low back pain
4. Systemic lupus erythematosus
5. Rheumatoid
Rheumatoid arthritis
arthrit is
6. Vasculitis
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
2004/2005
ENDOCRINOLOGY
1. Adrenal insufficiency and Cushing

2. Acromegaly and Sheehan’s syndrome
3. Diabetes
4. Stunted growth
5. Hyper/hypothyroidism
6. Para
P arathy
thy roid and calci
calcium
um metabolism/osteop
metabolism/osteoporosis
orosis
7. Obesity
HEMATOLOGY/ONCOLOGY
1. Anemia
A nemia
2. Clinical evaluation of bleeding – clotting disorders
3. Hodgkin's
Hodgkin's disease,
disease, lymphoma
ly mphoma - st ages,
ages, p rinciples
rinciples of treatment
4. Leukemia
a. acute lymphocytic, myeloid
b. chronic
chronic lymphocyt
lymp hocytic
ic,, myelo
my eloid
id
5. Multiple myeloma
6. Thrombocytopenia
7. Lymphadenopathy
Lymphadenopathy
INFEC
INFECTIOUS
TIOUS DISEASE
1. Endocarditis
2. FUO
3. Pneumonia
4. Tuberc
T uberculosis
ulosis
5. Hepatitis
NEPHROLOGY
1. Evaluation of hematuria
2. Kidney in systemic diseases
3. Glom
G lomerulo
erulonephrit
nephritis
is
4. Nephrotic syndrome
5. Obstructive uropathy
6. Principles of diagnosis and management of acute and chronic renal failure
SKIN
*See attached appendix1
III. 3: Medical skills A
1. Aseptic technique.
2. Procedures involving veins:
 vene
venep
p uncture for blood sampling ( includin
includin g safe
safe use of blood
containers)
 Insert and remove cannula into peripheral vein.
 Se
Sett up intravenous fluid
fluid infusion.
 Give intravenous injections.
 M ix and inject
inject drug
dr ugss into
int o intravenous
int ravenous bag.
bag.
 Use an infusion pump
p ump t o give
give drug t reatment.
reatment.
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
2004/2005
3. Give intramuscular and subcutaneous injections

4. Blood transfusion - t akes
akes blood for cross match and monitor
monitor a blood transfusion.
5. Arterial blood sampling.
6. Insert nasogastric tube/principles of nasogastric feeding.
7. Bladder catheterization.
8. M easure blood glucose
glucose using finger
finger prick
p rick sample
samp le and stix
st ix
9. Urine dipst ick
ick and analys
analysis.
is.
10. Administer oxygen therapy safely.
11. Perform an ECG.
12. Perform basic respiratory function tests (measurement of peak expiratory
flow rate and interpretation of peak flow charts).
13. Cardiop
Cardiopulm
ulmonary
onary resusci
resus citt ation
For each of these skills, the student should be able to:-

• Competently perform the procedure.
• Identify the indications,
indications, contraindica
contraindications,
tions, and potent
p otential
ial complica
complicatt ions of t he proce
p rocedure.
dure.
• Recog
Rec ognize
nize the
t he releva
relevant
nt p oints of anatomy and technical
technical features
features of t he equip
equip ment.
ment.
III. 4: Medical skills B:
Clinicall Diagnostic Studies

Clinica
The course content includes an introduction to, indications for, and interpretation of Clinical
Laboratory tests, plain and contrast Radiography, Ultrasound, Computed Tomography, Magnetic
Resonance Imag
Imaging
ing,, and Electr
Electrocardiog
ocardiograp
raphy
hy.. The
Th e emphasis
emphas is of t his course
course is
is on diagnost
diagnost ic
studies necessary for the proper evaluation of common disease entities seen in a primary care
settt ing.
set ing. Specific method
methodolog
ologies
ies will not be covered, rat
rather,
her, t he definition of t ests,
est s, their indicat
indicat ions
and proper interpretation are taught.
The following Topics will be covered:

1. Introduction to laboratory medicine; interpretation of tests.
2. Diag
Diagnosis
nosis of infectious
infectious diseases by laboratory
laboratory methods
methods..
3. Hematology: introduction & anemia.
4. Hematology: white blood cell disorders.
5. Hematology: coagulation.
coagulation.
6. Urinalysis & renal function evaluation.
7. Blood chemistry
chemistry p anels
anels & cholest
cholesterol
erol..
8. Glucose.
9. Thy roid func
function
tion tests.
tests .
10. Miscellaneous laboratory tests.
11. Ele
Electrocardi
ctrocardiog ography
raphy : ECG interp retation I.
12. Ele
Electrocardi
ctrocardiog ography
raphy : ECG interp retation II.
13. Ele
Electrocardi
ctrocardiog ography
raphy : ECG interp retation III.
14. Radiology: introduction and basic concepts.
15. Radiology: the chest.
16. Radiology: the abdomen.
17. Radi
Radiolog
ologyy : tthe
he musculoskeletal
musculoskeletal sy stem.
st em.
18. Radiology: nuclear medicine, ultrasound, and CT.
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
2004/2005
IV. Teaching Methods

IV. 1: Methods Used:
i. Illustrated Lectures: (ILOs: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5)

Large group p lenary
lenary sessions in lectlect ure theatres are timetabled,
timetabled, 6hours weekl
weeklyy . They are
not intende
int endedd to convey factual informa
informatt ion with students
st udents busy taking notes. Instea
Inst ead
d they
are akin to ‘key-note
‘key -note addresses’,
addresses’, designed
designed t o supp
sup p ort self
s elf education
education principle. They set the t he
scene for a particular topic, highlight important issues and, hopefully, arouse curiosity in
releva
relevant
nt areas. It is left to
t o students
st udents t o go
go and ex
exp lore the subject
subject in critical
critical detail.
detail.
i i. Seminars: (ILOs: 1, 2, 3,4,12, 14, 15, 16, 23)

Students
tudent s are exp
exp ect
ect ed to sea
s earch
rch and prepare
prep are certain
certain top ic in
in a tea
t eamwork
mwork manner.
manner. This work
w ork
will be orally presented using information technology, role play and group discussion
under supervision of a senior tutor for 2 hours. Seminars are held once weekly every
Monday during senior term session I. (see time table)
iii. Cl
Clin
inii cal Rounds: (ILOs
(ILOs:: 1,2,3,4,6,7,8,17,18,19,16,2
1,2,3,4,6,7,8,17,18,19,16,21,
1, 24,25,26)
Tutors demonstrate the core practical clinical skills that are an essential prelude to
undertaking a confident and competent clinical history and examination of patients and
student practice these skills on patients under supervision for 3 hours daily, 4 days weekly.
iv. Prob
Probll em-based learnin
le arning
g (PBL):{IL
(PBL):{ILOs Os:: 1,2,3,4,11,12,13,14,15,16
1,2,3,4,11,12,13,14,15,16,23}
,23}
Students work in small groups to study written descriptions of clinical situations. By
using a specific
specific set of study
st udy skill
s kills,
s, they
t hey use those
thos e scenarios
scenarios t o guide t hem towards
tow ards
relevant theoretical and practical learning.
Problem Smal l group discus

discuss
sion lea rning obj ectives
Checkin
Checkin g the resul
resul ts sel f stud
tudyy
PBL tutorials are shared learning in small groups wit

with
h other
ot her students
st udents aiming
aiming at
at deve
developing
loping
skills in communication,
communication, teamwork and leadership
leadership . Ot her objectives
objectives include t he ability to
learn from and contribute to a team, and to offer and to receive constructive peer review
under supervision of tutor.
v. Tutorials:(ILOs: 13)
For giving introduction, indications, and interpretation of clinical laboratory tests,
radiography, and electrocardiography. Students in small groups then work on ECGs, lab
reports, and X- rays to identify abnormalities, interpret findings, and put diagnosis.
Facul
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
nnexes of an
annual
2004/2005
vi. Practical clinical techniques: (ILOs: 9, 10)

focus on the development of practical skills appropriate to the clinical situation. Students
have to demonstrate sufficient knowledge and skill before undertaking invasive clinical
procedures on patients.
M edical
edical skills Lab all
allow
ow students
st udents to develop
develop many medical
medical skills in
in the relative
relative ‘safety’
‘safety ’ of
simulation.
vii. Role play(IL

play(ILOs:
Os : 18, 25)
Students work in small groups to study written scenarios, each students work with a
colle
colleag
ague.
ue. One p lay
lay s t he role of the
t he patient
p atient and
and the other play the
t he role of the doctor. This
method is essential in learning ethics and communication skills. Tutors will supervise and
guide students.
viii. Assignment::
Assignment (ILOs: 23)
each student completes a critical review on a selected topic. The review must be fully
referenced and submitted in word-processed form 1200 word at least and delivered in a
known dead time.
IV. 2: Methods for Disabled Students:
No sp ecial
ecial arrangements
arrangements are available
available
IV. 3: Time Plan:
Facul
Faculty
ty of Medicin
Medici ne, Cairo
Cairo Uni
nivve rsi
rsity
ty Anne
Anne xes of an
annual
nual faculty
facult y re port 2004/20
2004/2005
05
193
Level A Level B Level C

"Basic Term" "Junior Term" "Senior Term"
Time 4 Weeks 6 Weeks 14 Weeks 2 Week
8:00 AM Medical
Skills “A”
Ethics &
Communication
Self Time Medical Seminars
n 9:00 AM EBM Learning Management Skills “B” & PBL
o
i
Skills
Skills skills ICU
s
s
І
e 9:00 AM 4th Year
Y ear 5th Year
Y ear 6th Year Internal
S
M
Medicine
edicine
Induction
Inducti on Cl
Clini
inica
call Junior Clinical Co
C ourse Senior Clinical
11:30 AM Course Course
Break
Break Break
Break Break
Break
n
12:00 PM
o
i
s
s П Lectures Lectures Small Groups M
Medical
edical Specialties
e 1:00 PM
S
n 1:00 PM
o
i
s
I
I
Lectures
s I
e
S
2:00 PM
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
Annexes of an
annual
nual faculty report
2004/2005
194
V
V.. Teachi
Teaching
ng and
and learnin
learning
g facilities
facilities
Facilities
Facilities used for teaching
teachin g this course includ
include:
e:
• Lecture halls A & B

• Rooms for small groups teaching
• Black an
andd white bo
boar
ards
ds
• Audio visual aids
aids (data shows,
show s, overhead,
overhead, slide
slid e proje
p rojector….etc)
ctor….etc)
• Electron
Electronic ic library
• Facu
Facult lty
y library
• Ski
Ski lls lab
• Bed s and clinical
clinical facilities
facilities of Kasr Al -A
-Aini
ini teaching ho
hosspi ta
tall
VI: Assessmen
Asses smentt
VI
VI-1
-1 Attendance criteria:
criteria:
The prerequisite for ent

ent ry t o the final examination
examination is satisfactory comp
comp letion of the
Clin
Clinical
ical and
seminars, andSkills
Skclinical
ills Lo grounds.
books and assig
assi gnment, satisfactory attendance
attendance in lectures,
Students
tudent s are exp
exp ect
ect ed to att
at t end most
most of the lessons of the clinical
clinical terms and lectures
during the internal
int ernal medicine course (minimum requiremrequir ements
ents 75% of each of the
clinical
clinical course, semin
semin ars and lectures). The
T he students
students are ex
exp ect
ect ed to p resent
resent at least
1seminar, 3 cases in the junior clinical term and 4 cases in the senior clinical term.
This will be documented by the tutor in the student's log book.
VI
VI-2
-2 Assessmen
Assess mentt Tools:
Tool Purpose
Written Exam
Assess ILOs: 1,2,3,4,5,11,12,13,14,15,16
MCQs Assess ILOs:1,2,3,4,5,11,12,13,14,15,16
OSCE & Short cases Assess ILOs: 7,8,9,11,12
exam
Long case exam Assess ILOs:6,7,8,11,12,13,14,15,16,17,18,19,20,21,23,24
Data interpretation Assess ILOs:13
Oral exam Assess ILOs: 1,2,3,4,5
Log Book Assess ILOs: 9,10, 20, 22, 24,25,26
Assignment Assess ILOs: 23
VI
VI-3
-3 Assessment
Asses sment Schedule
Schedule
Summative assessment
These tes
t ests
ts are usually
usually held at t he end of eac
each
h term
t erm.. Partici
Part icip
p ation in these assessments
is comp
comp ulsory.
ulsory . The marks do contribut
contributee towards
towards the
t he overal
overalll assessment.
assessment.
a. Basic term examination (4th Year):
• Clinical examination: 4 stations OSCE, the examiner is observing

while the candidat
candidatee is ex
e xamining the p atient and t he candida
candidate
te writing
w riting
p hy sical
sical finding
findin gs.
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
Annexes of an
annual
nual faculty report
2004/2005
195
• Medical skills level A (procedures), will be assessed via log book .

b. Junior term examination (5th Year):
• Clini
Clinical
cal exam
e xaminat
ination:
ion: 2 short cases.
cases.
c. Senior term:
• M id-t
id-t erm clinica
clinicall examination,
examination, 4 short
s hort st
staations (OSCE
( OSCE).
).
• End of the term clinical
clinical e xamination 1 long case and
and 4 short st
stations
ations
(OSCE).
• Emerr gency internal medicine:

Eme medicine: M CQ exam
examinat ion.
ination
Final Examination
The prerequisite to sit for the final examination is satisfactory completion of the
Clinical and Skills Logbooks, satisfactory attendance in lectures, seminars, and
clinical
clinical rounds.
rounds .
There are five components to the final examination:
1. Component
2. Component
Com ponent
Com ponent 2
1 -- Wri
Wr
Wrii ttten
Wri paper
pape rr II
ten paper
pape I
3. Component 3 – Objective
Objective Structured clinical
clinical e xam
xaminat
ination
ion (OSCE),
(OSCE), and
Objective
Objec tive Structured
Struct ured Long Examination
Examinat ion Reco
Record
rd (OSLER)
(O SLER)
4. Component 4 - Oral examination
examination (Viva)
Tool Component 5 – DataData interpre
int erpretat
tation
ion testDescription
Written Paper 1 & 2 include problem solving questions, short
examination essays,, and 1 long question in each
essays each paper.
p aper. Pap er 1 & 2 will
include
include MCQ
M CQ in t he form of false and true questions, sing single
le
best option MCQs, multiple true and false MCQs, short
case
case wit
withh M CQ and extext ended
ended matched
m atched quest
questions.
ions.
Clinical • 1 long case (Objective Structured Long Examination

examination Record "OSLER")
• 6 short cases
cases (objective structured
st ructured clinic
clinical
al
examination
examination "OS"O SCE") each station
st ation is supplied
supplied with
wit h
writt en inst
inst ructions. There is a set time limit
limit for
each
each st
station.
ation. Each
Each exam
e xaminer
iner has a structured
st ructured mark
sheet for the case.
Data M ult
ult i sta
st ations (OSCE
( OSCE))
interpretations
Oral Ex
E xam 2 st ations, with 2 different
different examiners
examiners
VI
VI-4
-4 Grading
Grading system:
s ystem:
Marks Total
Examination
allocated
th
4 year 33
th
Term 5 year 33
th 180
Examination 6 year 65
Specialties 49
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
Annexes of an
annual
nual faculty report
2004/2005
196
Written:
st
1 paper 180 360
nd
2 paper 180
Final oral 40
Examination Data interpretation,
180
skin, venereal, and 140
clinicall pathology
clinica
Clinical
Clini cal 180 180
Total 900
Recommended
Recommended Readings and BOOKS
BOO KS for Students:
 DAVIDSON'S Principles and Practice of Medicine.

 Clinical Medici ne KUMMAR an d CLARK
M edicine CLA RK..
 1000 MCQs for DAVIDSON'S Principles and Practice of Medicine.
 MCQs for Clinical Medicine KUMMAR and CLARK.
CLARK.
 HUTCH
HUTCH IS
ISON’S
ON’S Clinic
Clinical
al Methods.
M ethods.
 Clinical
Clinical E xaminat ion, MACLEOD, MUNRO.
xamination,
 A Guide
G uide to Ph
P hy sical Examination, Barbara Bates.
sical Examination,
 Handout
Handout of l ectures.
ectures.
 Nationa
Nati onall bo
books
oks ap
appr
pro
o ved by the Internal
nte rnal Medicine Council
Council .
 CDs and Floppy
Floppy disks
disk s in the electronic library.
library.
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
Annexes of an
annual
nual faculty report
2004/2005
197
Cairo Universit
Universityy
Faculty of Medicine
Departm
Depart me nt of G
General
eneral Sur
Surgery
gery
Course Specifications (2004-2005)

For fourth, fifth and sixth year medical students.
A ll
llocated
ocated marks:
marks: to ta l = 900
th
•4 y yea
ea r= 20
th
•5 y yea
ea r= 30
th
•6 y yea
ea r= 130
•Final exam=720
Clin
Clin ical course duration:
duration:
th
•4 y yea
ea r: 6 weeks.
th
•5 y yea
ea r: 6 weeks.
th
•
6 y
Teaching hours yea
ea r: 16 weeks.
th
•4 y yea
ea r rounds: 6 weeks = 25 days = 50 h ho
o urs (C
(C linica
linica l a nd theoretic
theoreti ca l).
th
•5 y yea
ea r rounds: 6weeks = 25 25 day
da ys = 50
50 hours (Clin
(C linical
ical and
and theoretic
heoreti ca l).
th
•6 y yea
ea r rounds: 4 mont
mon ths = 100
100 days = 25 25 0 hou rs (Cli
(Cl ini
nicca l a nd theoretic
theoreti ca l).
•Lectures in general surgery not including specials = 56 hours.
•Special surgery rounds, each = 3 weeks = 17 days = 17 hours per special x 7
specials = 119 hours (Clinical and theoretical).
Course director:
director: PrP rof. Dr. Samir Abdel-Hamid Galal.
Teaching staff: 87 Pr P ro fessors,
fessors, 35 Assistant
ssistan t P ro fes
fessors
sors , 29 Lecturer
Lecture rs and 34 Assistant
Lecturers.
I- AIMS
AIMS O
OFF THE CO
COURSE:
URSE:
• To provide the student with the knowledge, and skills which enable
him/her to identify, analyze, manage and/or refer clinical surgical
problems in o rder to provide
provide efficient, cost effectiv
effectivee a nd humane
humane patient
care.
• To provide the student with an appropriate background covering the
common and/ or importmpo rtant
ant surg ic
ica
a l eme rgencies.
ge ncies.
• To enable the student
studen t to det
de te ct cance
cance r a t an early
ea rly stage.
• To enable the development and application of appropriate professional
a ttitudes,
ttitudes, ethical
et hical pri
principle
ncipless and commu
commu nicatio
nicatio n sk
sk ills.
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
Annexes of an
annual
nual faculty report
2004/2005
198
II- INTENDED
INTENDED LEARNING OUTCO
OUTCOMES:
MES:
1- Knowledge and understanding.
On successful
successfu l comp
comp le tion
tion of the course, the s tudent shou
shoulld be able to:
1- Describe the anatomy of surgically-important regions, organs and

struct
stru ctur
ure
e s of the bo
bo dy.
2- Describe the etiology, pathogenesis and pathology of important and/ or
common surgical diseases.
3- Discuss the clinical manifestations, complications, diagnostic modalities,
outcome and treatment plans for common and/or important surgical
problems, with special emphasis on emergencies and malignancies.
4- Explaiin the methods of s cr
Expla cree
ee ning a nd ea
early
rly detection of cancer
cance r.
5- Recognize the ethical principles that govern decision-making in surgical
practice.
6- Discuss the principles and practice of preoperative preparation and
postoperative care.
7- Des cribe
cribe the basic
bas ic steps
steps needed for
fo r the
the condu cti
ction
on of safe anes thesia.
8- Outline the physiologic effects of pain and the principles of its
management.
2- Professional
Professiona l sk
skills
ills (Clinica
(Clinica l and inte
ntellle ctual).
(2.1) Data acquisition:
By the end of the

the co urs
urse
e the
t he s tudent will be able to:
9- Obtain, perform and document a complete medical history and physical

examination.
10- Perform an emergency-directed examination for patients with common
surgical
11- Uti
Util emergencies.
lize sou rc
rce
e s of infor
info rma tion
tion like medic
med ica
a l re co rds,
rds, pati
pa tien
ent’s
t’s fam
fam ily/frie
ly/frie nds
to augment
augment medica
medica l h istory.
(2.2) Data analysis and problem solving.
By the end of the

the co urs
urse
e the
12- Interpret patient symptoms and physical findings in terms of their

anatomic,
anatom ic, pathologi
pa thologic c a nd fun ct
ctiio nal diagnostic
diagnosti c si
sig nificances.
nificances.
13- Identify problems, prioritize them, and generate a list of differential
d iagnosis for ea ch problem
problem..
14- Select the most appropriate and cost-effective diagnostic and therapeutic
procedure for each problem.
15- Interpret the results of commonly used diagnostic procedures.
16- Use the results
resu lts o f a ll the tests order
orde red to modify
modif y the
the problem lis t a nd the
differential diagnosis accordingly.
17- Combine the clinical and investigational database, with the evidence-
based knowledge and the skill of deductive reasoning to be proficient in
clinical problem-solving.
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
Annexes of an
annual
nual faculty report
2004/2005
199
(2.3) Skills re lated to

t o treatment strategies.
strategies.
By the end of the the co urs

urse
e the
18- Recognize patients with life/organ-threatening surgical conditions and
perform appropriate initial therapy.
19- Identify and outline management of patients with chronic surgical
cond itions
itions requiring long-t
ong- te rm follo
follo w-u p, reha
reha bilitation a nd pai
pa in relief.
20- Perform routine bedside procedures.
21- App
Applyly the p rinciples o f steri
ste rille te chniques and infecti
infe ctio
on c
co
o n tro
tro l g uidelines.
uidelines.
22- Achieve consensus with the patient or patient surrogate on the treatment
p lan sel
se le ct
cted.
ed.
23- Monitor the effectiveness of therapy by identifying clinical and
in
invves
estig
tiga
a tive paramet
pa rametee rs to
to be used in assessing
assessing the patient’s
pa tient’s response
response to
treatment and re-evaluate management plan accordingly.
(3) General skills and attitudes
By the end of the

the co urs
urse
e the
3.1 Communication
Com munication skills:
24- Conduct sincere and effective patient interviews, properly explain their
cond ition
ition and plan of management, obt
ob ta in consen ts and convey bad ne ws
in a professional
professional way.
25- Write patient records and properly present them.
26- Communicate, consult and respect the role of other health-care
providers.
27- Work effectively and cooperatively in a team.
3.2 Life-long learning.
28- Formulate a focused clinical question based on real or hypotheticaql case,

search effectively medical literature using electronic resources, retrieve
appropriate
base
bas information
e d medicine
medicine. and appraise them using the priciples of evidence
3.3 Ethical behavior.
29- Treat the patient as a person, respecting his confidentiality and deliver
care in an honest, considerate
considerate and compassiona te manne r.
30- Advocate the patient’s interests over his own.
31- Mai
Maint
nta
a in a pr
p ro fess
fess ional image, and p ra ctic
ctice
e a res
esponsi
ponsib
b le a ttitude.
32- Outline the ethical principles related to organ donation.
33- Dis cuss professio
professio nal err
e rro
o rs in an honest way.
III- Co ur
urse
se con
onttents, m
me
e thods o f teaching,
teaching, a
and
nd facili
facilities.
ties.
Sixth year
yea r co
co urs
urse
e content and numbe r o f hours ded
dedic
ica
a te d to eac
ea ch top
opic
ic..
Topic Approx. Approximate # of hours
% of
of Total Lectures Practical/small group.
t t t
total Total 4 5 6
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
Annexes of an
annual
nual faculty report
2004/2005
200
hou rs yr yr yr
1- Gene
ene ra
rall Surgery 14 20 15 17
2- P lastic surgery 6 12
3- Vascular
ascular surge
surge ry 5 10 17
4- Head
Head and neck neck 4 9
5- En
Endocrine
docrine surgery
surgery 2 10 5 23
6- Br
Brea
east
st 2 10 5 21
7- GIT & abdominal 23 10 15 71
surgery
8- Andro
Andro logy 10 7
9- Radiolo
Radiologygy 10 7
10- Cardio
Cardio thoracic
hora cic 10 7
11- Ur
Urology
ology 10 7
12- O rtho
rthopedics
pedics 10 7
13- Anesthesi
nesthesia a 10 7
14-Neuro
14-Neur o surgery
surgery 10 7
Total
Total 126 219
th
4
yea
yearr co
co urs
urse
e conten ts and methods
Topics co ve red C linic
in ica
a l and theore tical (L
(Liis t 1)
Durra tion
Du tion of tea ching
hi ng 6 weeks = 25 day da ys = 50 hours
Method of tea ching Tuto ririal
al cl
classes
asses and cli
clini
nicca l round
round s
P la ce Surgical wa rds
Perc
Pe rcee nt o f to ta l # o f students
students 20% d ivided on 6 units
Time of the day 9 - 11 am
th
5 year course contents and methods of teaching.
Topics co ve red C linic
in ica
a l and theore tical (L
(Liis t 1)
Durra tion
Du tion of tea ching
hi ng 6 weeks = 25 day da ys = 50 hours
Method of tea ching Tuto ririal
al cl
classes
asses and cli
clini
nicca l round
round s
P la ce Surgical wa rds
Perc
Pe rce
e nt o f to ta l # o f students
students 20% d ivided on 6 units
Time of the day 9 - 11 am
th
6 yea
yearr co
co urs
ursee conten ts and methods of teachi
teach ing.
Topics
Topi cs co ve red C linic
in ica
a l, ja rs, X-r
-ra
a ys Specia
Specia l su rgery. Theoretical
(reflecting theoretical (List 3) lectures.
topics)
topic s) , ana
ana tom y and
operative procedures.
(Lists 1, 2a, b and c.)
Dura ti
Dura tion
on of 4 months = 100 days = 250 hours
teaching
Method of Tuto ri
rial
al and Special Surgery Lectures
teaching Surgical Rounds (*), Rounds
plus attendance in the (in cl
cluding
uding cli
clini
nicca l
ER, OR, and skill labs. & theoretical).
P la ce Surgical wa rds,
rds, OPD
OP D Special Surgery Le ctur
cture
e halls
E.R (**), O.R (***), wards
and skill labs.
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
Annexes of an
annual
nual faculty report
2004/2005
201
Percent of total # 50% di

divi
vided
ded on 12 unit
units
s 50% didivi
vided
ded on 50%
o f students
students 7 special surgery
rounds.
Time of the
the da y 9 - 11:30 am 11:30 - 1p
1pm
m 1:15 – 2:15
pm
*T
Teaching
eaching in surgical wards includes:
includes:
•Clinical demonstration.
•Bedside teaching.
•Staff rounds with active participation of students for clinical, ethical and
communicational skills.
•Obse
Obs e rv
rva
a tio
tio n of
o f bedside
bedside p rocedu
rocedu res (List
(List 4).
4 ).
•Problem-solving sessions.
•Seminars.
** One week
week rotat ion durin
during
g each surgical
surgical round. Each student must
must
f ulfill att endance of 15 cases and hav e them documented in a log book.
*** Each student must attend at least

least 2 surgical operat ions and have
them documented in the log book.
Sch
Sche
e dul
dule
e and p la ce of le ct
ctur
ure
e s and small
sma ll group
group ses
sessions:
sions:
A) Fifty six general surgery lectures are given on Saturdays, Sundays,

Tuesdays and Wednesdays of every week starting the beginning of
October to the end of January, then repeated again from the beginning of
March to the end of June. They are given in Hall (A) from 1:15 – 2:15
pm. The hall is provided with writing boards, overhead projection, and
dat
da ta -show
-show fa ci
cilities.
lities.
B) Special surgery lectures are given in the special surgery departments
during the round from 11:30 – 1 pm.
C) Small groups are given in:
• The general surgery departments. Twelve departments, each with
two
two teachi
teach
slides and ing rooms
rooms wcan
data-show ith stand
sta
be ndaa rd equipment.
equipwith
performed ment. O ve
prior rh
rhead
ead p roje
roje cti
arrangements. ction
on
• Two outpatient clinics equipped like the surgical wards. Each clinic
has one teaching room.
• Seven special surgery departments equipped as above and each
with a single teaching room.
th
• ER rotations for 6 year students during the surgical round.
th
• Ro ta to ry OR visits fo
fo r 6 year student
studen ts.
1. General surgery includes: Introduction to surgery; Wounds, wound
healing and wound management; Surgical infections; Management of the
severely injured and critically ill patient including metabolic response to
trauma; Preoperative assessment and postoperative complications of the
surgical patient; Hemorrhage, hemorrhagic disorders and blood
transfusion; Fluids, electrolytes and acid-base balance; Shock; Burns;
Nutrition in surgery; Tumor biology and management; Organ
transplantation; Medical problems in the surgical patient including
me tabolic d isorders.
2. Plastic surgery: Introduction; Face, lips and palate; Surgery of nerves;
Diso rders
de rs o f muscl
mu scle
e s, tendo
tendo ns a nd fascia
fascia ; Hand
Hand inf
nfe
e cti
ctio
o n; Ha
Ha nd inju
injuri
ries
es..
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
Annexes of an
annual
nual faculty report
2004/2005
202
3. Vascular surgery: Arterial injuries; Acute ischemia; Occlusive arterial

disease includes aneurysms; Venous system; Lymphatic system and
lym
lym ph nodes.
4. Head and neck surgery: Mouth, cheek and tongue; Teeth gums and jaws;
Sa livary glands and ne ck; Dysphagia, pharyn pharynx x and la rynx.
rynx.
5. Endocrine surgery: Thyroid; Parathyroid and Adrenal.
6. Breast surgery.
7. GIT and abdominal surgery: Esophagus; Abdominal trauma; Abdominal
wall hernias; Endoscopic and laparoscopic surgery; Acute abdomen;
Stomach and duodenum; Liver; Portal hypertension; Biliary system;
Pancreas;; Spleen, peritone
Pancreas peritone um, mese nt nte
e ry and omen tum; Pedi Ped ia tric
surgery and anomalies of the gastrointestinal tract; Appendix; Small
in
inttes
estin
tines
es;; Lar
La rge int
in tes
esti
tines
nes (B
( Beni
en ign lesions );Large
);Largerr intestines (Ma
(Ma lignant
les io
ions);
ns); Rect
Re ctum
um;; Anal
Anal canal
cana l; Testis s cro
cro tum and
and inguinoscro
nguinoscro ta l swellings.
Li
List
st 1: Cli
C lin
n ical cases:
th
For 4 year:
• History taking and clinical examination.
•
Swellings.
• Thyroid.
• Breast.
• Hernia.
th
For 5 year:
• All the above.
• Ulcers.
• Venous diseases.
• Ly
Lymp
mph h nodes.
nodes.
• Abdomiinal cases.
Abdom cases.
• Scrotum.
th
For 6 year:
1- Clinical diagnosis of swellings and tumors.

2- Common conditicondi tions
ons like : cece llulitis, ab
abscess,
scess, lipomas..etc.
3- Ulc
Ul ce rs, sin
sinuses,
uses, fifist
stul
ula
a s.
4- Lesions of the head, scalp, skull, face, lips, tongue, palate, cheek, jaw and
flo
flooo r of the mouth.
5- Par
Paro o ti
tid
d swellings.
swellings.
6- Sw
Swe e llings at the side, in the m idline, and in the submandibul
submandibula
a r tria
tria ngle
ngle of
th
thee neck
neck .
7- Thyroid lesions including physiological, nodular, toxic, malignant, and
other lesions.
8- Breast lesions in cl cluding
uding lumps, pain and nipp le discharges
discharges..
9- Axill
Axillaa ry s we ll
lling
ings.
s.
10- C lini
inicca l diagnosis
diagnosis of acuta cutee a bdo
bdomen.
men.
11- Abdominal swellings including organomegaly and swellings in different
quadrants.
12- Abdom
Abdomin
ina
a l pain a nd dyspeps
dyspeps ia (ex cl
cluding
uding acu te abdomen).
13- Dysphagia.
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
Annexes of an
annual
nual faculty report
2004/2005
203
14- Hematemesis.
15- Jaundice of su rg ic ica
a l iimpo
mportrtaa nce.
16- Hepatomegaly, splenomegaly.
17- History taking in anal and rectal diseases.
18- C lin
inic
ica
a l d iagnosis
ag nosis o f her
he rnia cases: Inguinal, femo ra l and umbilical.
umb ilical.
19- Scrotal and inguinos cr cro
o ta l swelli
swellings.
ngs.
20- History tak ing and examina tio n o f a u rolo rolo gical c
case.
ase.
21- C lin
inic
ica
a l examina tion of a painful limb.
22- Peripheral ischemia.
23- Gangrene.
24- Varicose veins.
25- Peripheral nerve injuries.
26- Edema of the limbs.
27- A swelling in the ends and shaft of long bones.
28- A swelling in the popliteal fossa.
29- Joint diseases.
30- Diseases of the spi sp ine.
31- Wounds.
32- Post
Posto o pera
pera tivive
e patients.
patients.
Li
List
st 2a: L ist of jars:
1 Intestines
Inte stines
• Ileo-ileal intussusception.
• Viable ileo-ileal intussusception with a polypoid lesion.
• Meckel's diverticulum.
• Colon polyps.
polyps.
• Perforated peptic ulcer of the stomach.
• Carcinoma of the lower rectum.
• Acute appendicitis.
2 Hepatobiliary
• Chron ic calcular
calcular cholecystitis.
•
•
Acute
Mu lti caliv
tiple
ple lc
lcula
ular
livee r rmeta
c
chole
holecy
met cys
ses.
titis with gangrene.
a stases.
stas
• Normal gall
ga ll b ladder with a mese ntery
nte ry (anatomi
(anatomic ca l va
va ri
ria
a tion).
tion).
• Chron ic calcular
calcular cholecystitis with with a solita
solita ry cholesterol
cholesterol s tone.
• Acute ca lclcula
ularr cchole
holecy
cys
s titis with an impact
impa cteded s tone a t its
its ne ck .
3 Urology
• Hyd ronephr
one phrosisosis due to pelvi-ur
pelvi -ure e te ric juncti
junction
on (PUJ) obs truction.
truction.
• Bilha rz ia l cystitis
cystitis and ur
u re te ritis with stricture
stricture of lo we r end
end of lef t ure
ure te r
and h ydrour
ydroure e te r.
• Hydroureter and hydronephrosis.
• Renal cell carcinoma (hypernephroma).
• Renal tuberculosis.
• Polycystic kidney.
• Carcinoma of the urinary bladder.
• Seminoma of the testis.
• Neglected to rsion o f the testis that led to gangr
gang re ne.
• Adenoma of benign prostatic hyperplasia.
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
Annexes of an
annual
nual faculty report
2004/2005
204
• Cance r of the urinary

Cance urina ry bl
bla dder with ba ck pressure eff
e ffe
e cts (bila
(bila te ra l
hydroureter).
• Renal cell ca rcinom
rcinoma a of the
the lo
lowwe r pole of the kidne y.
• Testicul
Testi cula
a r tumo
tumo r, most p robably a seminoma.
semi noma.
• Hydronephrosis.
4 Spleen
• In jured e nla
nla rg
rged
ed spleen.
spleen.
• Multiple tears of the spleen.
5 Chest
Chest & Breast
• Aneurysm ofo f tthe

he des ce nding thoracic aorta with th rombosi
ombo sis
s and
an d pressure
pressure
necrosis of thoracic spine.
• Breast cancer.
• Periosteal fibrosarcoma.
6 Head & Neck
•
Carcinoma of the tongue.
• Mu ltinodular
tinodular goiter.
• Carcinomatous epulis with lymph node spread.
7 Orthopedics
• Giant cell tumor of lower end of femur.

• Periosteal fibroma or fibrosarcoma.
• Osteosarcoma of upper humerus.
• Ostteosarcoma of
Os o f tthe
he lo we r end
end of femu
femurr
• Pott's
Po tt's diseas
disease
e of the spine with co ld absc
abs ces
ess.
s.
8 Vascular
• Aorto-iliac atherosclerosis.
•
•
Aneurysm
Sacc
Sa ccul
ula withry
a r aneu asm.
laminated thrombus.
rysm.
9 Miscel
Miscel laneous
• Epithelioma of the back of right hand and wrist.
Li
List
st 2b: List of Surgical Anatom
A natom y Topics:
Topics:
• Th
The
e sca
sca lp.
• Th
The
e middle meningeal
meningeal a rte
rte ry.
• The thyroid.
• Th
The
e parotid
parotid gland.
• Th
The
e brea
brea st.
• Axilla ry and b ra chial
Axilla chial a rte
rte ri
ries.
es.
• Radial, median and ulnar nerves.
• Abdomiinal wa
Abdom wa ll.
• The inguinal canal.
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
Annexes of an
annual
nual faculty report
2004/2005
205
• Th
The
e stoma
stoma ch.
• The rectum and anal canal .
• The liver.
• Th
The
e spleen.
spleen.
• Th
The
e k idn
dne
e ys.
• The ureters.
• Femo ra l and poplit
po pliteal
eal a rte
rte ri
rie
e s.
• Long and short saphenous veins.
• Scia tic, med
mediial and lat
la te ra l poplit
popl itea
ea l nerves.
nerves.
• Muscles: sternomastoid, deltoid, pectoralis major, latissimus dorsi,
rectus abdominis, quadriceps, psoas major.
Li
List
st 2c: List of operative
opera tive procedures:
• P rincipl
rinciples
es o f c
co
o ve rage
rage o f a sk in defe
defe ct.
• Managementt o f compound dep ressed fra
Managemen fra ct
cture
ure o f the
the skul
skulll.
• I ndicatio
ndicatio ns and prip rinciples
nciples of surgic
surg icaa l iinte
nterf
rfe
e ren
ence
ce in head injuri
inju ries.
es.
• Thyroide ct ctom
om y.
• Principles of management of hyperthyroidism.
• P rin
rin ciples
ciples o f management of ca rcinoma
rcinoma of o f the
the thy
hyrro id g land.
•
Management of cold abscess of the neck.
• Hand infinfe
e cti
ctions.
ons.
• C.P.R.
• Complications of a C.V.P. line.
• Management of fracture clavicle.
• Managementt o f a suc
Managemen su cking wound of the chest.
chest.
• Management
Manag ement of o f hemothor
hemothorax.ax.
• Management of pneumothorax.
• Acute la ctctaa tio nal mastitis and breas t a bscess.
bscess.
• P rin
rin ciples
ciples o f management of ca rcinoma rcinoma ofo f the
the b rea
east.
st.
• Hernia oper
o pera a tions.
tions.
• Managementt o f inguina
Managemen inguina l herni
herniaa ( te chni
chnique).
que).
• Managementt o f str
Managemen st rangu lated
lated ingui
ingu inal he rnia.
• Surgical management
management of Hyd Hyd roce
roce le.
• Varic
Va rico
o ce le ct
ctom
om y.
•
•
Appendecto
Appe ndectom
Managemen
Management mt oyf. a stab
stab wo und in the the ririg
g ht h yp o chond ri
rium.
um.
• Management of rupture spleen.
• P rin
rin ciples
ciples o f management of adhesive intestinal o bstructio bstructio n.
• Management of bleeding esophageal varices.
• Management of bleeding peptic ulcer.
• Management of perforated duodenal ulcer.
• Managementt o f infantile ileoc
Managemen ileo ce ca l int
in tussuscep
ussusceptio tion.
n.
• Principles of management of hemorrhoids.
• Managementt o f a cute ana l fissure.
Managemen fissure.
• Management of a stone in the left kidney.
• Exposure
Exposur e of the u re te r.
• Management
Manag ement of stonestone ur
uree te r.
• Acute urinary retention: causes and treatment.
• Male circumcision.
• Managementt o f fra
Managemen fra cture
cture sha
shaft ft femur.
• Management of fracture neck femur.
• Principles of management of arterial injuries.
• Above the k nee amputati
amputation.
on.
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
Annexes of an
annual
nual faculty report
2004/2005
206
Li
List
st 3: Special surgery courses:
• Orthopedics.
• Urology.
• Neurosurgery.
• Cardiothoracic surgery.
• Anesthesiology.
• Andrology.
• Radiology.
Li
List
st 4: Bedside
Be dside skills:
• IV, IM and SC injections.

• Insertion of IV cannula.
• Insertion of urinary catheter.
• PR/PV examination.
• Insertion of a nasogastric tube.
• Simple ski
sk in suturing.
IV- Assessment and evaluation.
A) Grading system:
Gradiing s ys tem
Grad
Subtotal Total (marks)
(marks)
th
4 yea r 20
th
5 yea r 30
6 th year end of first 40.5
round examination. 81
th
6 year end of second 40.5
round examination.
Speci
Spe cia
a l s urge
urge ry ro
ro unds
unds 7 rounds, each 49
with 7 marks
Fina l Exam ina tion
W ritten pape r 1 1 80
W ritten pape r 2 1 80
L ong case 90
2 sho rt ca ses 90 720
J a rs 45
Ope ra tive 45
Ana tom y 45
X- ra ys 45
Total 900
• Th
Thee m inimum passing
passing sco
sco re is 54
540,
0, p rovided
rovided a t lleas
eas t 108
108 a re obtained
obtained
in the written examination.
•
Passing grades are:
 Exce
Exc e ll
llent
ent if 85% o r more
more .
 Very good if from 75 to < 85%.
 Good if from 65 to < 75%.
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
Annexes of an
annual
nual faculty report
2004/2005
207
Fair if from 60 to < 65%.


 Failed if less than 60%.
B) Attendance criteria:
• The minimum acceptable attendance in the surgical rounds is 75%.

Studen ts whowho fail to att
a ttend
end that pe rc
rce
e ntage o f act
a ctivities
ivities will not
no t be a llowed
llowed
to take the end o f tte e rm examina
examina tion
tion and
an d the mar
ma rks a llo cated for this exam
wo ul
uldd be
be re co rded a s a propo rtion
rtion from the final writte
writte n sco re.
• Th
Thee student is notn ot all
a llo
o wed entry to the speci
spe cia
a l surgery examexam if h is absence
absence
exc
ex ceeds 9 da ys.
• Students need to attend at least 60% of the rounds to be able to sit for
the fina
fina l examinatio
examination. n.
• The student is expected to present at least 1 seminar, 1 clinical case for
th th th
th
the
e 4 year, 1 clinical case for the 5 year, and 3 cli clini
nicca l ca
ca ses for 6 year.
This attendance should be documented in the student’s logbook and
countersigned by the tutor giving the class.
• He is require
equire d to a ttend
ttend 15 eme rgen cy cases,
cases, atte
atte nd 5 staff rounds
rounds and 2
th
operations during his/her 6 year rotation. This attendance should be
documented in the student’s logbook and countersigned by at least an
assistant lecturer.
•
C) Assessment tools:
Tool Pur
urp pose, as se
sessment
ment To serve
serve ILO #
of:-
W ritten
ritten exami
exam ination Knowledge and 1-8, 12 – 18, 23
understanding.
Clinical examination C linic
in ica
a l and intellect
nte llectual
ual 9, 12 - 1 4, 16,
16, 17
(long case). skills and general skills
and a ttitud
ttitudes.
es.
Clinical examination Da ta a cqu is itio n 9 , 11 , 16
(OSCE)
O ra
ra l Examina ti
tio n Kno wl
wled ge
ge an d 1-8
understanding
X-
X-rray,
ay, an
anato
atomy Knowle
owledg
dgeeaand
nd data
ata 1, 15
analysis
L og book:
1- ER attendance
attendance Da ta acquisit
acquisi tion and 10, 18,
1 8, 19
skills
sk ills re
re la ted to
treatment strategies
2- Clinical Skills related to 19, 24, 25, 29, 30
presentation treatment strategies,
3- Staff rounds gene ral sk ilills
ls and 18, 19, 22, 23, 24,
attitude 26, 30
4 - Sem ina rs 2 7, 2 8, 32 , 33
5- OR a ttend
ttendance
ance 20,
D) Examination description:
• Written exam: 2-day written examination, each for 3 hours and consists
of:
o Short essay questions representing 60% of the mark.
o P ro bl
blem
em -so
-so lving
lving questions representing 20% of the
the ma
m a rk.
o MCQ representing 20% of the mark.
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
Annexes of an
annual
nual faculty report
2004/2005
208
• Clinical exam (long case): The student is allowed 20 minutes with the
patient during which he is expected to take a history and perform a
gene
ge nerral and lo ca l exam ination. Then the student studen t will p resent the case to
the examiner who may ask the student to demonstrate specific parts of
the examination, interpretation of findings, differential diagnoses,
management pla p lan
n as well as any re lated
lated surgical
su rgical knowledge.
• Clinical examination (Objectively Structured Clinical Examination [OSCE]):
This would include 6 stations, 4 with patients and 2 with investigations
related
relate d to the case, and the student is all a llo
o wed 7 minutes
minutes with the patient
to perform
perform a lo cal examina
examina tion and e va luated
uated meanw
m eanwhilehile b y the examine
examine r.
Another
Anot her st
s ta tio n will
will be an inves tigati
ga tio
o n (X-r
(X-ra a y, ultr
ul trasound
asound,, lla
a b re
re sult ..e
..etc
tc))
that can be related
relate d to the case, with an MCQ on this investigation.
• O ra l exa
examm:
o The student is allowed to pick one or more topic for the operative
ta lk and then he is asked b y the exam ine nerr to present
present hih is kno wledge
in this topic.
o The student is given a pathology specimen jar(s) and is asked to
identify the specimen and asked about the theoretical knowledge
related to it.
• X-ra y a nd anatomy: 12 s ta tions (8: X-rays, 4: anatomy). anatomy ). Ea Ea ch station has
5 true
true o r ffa
a lse questions.
questions.
• Log b ook (seminar,
(seminar, clinical
clinical cases, eme rgen cy ca
ca ses,
ses, staff round
round s, and OR
attendance).
SUGGESTED
SUGGESTED REFE
REFERENCE
RENCES:
S:
1. Kasr El-Aini Introduction to Surgery.

rd
2. Ba ile y and L
Lo
o ve ’s Short Practice
Practice of Surge
urge ry, 23 Edition.
th
3. Currentt Surgic
Curren Surgicaa l Diagnos
Diagnos is and Trea tmen t, 11 Edition.
4. Browse NL: An introduction to the Symptoms and Signs of Surgical
Disease.
5. Web s ite fo r X-Ra
X-Ray ys and Jar
Ja rs: www.elearning.kasralainy.com
***
Faculty
Cairo Universi
Universi ty Annexes
Annexes of an
annual
nual faculty report
2004/2005
209
NO MARKS ON ATTENDANCE
AT TENDANCE
List 8: Cli
Cl inic
ni ca l/small g roup:
T o pic A pp roxi mat e # o f % o f total hour
hours
s
hours
H&P 4 2 .4
S wel li n gs 3 1 .8
U lc e rs 3 1 .8
T rau ma 6 2 .4
F ac e 2 1 .2
Li ps 2 1 .2
P al at e 2 1 .2
Ne rv es 4 2 .4
Ha nd 2 1 .2
A rte ri es 5 3
V ei ns 5 3
Ly mph at ic s 5 3
Mo ut h 3 1 .8
S ali va ry 5 3
Nec k 2 1 .2
T h yroi d 20 12
A d re na l 2 1 .2
P a ra thyroi d 1 0 .6
B re as t 20 12
He rni a 20 12
HSM /portportalal 20 12
hyper
hy perten tenss ion
B il ia ry /jau ndic e 10 6
A pp en d ix 5 3
T es t es /s c ro tu m 10 6
Ing ui nos c o rta l s we ll ings 5 3
16
1 66 1 00

Dlscrib Com PDF Lippincott Biochemistry DL PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Dlscrib Com PDF Lippincott Biochemistry DL PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Facul

I. AIM OF THE COURSE:

II. INTENDED LEARNING OUTCOMES:

14. M aintain a profess

III. COURSE CONTENTS:

IV. TEACHING & LEARNING METHODS:

V- Teaching and learning

2- Mus eum s peci

3- Vis ual aids.

VI. C: ASSESSMENT SCHEDULE:

 MIDYEAR EXAMINAT ION: Held usually at January , students should submit

VI-D: GRADING SYSTEM:

 The minimum passing score is 150 marks (60%).

VII- Examination descriptions

Final exam Written

VII- List of references:

Teaching staff: 23 Professors, 8 Ass.Prof. , 8 lecturers, 10 Ass.

I. AIM OF THE COURSE :

II. INTENDED LEARNING OUTCOMES:

II-2: PRACTICAL SKILLS:

II-3: INTELLECTUAL SKILLS:

1. interpret the most important physiological laboratory results (blood, respiratory,

1. work separately o orr in a team to rese

III. COURSE CONTENTS:

reserve & metabolism

V-2: ASSESSMENT TOOLS:

V-3: TIME SCHEDULE:

V-4: GRADING SYSTEM:

o The m inimal pas

V-5: EXAMINATION DESCRIPTION:

VI. LEARNING AND REFERENCE MATERIALS:

VI-1 : Basic Materials : Department

II. INTENDED LEARNING OUTCOMES:

1. Describe the structure and properties of caribodydrates, lipids and proteins of

II- B2) Intellectua

2. Identify electrophoresis bands and comment on them.

II- C) GENERAL SKILLS:

III. COURSE CONTENTS:

7. Immunoglobulins: Immune systems, primary and secondary immune response, structure

b. Disaccharides: sucrose, maltose.

IV. TEACHING AND LEARNING METHODS:

IV-C) TEACHING PLAN:

time table in general lecture halls.

and practical class.

V- TEACHING AND LEARNING FACILITIES:

VI- STUDENT ASSESSMENT:

VI-C) TIME SCHEDULE:

FORMATIVE ONLY ASSESSMENT:

VI-E) Examination description:

January one--hour written paper 20

VII. LEARNING AND REFERENCE MATERIALS:

VII-B) Suggested materials:

Teaching staff: 23 professors,

I. AIM OF THE COURSE:

II. INTENDED LEARNING OUTCOMES:

II-3: INTELLECTUAL SKILLS:

II-4 Life long le

III. COURSE CONTENTS:

• Detailed structure & function of basophils

Modifications of epithelial cells surfaces: Apical basal & lateral modifications

5- Connective tissue (C.T.)

• Skeletal muscle fibers (LM & EM)

10- Skin Integument